PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00

BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS

South Fourth Page 1 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 10 00

PART 1: GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

The tender documents and addenda thereto form an integral part of this specification
and must be read in conjunction herewith. Refer sections listed in 1.2 for complete
Aluminium & Glazing works.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE – Main Section No. listed. All relevant Sections
within such main sections to be referred.

Section 03 00 00 Concrete
Section 05 00 00 Metal Railings
Section 07 00 00 Sealants, Fire stop
Section 08 80 00 Glass and Glazing
Section 09 00 00 Plaster & Exterior Finish
Section 03 00 00 & 09 00 00 Pre cast Glass Reinforced Polyester
Section 08 00 00 Openings

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The firm executing work of this section shall have a minimum of ten (10) years
continuous experience in successful installation of work of type and quality shown and
specified. Manufacturer must be able to furnish a list of ten installations where
proposed aluminium works has been installed and has been performing satisfactorily for
at least ten years.

B. Erection of the aluminum work and component parts shall be performed by workmen
specially trained and experienced in this type of work. Have a senior, qualified
representative at the job to direct the various stages of operations at all times.

C. Conform to the requirements of the local authorities, latest BSI and ASTM
standards.

D. Contractor's Responsibility: The contractor shall examine the contract drawings and
these specifications to ensure that the work is complete. If errors, omissions or
inconsistencies are discovered, he shall so notify the Engineer in writing before
executing a contract.

E. Only original profiles fittings and accessories may be used for fabrication. Quality
assured products must possess certain objectively assessable quality properties
characteristic of the materials and services which are regarded as important by the
Engineer for assessment of serviceability Fittings and associated components shall be
adequately engineered and dimensions ~for the loads anticipated. The fittings shall be

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 2 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

selected by the fabricating plant to withstand anticipated stresses.

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 3 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.4 EXAMINATION

A. Make thorough examination of drawings and details, check anchorage, structural

detections, size and shape of glass, system of sealing, interfacing with work of other
sections and other factors influencing design and performance of the aluminium works
system, and be fully cognizant of requirements.

1.5 EQUIPMENT

Provide safe and adequate equipment on the site to execute the work, tools, plant,
safety protection, and other equipment required for the completion of the work.

1.6 VAPOUR BARRIER AIR SEALS

The air seal vapour barrier system is a vital part of the exterior wall construction and
due to the interfacing involvement with several trades it will be the responsibility of the
Contractor to control the work carefully to guarantee the integrity of the system.

1.7. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Design aluminum work in strict accordance with the requirements of the applicable
Building Code requirements and applicable BSI and ASTM standards specified.

B. Design components to size and profiles indicated, reinforcement flange and web
thickness of aluminum shall be as required for adequate rigidity and strength. The unit
when tested at a minimum pressure of 35 P.S.F. in a positive (inward) direction in
accordance with the method specified in ASTM E330 shall show no permanent
deformation of any member or any glass breakage. Maximum permissible deflection of
any member shall not exceed 1/200 of distance between fixing points. Frames shall be
thermally broken extruded sections.

C. The method of assembly, reinforcing and anchorage of the aluminum work and glazing
as indicated on the drawings is schematic and shows general intent only. Location and
methods of providing same shall be this contractor's responsibility, who shall design the
assembly, reinforcing and anchorage to suit each specific condition in an acceptable
manner.

D. All component parts shall be fastened, connected or anchored together to transmit

wind loading and other stresses to the system or anchors. Provide anchors which
transmit wind loading to the anchorage system without causing local over stressing and
distortion of the aluminum work at point of attachment of anchor or to the anchor
itself. Additionally, anchors shall transmit uniformly distributed loads through structure.

E. All fastenings shall be concealed.

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 4 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

F. Provide and/or make allowances for free and noiseless vertical and horizontal thermal
movement, due to the contraction and expansion of any or all component parts, for an
ambient temperature range of from 0°C to + 50°C. Buckling, opening of joints, glass
breakage, undue stress on fasteners, failure of sealants or any other detrimental effects
due to the thermal movement of any or all component parts will not be permitted.
Fabrication, assembly and erection procedures shall take into account the ambient
temperature range at the time of the respective operation.

G. The design and installation of the aluminum work, including the glass, shall I
accommodate all inherent building structure movements, expansion, creep and
deflections and the fabrication and installation tolerances of all related work not
included in this section, without the loss of, or detrimental effect to, the performance
requirements herein specified.

H. Thermal barrier connection shall provide complete metal to metal separation between
the two main frame members. No connecting screws, clips or other devices will be
permitted which would tend to bridge the two frame members or restrict in any
manner, the expansion and contraction of individual separated frame members. Vinyl
member of thermal barrier connector shall serve as key lock only between the two
aluminum frame members in non structural manner with minimum points of contact
and dead air pockets between vinyl and aluminum. Thermally, the frame shall have a
resistance to heat transfer equal to or better than that of the area along the bottom of
the sealed glass units.

I. There shall be no water infiltration into the building through the aluminum work and
glazing under the design wind loads.
1.8. SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish complete shop and erection drawings required for the work of this section to
the Engineer for review prior to fabrication. Submit shop drawings in accordance with
General Conditions.
B. Co ordinate shop drawings for work of this section with those for other sections to
ensure correct interface details required to provide a water tight installation.
C. No work shall be fabricated until the shop drawings and all other related submittals,
documentation, certifications and samples as required by the specifications, have been
reviewed by the Engineer.
D. Shop drawings shall incorporate plans, elevations, sections and details for all work in
this section. The details shall be at full scale as far as practical and shall show and specify
the construction of all parts of the work including metal and glass thicknesses, jointing
details, field connections, anchoring, fastening, types and finishes; areas to be sealed,
sealing methods and sealant materials; gaskets; glazing methods; direction and
magnitude of thermal expansion; type of construction including joinery, fasteners and
welds and all other pertinent information.

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 5 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

E. All anchorage assemblies and components; the fabrication and erection tolerances for
the work in this section and the adjoining related work. Show connection details of all
work which is connected to or assimilated into the curtain wall system.
F. Furnish prototype unit consisting of the sections necessary to make the typical
intersection of the split vertical and split horizontal mullion condition. Unit shall be
complete with glazing, gaskets, thermal barriers, tapes and sealants.
G. Furnish complete design calculations for the system, bearing the seal of a Professional
Engineer responsible for the design, wind reactions, shading effects and the failure
probability of the thermal glazing units as evidence of compliance with the design
criteria. Submit this information with the shop drawing submissions.
H. On completion of work of this section, supply maintenance and glazing instructions for
insertion in maintenance manual.
I. Supply only profile systems with system test certificates from recognized testing
institutes. Selection of the profile systems to be used shall be made by the fabricating
plant, taking into account anticipated requirements such as window size, type of
opening, type of fittings, window installation height, reliability, safety of thickness,
glazing type, etc. The profile dimensions of frame, casement, transom and mullion shall
be determined in accordance with the structural analysis tables for profiles and fittings
and in accordance with the specifications and drawings. Cavity profiles shall be used in
all cases for inner and outer frames.
J. SAMPLES: Submit to Engineer for approval before fabrication of work, samples of
materials, components and finishes to be used in the Work and typical frame jointing
method.
1.9 MOCK UP
A. Supply and install to a location directed by the Engineer a mock up panel, with glazing,
for approval prior to final production, consisting of one window units.
B. Mock up shall be complete to totally represent the finished system to be installed on
the project.
C. Tests shall be performed, at the expense of the Contractor on the mock up by an
independent recognized testing authority selected by the Engineer to confirm that the
specified design criteria have been achieved. Re testing shall also be performed, at the
expense of the contractor, until the requirements of the specification are met, and a full
report by the testing company is satisfactory.
D. When approved by the Engineer the mock up panel may remain as part of the building
system and become the standard by which the Work of this section is judged.

1.10. WARRANTY

Warrant Work of this section against defects in materials and workmanship in

accordance with the General Conditions but for an extended period of five (5) years and
agree to promptly make good defects which become evident during warranty a period
without cost to the Employer. Defects shall include but not be limited to leaking,

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 6 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

deformation of members, loss of seal in sealed glass units, frame distortions and
thermal forces, discoloration of finishes and failure of sealants.

1.11 STORAGE, DELIVERY, HANDLING & PROTECTION

A. Before shipment, coat exposed portions of aluminum with SPV blue coloured film
coating by Excelsior.

B. Co ordinate deliveries to comply with construction schedule and arrange ahead for
strategic off the ground, under cover storage locations.

C. Provide safe and adequate equipment on the site to execute the work, scaffolding,
staging, safety protection equipment, tools, plant and other equipment required for the
completion of the work.

D. Protect the Work of other trades from soiling and damage during the execution of the
Work.

PART 2: PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. ALUMINUM UNITS: Shall be thermally broken fixed units suitable for glazing with
insulated sealed glass units. The general size and profile of the window units shall be as
indicated on the drawings.

B. OPENABLE WINDOWS: All openable windows shall be parallel push out type where
indicated on drawings.

OPENABLE DOORS: All doors to be sliding doors manufactured from system supplier.

C. EXTRUDED SHAPES: Aluminum 6063 (HEQ TF) with a minimum yield of 139 MPa/25mm2
anodizing quality free from defects impairing appearance strength and durability Stress
induced in aluminum framing members and their fixings shall not exceed the values in
CP 118.

Aluminum extrusions shall be in accordance with B.S. 8200 and B.S. C.P. 118 shapes and
sizes shall be as required to fulfill the design requirements, but not less than 3 mm thick
unless otherwise shown or directed by the Engineer.

D. STEEL SECTIONS: BS 5950. All structural steelwork shall comply with the requirements of
the National Structural Steelwork Specification for building Construction, publication
No. 1/89 March 1989. All steel shall be hot dipped galvanized. Welds shall be treated
with "galvafroid" zinc rich paint.

E. PREFINISHED ALUMINUM SHEET: BS 1470. Aluminum sheet to match finish of

extrusions. Minimum 2.4 mm thick.

F. SETTING BLOCKS: Neoprene ASTM C542 69, 75 to 85 durometer A.

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 7 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

G. POLYETHYLENE ROPE: Closed cell foamed polyethylene, 50% larger than joint.

H. SEALANT: Silicone rubber type, conforming to BS 5889.

I. PAINT: Bituminous, conforming to BS 6949.

J. GLASS AND GLAZING: Refer Section 08 80 00

K. AIR SEAL PANELS: Fabricated from zinc coated sheet steel having Z275 coating class, 1.0
mm thick.

L. INSULATION: Rigid fibre glass insulation. Fibre glass Corning AF 530 or approved
alternate, with black facing.

M. FLEXIBLE FLASHING: EPDM sheet, 1.6 mm thick.

N. FIRESTOPPING: Non combustible, semi rigid, mineral fibre material, approved and listed
under U.L.C. Guide no. 40U18.7.

O. SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, RIVETS AND OTHER FASTENING DEVICES: Stainless
steel with a chromium content of not less than 12%.

P. DOORS:

1. Glazed doors as per drawings. Fastening shall be as inconspicuous as possible,

and to Engineer's approval.

2. Hardware for all exterior doors shall be offset pivot hinges and closers provide a
ms lock (to accept cylinder) c/w thumb turn, and 'U' shaped door push /pulls.
Provide aluminium thresholds and complete (4 sides) weather stripping.

Q. ALUMINUM FINISH: Surface treatment of aluminium components shall be carried out in

accordance with B.S. 1615 and B.S. 3987. Quality of film thickness and subsequent
densification shall be in accordance with B.S 1615. The surface with respect to gloss,
texture, hue and its uniformity and the necessary surface treatment E6 shall be to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. All interior components and all exterior components to be
high Durable Polyester powder coated to match approved powder coating color
standard color chart by 'Jotun Corro Coat' to later selection by the Engineer.

R. HIGH DURABLE POLYESTER POWDER COATINGS: All components shall be chemically

treated with a conversion coating, and shall include a zinc chromate coat (for
aluminium). The conversion coating shall conform with ASTM D 1750 67, Method 7
(Amorphous Chromium Phosphate). Factory apply the polyester powder coat by
electrostatic spraying to a dry film thickness of 60 80 microns. Oven curing shall be for a
minimum of 10 minutes at a metal temperature of 190°C. Application of the coating
shall conform with the guidelines laid down in "MME 605.2, Voluntary Specification tor
High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels"

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 8 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1. Composition: Polyester powder coating shall consist of a polyester resin, a

curing agent and the appropriate light and heat resistance pigments.

2. Processing: Electrostatic spraying of the powder, on a metallic substrate

subjected to heat, melts the powder to form a continuous film and a fully cured
coating.

3. Application: Due to outstanding weather resistance, the grades used shall be

especially suited for outdoor use. Where applicable, grades used for indoor use
shall be suitable for exposure to ultra violet light.

4. Range: Colour shall be selected from the full range of the shades on the RAL
colour card. Sheen shall be selected by Engineer from high gloss (G) with
approximately 80 100% gloss and satin gloss (S) with approximately 60 80%
gloss.

5. Material: Fine powder with grain size less than 100 microns, with a solid content
of 100%.

2.2. FABRICATION

A. Measurements submitted and reviewed during shop drawing review may change due to
site conditions. It is this Subcontractors responsibility to co ordinate and verify, by
measurement at the job site, all dimensions affecting the Work. Submit written
notifications documenting any and all field dimensions and/or conditions which are at
variance with those on the reviewed shop drawings, the Contract Documents and/or
detrimental to the proper and timely installation of job site materials. The decision
regarding corrective measures shall be obtained from the Engineer prior to the
fabrication of the item affected. Ensure the suitability of adjacent items in relationship
to the Work.

B. Workmanship shall be the best modern shop and field practice known to recognized
manufacturers specializing in this work. Joints and intersecting members shall be
accurately fitted to true planes, adequately and securely fastened and made completely
weathertight. Cuts shall be machined and fitted to form permanent hairline joints.
Component fastenings shall be concealed of adequate strength, fabricated from
stainless steel or shall be concealed fusion welds.

C. Fabricate units from extrusions of profile and size indicated having wall thickness
required by design criteria (minimum 3 mm thick) and complete with rabbets,
interlocks, miscellaneous angles, trim and filler sections, as required to interface with
work of other contracts.

D. Connecting mullions shall be of special formed extruded aluminum sections designed to

provide a functional split without having a seam joint on the exterior weathered face of
the mullion. The design of the mullion shall provide and maintain positive air and vapour
seals against infiltration and exfiltration, prevent water entry into the system, permit
necessary movement required by the expansion and contraction of the system and
accommodate the structural creep and deflections of the building structure.

E. The windows shall be accurately sized to suit the window openings.

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 9 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

F. Glazing shall be from the exterior.

G. Fabricate window sills from pre finished sheet aluminum in colour and finish to match
adjacent window framing. Accurately construct sills with mitred corners. Construction of
sills shall be to Engineer's approval. All fastenings shall be concealed and stainless steel.

H. Form accurate extrusions with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles free from any
defects.

I. Joints between horizontal and vertical mullions shall be accurately cut and fitted.
Horizontal and vertical mullions shall be in true plane with interior and exterior faces in
line.

J. Frame members shall be assembled together by means of sealed mechanical joints

produced by fitting formed butyl gaskets of correct profile between the members and
secured by means of self tapping screws through the wall of one member into specially
formed grooves of the adjoining member. Screws shall be driven home with gauged
force to ensure proper uniform compression of sealing gaskets and permanent
securement of the components in place.

K. Framing members shall have integrally formed keyed slots to receive and retain
performed gaskets, seals and thermal separators.

L. Pressure plates shall be designed with integrally tormed keyed slots to receive seals and
they shall be of thickness necessary to provide permanent, uniform, sealing pressures
for the glazing units and spandrels, without deformation.

M. Vapour air seal panels of spandrel areas shall be fabricated from galvanized steel
formed and braced as required to resist specified forces. Tack weld impaling pins to
panels for securement of insulation by means of speed clips.

N. Fabricate all devices required for erection and adequate anchorage and attachment,
including but not limited to supplementary steel framing, brackets, inserts, clip angles,
anchors, straps, shims, stud bolts, nuts and washers. Attachments shall be designed to
provide for accurate adjustment and to compensate for structure tolerances and permit
unrestricted expansion and contraction of the framing members.

O. Provide inconspicuous, baffled weep holes to properly drain aluminium system cavities
to exterior.

P. Component fastenings, concealed throughout, of adequate strength, should be stainless

steel.

PART 3: EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 10 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

A. Check structural elements and adjoining work on which work is dependent, verify
governing dimensions, floor elevations, floor to floor heights, minimum clearances
between aluminium work and structural frame. Confirm conditions satisfactory before
proceeding. Commencement of work shall be deemed to be acceptance of existing
conditions.

B. Anchor assemblies to structure, galvanized steel, adjustable to permit accurate location

of wall components, conforming to design criteria and fully detailed on shop and
erection drawings. Secure in positive manner after adjustment obtained to obtain
design requirements of anchorage. Ensure that anchor bolts embedded components,
pockets and chases required in concrete for assembly anchorage are properly located
and positioned. Execute all drilling of concrete for supplementary inserts where
required. Execute all drilling, tapping and welding required for attachment of the
assembly to the structure and components of the assembly. Welding shall comply with
BS 25817.

C. Backpaint aluminium and steel surfaces in contact with concrete, surfaces between
dissimilar metals, one coat of bitumastic paint. Touch up field welds in steel with two
coats of zinc chromate paint.

D. Joints and intersections shall be accurately fitted in true planes, free of distortion,
waves, twists, buckles or other defects detrimental to appearance or performance.
Prevent damage to metal finish. Accurately position and securely anchor steel mullion
reinforcement.

E. Fit flexible seals, tapes, formed neoprene deflectors and gaskets at locations required to
provide water, air, vapour and weather tight junction. Caulk junctions of system
components to themselves and other work with sealant to maintain effective vapour, air
and water barrier. Where joints are 12 mm deep or deeper, back with polyethylene rope
filler. Sealant bead depth shall be 1/2 width but not less than 6 mm. Apply sealants with
pressure gun. Use sufficient pressure to fill the joints. Caulk exterior junction of glass to
mullion caps at sill and 100 mm up each jamb with neat bead of clear silicone sealant.

F. Fixing

1. Installation and anchoring of all aluminium works shall be carried out in

accordance with the highest standards of safety and security. Ensure that the
anchor positively transmits the forces from the unit to the building structure.
The fixing elements must be suited to the building structure and support
adjacent profiles so as to secure them against torsion and flexure. If there is any
doubt about adequate strength in the anchor points, the Engineer must be
informed immediately in writing.

2. In the case of elements with movable casements, transoms and mullions, the
outer frames shall be anchored in such a way that the forces from the hinges,
pivots, transoms and mullions are transmitted to the building structure.

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 10 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINIUM WORKS
South Fourth Page 11 of 11
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

G. Seal junction of floor slabs and roof slabs to glazed walls with continuous fire stopping
material.

H. At all junctions of glazed system and the structural frame and work of other sections,
provide, fix securely, fasten and seal flexible flashings to maintain the continuity of the
vapor lair seal membrane. Provide all miscellaneous insulation at these junctions to
maintain the thermal requirements.

3.2 CLEANING

At completion of work remove all labels from glass and clean inner and outer faces of
glass and all exposed aluminium work surfaces at interior and exterior. Replace
scratched or broken glass and make good any damaged materials, including operating
hardware as well as any scratched or damaged aluminium components.

Section 08 10 00 08 10 00/11
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 1 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 11 00

1. GENERAL

1 .1 General instructions

1 .1 .1 Read and be governed by Conditions of the Contract and relevant Sections of

specifications.

1.2 Works included

1.2.1 The following Works of this Section:

Hollow metal doors as indicated on the Drawings, Door, Frame and Screen Schedule and
specified herein.

Pressed steel door frames as indicated on the Drawings, Door, Frame and Screen Schedule
and specified herein.

Pressed steel sidelight frames as indicated on the Drawings, Door, Frame and Screen
Schedule and specified herein.

Pressed steel screen /window frames as indicated on the Drawings, Door, Frame and
Screen Schedule and specified herein.

Fire rated hollow metal doors as indicated on the Drawings, Door, Frame and Screen
Schedule and specified herein.

Fire rated pressed steel door frames, as indicated on the Drawings, Door, Frame and
Screen Schedule and as specified herein,

Fire rated pressed steel sidelight frames as indicated on the Drawings, Door,
Frame and Screen Schedule and as specified herein.

Fire rated pressed steel screen /window frames as indicated on the Drawings, Door,
Frame and Screen Schedule and as specified herein.

1.3 Related Works specified elsewhere

Masonry Assemblies

General Installations: for installation of the Works of this Section

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 2 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Joint Sealants

Hardware

Glazing: for glazing hollow metal doors and pressed steel sidelight and screen frames.

Paints and Coating Finishes: for painting Work of this Section.

Exterior Textured Cementitious Coatings.

1.4 References

1.4.1 American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI A250.4: Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel
Doors end Hardware Reinforcements.

ANSI A250.8 – Standard Steel Doors and Frames.

1.4.2 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A3661A366M: Specification for Commercial Steel (CS) Sheet, Carbon (0.15
Maximum Percent) Cold Rolled.

ASTM A569/A569M: Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent) Hot Rolled
Sheet and Strip, Commercial.

ASTM A653/A653M: Specification for Sheet Steel, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron
Alloy Coated (Galvanealed) by the Hot Dip Process (Commercial Steel).

ASTM 8117: Practice for Operating 5alt Spray (Fog) Testing Method.

ASTM C143/C143M: Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.

ASTM D610: Standard Test Method for the Evaluating Degree of Rusting on Painting Steel
Surfaces.

ASTM D714: Standard Test for Evaluating Blistering of Paints.

ASTM D1735: Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coating Using Water Fog
Apparatus.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 3 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.4.3 National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM):

NAAMM/HMMA 801 9B: Glossary of Terms for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.

NAAMM/HMMA 820 87: Hollow Metal Frames.

NAAMM/HMMA 830 87: Hardware Preparation and Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and
Frames.

NAAMM/HMMA 831 87: Recommended Hardware Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and
Frames.

NAAMM/HMMA 840 99: Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.

NAAMM/HMMA 850 00: Fire Rated Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.

NAAMM/HMMA 861 00: Guide Specifications for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and
Frames.

1.4.4 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 80: Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows.

NFPA 105, Vol. 9: Recommended Practice for the Installation of Smoke Control Door
Assemblies.

NFPA 252: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

NFPA 257: Fire Tests for Window and Glass Block Assemblies.

1.4.5 Underwriter's Laboratories (UL):

UL 9: Fire Test for Window Assemblies.

UL 108: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

UL 10C: Standard for Positive Pressure for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

1.4.6 BRITISH CODES OF PRACTICE:

BS 1245 – Pedestrian door sets and door frames made from steel sheets.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 4 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.4.7 International Standards Organization (ISO):

Refer to relevant specifications.

1.4.8 Dubai Municipality / Dubai Civil Defense regulations – Latest Version

1.5 Testing and performance requirements

1.5.1 Performance test for steel door and hardware reinforcing:

Test specimen shall be a 914mm wide x 2134mm high x 44mm thick (nominal size) hollow
metal door conforming to the requirements specified herein.

Test specimen shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI 250.4 and shall
meet or exceed the acceptance criteria for Level A doors and the Dubai Municipality and
Civil Defense requirements for fire rated steel doors frames.

Submit test report from a recognized testing agency having factory inspection services.
Test reports shall include, but not limited to; a description of the test specimen, test
procedures used in testing, and indicate compliance with the acceptance criteria of the
test.

1.5.2 Performance test for fire rated labeled steel door, frames and screens:

Fire rated labeled steel door and frames shall be constructed as tested in accordance with
NFPA 252, UL 10B and UL 10C, and the Dubai Municipality and Civil Defense regulations
(Latest version), listed and classified for labeling by a recognized testing agency having
factory inspection services.

Fire rated labeled steel frame screens shall be constructed as tested in accordance with
NFPA 257, UL 9, and Dubai Municipality and Civil Defense regulations (Latest version),
listed and classified for labeling by a recognized testing agency having factory inspection
services.

1 .6 Quality assurance

1.6.1 Manufacturer:

Manufacturer performing Works of this Section shall be, during the tendering
period as well as during installation, ISO 9001 and ISO 9002 certified or equivalent.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 5 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Hollow metal doors, pressed steel frames and screens shall be manufactured by a
NAAMM/HMMA manufacturer, or equivalent certified manufacturer. If requested, by the
Engineer submit proof of membership.

1.7 Submittals

1.7.1 Shop drawings:

Submit shop drawings in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and

specifications.

Submit shop drawings for each type of hollow metal door including oversize hollow metal
doors.

Submit shop drawings for each type of pressed steel door frames and screen / sidelight
frames.

Clearly indicate type of door, frame, screen, material being supplied, thicknesses, type of
primer, cutouts and reinforcements for hardware, anchors, and locations of fastenings.
Also indicate all cutouts in doors.

1.7.2 Samples:

Submit samples in accordance with conditions of the Contract and specifications.

Submit samples of the following;

Complete door and frame sample of each type of hollow metal door and pressed metal
door frame, and pressed metal screen showing construction
and fabrication of each type of hollow metal door, frame and screen required for the
Works of this Section.

Hinges, latching devices, connectors, bolts and all other components required for Works
of this Section.

1.7.3 Quality assurance certificates:

Submit quality assurance certificates in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract
and specifications.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 6 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Provide certified copies of quality assurance certificates that the manufacturer is and shall
be for the duration of the Works of this Section, ISO 9001 and ISO 9002 certified or
equivalent.

1.7.4 Performance test reports:

Submit performance test reports in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and
specifications.

Provide certified copies of the performance test reports specified in Clause 1.5 from the
recognized testing agency performing factory inspection services.

Provide certified copies of the Dubai Municipality and Civil Defense certificates that the
fire rated steel doors and frames have been manufactured to the Dubai Municipality and
Civil Defense requirements.

1.7.5 Product data sheets:

Submit product data sheets required for the Works of this Section in accordance with
Conditions of the Contract and specifications.

Product data sheets shall indicate but shall not be limited to the following; product
description, required environmental conditions, and manufacturer's printed installation
instructions.

1.7.6 Safety data sheets:

Submit safety data sheets in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and
specifications.

Submit safety data sheets for inclusion with project record documents. Keep one (1) copy
of safety data sheets on Site for reference by workers.

1.8 Delivery, storage, handling and protection

1.8.1 Co ordinate deliveries to comply with construction schedule and arrange ahead for off
the ground, under cover storage location. Do not load any area beyond the design limits.
1.8.2 Adequately protect the Works of this Section against rust and damage during
manufacture, delivery and storage.

1.8.3 Store the Works of this Section in accordance with the requirements of
NAAMM/HMMA 840 and on planks in a dry area and cover to protect from damage.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 7 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Make good immediately any damage done. Clean scratches and touch up with rust
inhibitive primer.

1.9 Warranty

1.9.1 Refer to Conditions of the Contract.

1.9.2 Submit a written warranty for the Works of this Section for ten (10) years in accordance
with the Form included with the Schedule of Project Requirements.

1.9.3 If any part of the Works of this Section, including design, fabrication or installation are
sublet to any party, such party shall provide a collateral warranty equivalent to the
warranty for the Works of this Section in accordance with the Schedule of Project
Requirements.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 General

2.1.1 Products specified are to establish performance and quality required. These requirements
are not intended to restrict submission for substitutions in accordance with the
requirements of contract and specifications.

2.1.2 Acceptance of products from other manufacturers will be subject to review by the
Engineer, for conformity with the specifications and meeting the physical characteristics
of the specified products. During this review of alternate products the Engineer will
require submission of technical data verifying that all specified standards and products are
met, submission of alternative profile samples similar to that detailed, and a list of
references of successfully completed projects of similar size in the last five (5) years.
Include compliance with referenced standards. Submittals which do not include adequate
data for the product evaluation will not be considered.

2.1.3 The compliant Tender shall not include any alternatives and shall conform to the
requirements of the specification Section. Substitutions shall be clearly identified in
accordance with the requirements of specifications.

2.2 Acceptable manufacturers and suppliers – Subject to Civil Defense license and Engineers
approval

2.2.1 AI Kuhaimi Commercial Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Screens, supplied by Rimal
International Trading, Dubai, United Arab Emirates or similar local agent / dealer.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 8 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.2.2 Steelcratt Commercial Steel Doors, Frames and Architectural Stick System, supplied by
Haroon Company W.L.L., Sharjah, United Arab Emirates / Thani Khamis, Dubai or local
agent / dealer.

2.2.3 Amweld Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Screens, supplied by Gulf Mechanical Acoustic
Manufacturing Company, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

2.2.4 Curries Commercial Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Screens, supplied by
Bin Ghurair Trading, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

2.2.5 Baron Metal Industries Commercial Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Screens, supplied by
Bin Ghurair Trading, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

2.2.6 Macotta Daybar Industries Commercial Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Screens, supplied
by Bin Dasmal Doors Establishment, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

2.2.7 NAFCO

2.2.8 TASK

2.2.9 Other manufacturers and suppliers acceptable to the Engineer subject to compliance to
Civil Defense regulations and UL Listing and shall be subject to Engineers approval.

2.3 Products

2.3.1 Hollow metal doors:

Steel:

Cold rolled sheet, rolled to stretcher leveled flatness tolerances suitable for forming and
bending without metal or coating fracture with wiped zinc coating of 0.25

oz.ft2. ASTM A525 71 or equivalent Electro Galvanized. Thickness of metal prior to the
coating application shall be to following minimums:

Frames (PM) determined 14GA 2mm minimum or as from fire test

assembly
Doors (HM) determined test 16GA 1.6mm thicker or as from fire
assembly – Face sheets
Vertical Stiffeners 20GA 0.9mm or thicker as from fire test
determined assembly
Accessories (Door and 16GA 1.6mm

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 9 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

frames)
Lock/strike reinforcements
Hinge reinforcement 12GA 2.7mm
Top & Bottom channel 12GA 2.7mm
Reinforcement for surface 18GA 1.2mm
applied hardware
Glass trim (Screw fixed type) 18GA 1.2mm
/ glass stops
Mortar guard boxes 22GA 0.8mm
Floor anchors: 16GA 1.6mm
Wall anchors:
Masonry strap type 18GA 1.2mm
Masonry write type 8GA 1.2mm
Masonry stirrup strap 16GA 1.6mm
Jamb spreaders 20GA 1.6mm
Frame extensions 22GA 0.8mm

Door cores:

For honeycomb doors: Structural 25mm cell, Kraft paper honeycomb, 36.3kg per ream
(minimum), density 16.5kg/m3, sanded to the required thickness.

For hollow steel doors: Loose batt type fibre glass, density 24 kg/m3.

For insulated doors: Rigid, fire retardant, extruded polystyrene, closed cell board having
16 to 32 kg/m3, minimum U factor of 0.24C, R factor of 4.17C and acoustic rating of
minimum STC 45.

For temperature rise rated (TRR) doors: Solid mineral fiber core composition shall limit
temperature rise on unexposed side of door to 250° C at 30 or 60 or 120 minutes, as
determined by the governing building code requirements. Temperature rise rated doors
shall be as tested as part of a complete door assembly, in accordance with NFPA 252
covering the standard method of tests of door assemblies, and shall be listed by an
internationally recognized testing agency having factory inspection services.

Adhesives:

Honeycomb and hollow steel doors:

Heat resistant, spray grade, resin reinforced neoprene/rubber based, low viscosity,
contact cement.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 10 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Insulated steel doors:

Heat resistant, epoxy resin based, low viscosity, type contact cement.

Primer:

Rust inhibitive type primer (touch up only).

2.3.2 Pressed steel frames:

Steel:

Commercial quality, tension leveled, cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366/A3664M
or, hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel conforming to ASTM A569/A569M, having zinc
coating applied by the hot dip process conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, Coating
Designation A60 (ZF180) or G60 (Z180). Steel shall be free of scale, pitting, coil breaks,
buckles, waves, other surface blemishes or other defects caused by the use of improperly
leveled sheets.

Minimum base steel thicknesses shall be as follows;

Frame members: 2.0mm (14 gauge).

Reinforcements: 2.7mm (12 gauge).

Jamb extension members: 2.7mm (12 gauge).

Jamb spreaders: 0.9mm (20 gauge).

Guard boxes: 0.8mm (22 gauge).

Glazing stops: 0.9mm (20 gauge).

Primer:

Rust inhibitive type primer.

Door silencers:

Single stud rubber/neoprene type.

2.4 Fabrication general

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 11 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.4.1 All welding shall be continuous, and conforms to requirements of NAAMM/HMMA 801
and NAAMM/HMMA 820. Grind welded joints to a smooth uniform finish.

2.4.2 Fabricate fire labeled doors and frames in accordance with the requirements of the listing
agency and as tested in strict conformance with NFPA 252, UL 108, UL 10C and
NAAMM/HMMA 850 00. Ratings for frames shall match doors. Locate fire rating label on
the frame jamb midway between the top hinge and the head of door frame so that it is
concealed when the door is closed.

2.4.3 Fabricate fire labeled screen and sidelight frames in accordance with the requirements of
the listing agency and as tested in strict conformance with NFPA 80, NFPA 252, UL 108, UL
tOC and NAAMM/HMMA 850 00. Ratings for screens shall match doors where doors are
part of the screen. Locate fire rating label on the frame Jamb midway between the top
hinge and the head of door frame so that it is concealed when the door is closed (where
doors are part of the screen) and locate fire rating label on the screen frame jamb near
the head of door frame in discreet locations as per the reviewed and accepted shop
drawings.

2.5 Fabrication exterior pressed steel frames

2.5.1 Provide welded type constructed exterior frames.

2.5.2 Fabricate frame profiles accurately, free of kinks, twists and warps.

2.5.3 Cut out, reinforce, blank, drill and tap frames to receive mortised, template
hardware.

2.5.4 Spot weld reinforcing plates inside of frame to accommodate hardware cutouts and
surface mounted hardware; ensure rigid reinforcement.

2.5.5 Provide for special requirements of electronic security hardware.

2.5.6 Weld guard boxes to frame at strikes, hinges and concealed closers; enclose completely.

2.5.7 Weld guard boxes to frame at holes for door silencers; enclose completely.

2.5.8 Miter head and jamb joints accurately and weld continuously on inside of frame. Avoid
field welding where possible. Grind welds smooth.

2.5.9 Accurately cope and securely weld butt joints of mullions, transom bars, centre ralls, and
sills.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/11
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 12 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.5.10 securely attaches floor anchors to inside of each jamb profile.

2.5.11 Weld in two temporary jamb spreaders per frame to maintain proper alignment during
shipment and building in.

2.5.12 Fabricate glazing stops of formed square channels, minimum l6mm height. Accurately fit,
butted at corners, and fasten to frame sections with countersunk oval head sheet metal
screws at 450mm on centers and maximum 50mm from each end.

2.5.13 Provide jamb anchors not more than 150mm from the top and bottom of each jamb and
intermediate anchors at maximum 660mm on centers.

2.5.14 On latch side of each frame install three silencers for single and double door
openings.

2.5.15 Factory apply primer on areas where zinc coating has been removed during fabrication.

2.6 Fabrication interior pressed steel frames and screens

2.6.1 Provide welded type constructed interior frames.

2.6.2 Fabricate frame profiles accurately, free of kinks, twists and warps. 2.6.3 Cut out,
reinforce, blank, drill and tap frames to receive mortised, template hardware.

2.6.4 Spot weld reinforcing plates inside of frame to accommodate hardware cut outs and
surface mounted hardware; ensure rigid reinforcement.

2.6.5 Provide for special requirements of electronic security hardware.

2.6.6 Weld guard boxes to frame at strikes, hinges and concealed closers; enclose completely.

2.6.7 Weld guard boxes to frame at holes for door silencers; enclose completely.

2.6.8 Miter head and jamb joints accurately and weld continuously on inside of frame. Avoid
field welding where possible. Grind welds smooth.

2.6.9 Accurately cope and securely weld butt joints of mullions, transom bars, centre rails, and
sills.

2.6.10 Securely attach floor anchors to inside of each jamb profile.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/12
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 13 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.6.11 Weld in two temporary jamb spreaders per frame to maintain proper alignment during
shipment and building in.

2.6.12 Fabricate glazing stops of formed square channels, minimum l6mm height. Accurately fit,
butted at corners, and fasten to frame sections with zinc plated No.6 counter sunk oval
head sheet metal screws at 450mm on centre and maximum 50mm from each end.

2.6.13 When required due to limited access to the Site or due to shipping limitations, as
discussed with the Engineer, fabricate frames for large openings in sections, with splice
joints for field assembly.

2.6.14 Anchors:

2.6.14.1 For frames and screens in concrete or masonry walls provide jamb anchors not more than
150mm from the top and bottom of each jamb and intermediate anchors at 860mm on
centre maximum.

2.6.14.2 For frames and screens in gypsum board partitions provide jamb anchors immediately
above or below each hinge reinforcement on the hinge jamb and directly opposite on the
strike jamb. Provide three adjustable anchors for each jamb up to 2280mm rebate
opening height and an additional anchor for each jamb for each additional 760mm of
height or fraction thereof.

2.6.15 On latch side of each frame install three silencers for single and double door openings.

2.6.16 Factory apply primer on areas where zinc coating has been removed during fabrication.

2.7 Fabrication exterior hollow metal doors

2.7.1 Provide flush type exterior doors of hollow steel construction with insulation core.

2.7.2 Form each face of sheet steel with longitudinal joints welded, ground, dressed and filled.
Reinforce doors with vertical steel stiffeners securely welded or laminated to each face
sheet at 150mm on centre maximum. Fill voids with insulation.

2.7.3 Close top and bottom edges of each door with a continuous recessed steel channel
extending full width of door and spot welded to both faces. Provide additional flush steel
channel closure at top and bottom edges.

2.7.4 Bevel door edges 3mm in 50mm

2.7.5 Weld reinforcing plates to receive surface mounted hardware.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/13
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 14 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.7.6 Blank, reinforce, drill and tap doors for mortised, template hardware.

2.7.7 Blank, reinforces, drill and tap doors for mortised, template special security hardware
indicated on Door and Frame 5chedule.

2.7.8 Clean and sand doors to eliminate unevenness, irregularities, and pits.

2.7.9 Cut and reinforce openings for glazing and grilles.

2.7.10 Fabricate glazing stops of formed square channels, minimum l6mm height. Accurately fit,
butted at corners, and fasten to door sections with counter sunk oval head sheet metal
screws at 450mm on centre and maximum 50mm from each end.

2.7.11 Factory apply primer on areas where zinc coating has been removed during fabrication.

2.8 Fabrication interior hollow metal doors

2.8.1 Provide flush type doors of honeycomb construction.

2.8.2 Form each face of sheet steel with longitudinal joints welded, ground, dressed end filled.

2.8.3 Close top and bottom edges of each door with a continuous recessed steel channel
extending full width of door and spot welded to both faces.

2.8.4 Bevel door edges 3mm in 50mm.

2.8.5 Weld reinforcing plates to receive surface mounted hardware.

2.8.6 Blank, reinforce, drill and tap doors for mortised, template hardware.

2.8.7 Blank, reinforce, drill and tap doors for mortised, template special security hardware
indicated on Door, Frame and Screen Schedule.

2.8.8 Clean and sand doors; eliminate unevenness, irregularities, and pits.

2.8.9 Cut and reinforce openings for glazing and door grilles. Cut and reinforce openings for
crane beams.

2.8.10 Fabricate glazing stops of formed square channels, minimum l6mm height. Accurately fit,
butted at corners, and fasten to frame/door sections with zinc plated No.6 counter sunk
oval head sheet metal screws at 450mm on centre and maximum 50mm from each end.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/14
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 15 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.8.11 Factory apply primer on areas where zinc coating has been removed during fabrication.

2.9 Door grilles

2.9.1 Incorporate manufacturer's standard sight tight steel door grilles in interior hollow metal
doors.

2.9.2 Refer to Door and Frame Schedule for size(s) of door grilles.

2.10 Fabrication tolerances

2.10.1 Works of this Section shall be fabricated within the following no accumulative tolerances;

Door frames for single door or pair of doors and screen frames:

Width (measured between rabbets at heads) for nominal opening width: +1 .5mm/
0.8mm.

Height (measuring the total of the jamb rabbet) for nominal opening height: +/ l.2mm.

Face cross section profile dimension: +/ 0.8mm.

Stop cross section profile dimension: +1 0.8mm.

Rabbet cross section profile dimension: +/ 0.8mm.

Depth cross section profile dimension: +/ 0.8mm.

Throat cross section profile dimension: +/ 1.5mm. Frames overlapping walls shall have
throat dimension 3.1 mm greater than wall thickness dimension to accommodate
irregularities in wall construction.

Doors:

Thickness: 1.5 mm.

Width: 1.2mm.

Height: 1.2mm.

Hardware:

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/15
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 16 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Cutout dimensions: +0.38mm/ Omm template dimensions.

Location: +/ 0.8mm.

2.11 Hardware locations

2.11 .1 Locations of hardware on the steel doors and frames shall conform to the requirements of
NAAMM/HMMA 830 and 831 and include the following;

Hinges:

Top hinge: 127mm from frame head to the top of the top hinge.

Intermediate hinge: Centered between top and bottom hinges.

Bottom hinge: 254mm from the finished floor to the bottom of the bottom hinge.

Hinges (for Dutch doors only):

Top hinge: 127mm from frame head to the top of the top hinge.

Upper intermediate hinge: 127mm from the split line to the bottom of the upper
intermediate hinge.

Lower intermediate hinge: 127mm from the split line to the top of the lower intermediate
hinge.

Bottom hinge: 254mm from the finished floor to the bottom of the bottom hinge.

Unit and integral type latches: 965mm to the centre line of door knob/latch.

Deadlocks: 1168mm to the centre line of deadlock cylinder.

Panic hardware: 1168mm to the centre line of cross bar or as shown on the hardware
templates.

Door pulls: 1066mm to the centre line of the door pull grip.

Push/pull bars: 1066mm to the centre line of the push pull bar.

Arm pulls: 1168mm to the centre line of the arm pull.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/16
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 17 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Push plates: 1168mm to the centre line of the push plate.

Roller latches: 1143mm to the centre line of the roller latch.

2.11.2 All dimensions for hardware locations except for hinge locations are referenced from the
finished floor.

2.12 Finishes

2.12.1 After fabrication, tool marks and surface imperfections shall be filled and sanded as
required to make the face sheets, vertical edges and weld joints free from irregularities.

2.12.2 After metal preparations exposed surfaces of steel doors, frames, sidelights and screens
shall have a rust inhibiting primer finish which conforms to ASTM 8117 salt spray for 150
hours with a rust grade of not less than 6 and defined in ASTM D610, and conforming to
ASTM D1735 water fog test for organic coatings for 200 hours with any quantity of No. 8
paint blisters, but no more than the few No.6 paint blisters as illustrated in ASTM D714.

3.0 STEEL DOOR SPECIFICATIONS – SUMMARY – Detailed specifications and requirements of

DCD/DM/TRAKHEES will supercede the brief specifications provided as follows:

Frame : 2.0mm hot galvanized enclosing frame covering the whole width
of the wall, with prime coating with chloropene seal on 3 sides
with hinge, frame to be fully cast in the wall, with 3 welded wall
anchors each side for screw fixing and butt wall connection frame
shall be fully welded. Cavity between frames and wall shall be
filled with fully sprayed on site polyurethane or cement / sand
slurry – Refer detailed specifications.
Door leaf : 45mm thick, double skinned, rebated, with internal metal
stiffener, steel to both sides 1.6mm thick hot galvanized to DIN
1716, hollow core completely filled as specified, Silathern SPS 50.
Internal reinforcement with 50mm x leaf. Bottom door edge with
u profile made of 3mm thick steel. The door core material for fire
rated doors shall ensure limiting temperature rise on the un
exposed side of door to 2500C @ 120 minutes / 60 minutes / 30
minutes. All core materials shall be as per detailed specifications.
Locking device : Heavy duty mortice lock according to DIN 18250 Part I, prepared
for profile cylinders at hinge side 2 steel security dowel of 15mm
diameter for additional protection against blasts. Lock fixed into
an insulated lock pocket. Lock strike reinforcement – 1.2mm – All
as per detailed specifications.

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/17
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 18 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Hinges : 3 Nos. per leaf heavy duty 3 part butt hinges 164mm long with
20mm spindle with galvanized finish and ball bearings. Hinges
welded to the leaf and into the rear of the frame. Hinge
reinforcement – 1.2mm. All as per detailed specifications.
Lever Handles : Stainless steel lever handle on escutcheon plate from both sides.
The hardware assembly shall be fire rated as per door
specification. All as per detailed specifications.
Overhead Door : For single leaf door ets stainless steel hydraulic dampening door
Closer closer TS 73V and 2 pcs. TS 73 V with door selector in case of
double doors, according to DIN 18263 part 2. All as per detailed
specifications.
Vision panel : 7mm Georgian wired glass glazed vision panel, 200 x 700mm,
clear view, or PYRO glass as specified.
Trolley / Impact : 1.5mm thick stainless steel plates as shown in the drawings.
guard
Fire rating : ½ hour, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, etc. as specified on the drawings
and subject to Civil Defence approval.
Smoke seal : Propritory smoke seal to approval. Complying to fire rating and
NFPA 105 – Vol.9
Door silencers : Single stud rubber / neoprene type.
Panic exit device : To be compatible to requirements of BS 5725.
Paint finish : Oven cured primer over treated galvanized metal with two coats
of oven baked enamel coating of colour to Engineers approval.
Additional door : Fire resistance, stability, integrity and thermal insulation.
property Surface spread of fire.
requirements
Thermal : To comply with ‘U’ factor of 0.41 Th/hr st.dig.F or better
insulated doors
Sound rated : Acoustical assembly as per sound reducing system to approval.
doors
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Top and Bottom Channel 2.7 mm
Reinforcement for surface applied Hardware 1.2 mm
Glass trim (Screw fixed type) 1.2 mm
Mortar guard boxes 0.8 mm
Floor anchors 1.6 mm
Masonry strap type wall Anchors 1.2 mm
Masonry write type wall Anchors 1.2 mm
Masonry stirrup strap wall Anchors 1.6 mm
Jamb spreaders 1.6 mm
Frame extensions 0.8 mm
Door silencers Single stud rubber/neoprene type

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/18
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 11 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 19 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Note: Non fire rated doors shall have 1.5 mm thick galvanized enclosing frame with rubber seal on 3
sides, frames to be fully cast in wall. Door thickness to be 45 mm with 1.0 mm thick sheet on
honeycomb core rebated lining to be related and painted similar to fire rated doors.

4.0 SIZING DOORS

Unless indicated otherwise in drawings, provide clearance as follows while sizing doors:

1. Head and jambs : 3 mm

2. Sills without Thresholds : 8 mm above finished floor
3. Sills with Thresholds : 16 mm above finished floor or as
directed/required
4. Between pairs of doors : 3 mm
5. Transom panels without
transom bars : 3 mm

Section 08 11 00 08 11 00/19
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 1 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 14 16

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Licensed under WDMA Hardwood Door Seal of Approval Program.

B. Source Quality Control:

1. Factory mark each door with WDMA Quality Certified Seal of Approval or similar organisation
to ensure compliance to applicable standards.
2. Where doors are shown or scheduled to receive transparent finish, omit factory marking and
provide certification of door quality if markings would be visible after finishing.
C. Fire Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated,
based on testing according to NFPA 252.
1. Oversize, Fire Rated Wood Doors: For door assemblies exceeding sizes of tested assemblies,
provide oversize fire door label or certificate of inspection, from a testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, stating that doors comply with
requirements of design, materials, and construction.
2. Temperature Rise Rating: At exit enclosures and at 1 1/2 HR rated doors in Stairway
Enclosures, provide doors that have a temperature rise rating of 232 0C maximum in 30
minutes of fire exposure.
D. Acoustic Performance: Assemblies to comply with the requirements referred to in the Acoustic
Performance and Design requirements specified elsewhere.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWl):

1. 2003 Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and
Quality Certification Program, 8th Edition, Version 1 .0.

B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

1. 80 99 Fire Doors and Fire Windows.
2. 252 99 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
3. 105 Recommended Practice for installation of smoke control door assembly.

C. Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA):

1. 1.S.1 A 97 Architectural Wood Flush Doors.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 2 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

D. ASTM E90 Standard Test Method for Laboratory measurement of Airborne Sound
Transmission loss of Building Partitions and elements.
E. UL Standard IOC Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Doors.
F. WI manual of millwork standards – Section 12.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: In compliance with relevant sections of specifications and as specified herein.

B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s data for fabrication and installation.

C. Product Data: Provide evidence in the form of test certificates and/or test results that fire door
assemblies scheduled to be fire resisting achieve the specified level for fire resistance and
integrity in accordance with the appropriate reference standard.
D. Shop Drawings:

1. Detailed schedule itemizing individual wood doors.

2. Indicate elevation of each type of door, door sizes and thicknesses, installation location,
location and extent of blocking for hardware, dimensions and location of mortises and holes
for hardware, dimensions and locations for cutouts, undercuts.

3. Indicate core type and construction, edge strips, cross banding, face veneers, finish, door
manufacturer’s name and door type designation, and fire ratings, requirements for veneer
matching.

4. Doors to be factory finished, rating for fire protection for fire rated doors to be specified.

E. Samples:

1. 300 mm x 300 mm cut away samples of each door type and finish for Engineer’s approval.

2. Face Veneers: Four samples of each finished face veneer.

3. Glass: 300 mm x 300 mm x thickness indicated.

4. Wood Louvers: 300 mm x 300 mm x thickness indicated.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 3 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

F. Letter of Conformance; (FIO): In compliance with requirements of, and in format included in,
relevant section of specifications.
G. Informational Submittals – Warrantee, etc…

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery:

1. Do not deliver doors to site until interior “wet work” is complete and thoroughly dry.

2. Wrap doors to prevent damage during transit.

B. Storage:

1. Stack flat on 50 mm x 100 mm lumber, laid 300 mm from ends and across center.

2. Under bottom door and over top of stack, provide plywood or corrugated cardboard to
protect door surfaces.
3. Store doors in area where heat, dryness, and humidity are stable.

C. Handling: Do not drag doors across each other.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is
complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at
occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Furnish Employer door manufacturer’s Window and Door Manufacturers Association Standard
Door Guarantee” for interior doors against warping, twisting, face checking and manufacturing
defects for life of installation.

2.0 Doors – Product

2.1 Timber Doors – General

2.1.1 General Requirements

i) Contractor shall examine all other section of the specification for requirements which
affect or are affected by this section.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 4 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

ii) Contractor shall co ordinate all trades affected by or affecting this section.

iii) This section shall be read in conjunction with the relevant drawings.

iv) All doors described in this section shall be solid core doors 45mm thick, unless
specifically required otherwise.

2.1.2 Standards

i) All Products described in this section shall comply with standards as described herewith.
The standards as quoted are the minimum standards in addition and not in lieu of
standards imposed on the contractor by law and the contract documents.

ii) The BSI documents referred to in this section are those relevant from the following:

BS 459 : Part 1 : Panelled doors Part 2 : Flush doors

Part 3 : Fire check Part 4 : Match boarded doors
BS 476 : Part 8 : Fire Tests Building Components
CP 151 : Part 1 : Wooden Doors

iii) In addition to standards specified in this section all standards applicable to metal works
and iron mongery listed elsewhere.

iv) Where doors and frames shall form an integral part of a window or demountable
partitions the door and frame shall be manufactured in accordance with standards
described in the relevant sections.

2.1.3 Scope of Work

This section contains specification for all internal timber core doors for this project and is to be
read in conjunction with the Door Schedule drawings.

2.1.4 Submissions

i) Submit shop drawings for Engineer's approval in accordance with the Contract
Document

ii) Submit 30xmx30cm samples of each type of door for Engineer's approval showing
cutaway construction, material face veneer at corner and glazed section. If requested by
Engineer, submit full size samples.

iii) Fabrication or shipment of materials shall not be undertaken until samples and shop
drawings are approved.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 5 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

iv) All Work shall be executed in strict accordance with approved samples and shop
drawings.

2.2 Doors – Solid core flush doors

(i) All timber doors shall be solid core type unless specified otherwise and to the size,
thickness and pattern as shown on the Drawings/Schedules.

(ii) Timber for construction shall be as specified within this section.

(iii) Plywood for door facing shall comply with Clause 2.6, and shall not be less than 3mm
thick.

(iv) Plywood facing for painted finish shall be Grade 1 and A on one face.

(v) Unless specified otherwise doors shall be hardwood lipped on all edges to the full width
between finished faces minimum 15mm thick.

(vi) Glazed apertures shall be in accordance with Section L and as detailed on the Drawings
and shall be framed in hardwood to match edge lippings with matching, screw fixed
beading.

(vii) Adhesives for facings and door construction shall comply in all respects with BS 1203, BS
1204 or BS 5442 Part 3 as appropriate.

(viii) When described as "fire check" or "fire resistant" doors and frame assemblies shall be
constructed to BS 8214 and pass the fire tests described in BS 476
Parts 8, 20 and 22:1987 for the periods stated on the Drawings/Schedules.

(ix) Where indicated on the Drawings/Schedules approved intumescent seals shall be let
into grooves on all edges of fire doors/frames fixed in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's printed instructions and to comply with Clause 2.10(viii).

2.2.1 Mechanical Fastenings

(i) Mechanical fastenings shall comply with Clause 1.7(iii).

(ii) Nails shall be to BS 1202 and shall be lost headed nails, suitable for stopping when used
for decorated work.

(iii) Screws shall be to BS 1210 and shall be stainless steel or brass where specified.

(iv) Cups for screws shall be brass or stainless steel heavy pressed socket pattern.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 6 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.2.2 Fittings

Materials and workmanship for metal, glass, etc. forming an integral part of joinery items shall
comply with the appropriate section of this specification.

2.2.3 Workmanship

(i) For all elements of joinery work the requirements of relevant Standards shall be
complied with.

(ii) Joinery shall comply with the requirements of BS 1186 Part 2, and shall be accurately,
properly and soundly fabricated in a manufacturer's workshop.

(iii) Fixing of all joinery work, including fillets, architraves, frames, glazing beads and the like
shall be by means of screws unless specifically approved by the Engineer.

(iv) The terms "frame", "framed" or "framing" shall mean work put together by proper
carpentry or joinery joints, such as morticing and tenoning, dovetailing, dowelling, etc.
and the joints are to be as shown, specified or directed.

(v) Butted and screwed or nailed joints or halved joints and the like will not be accepted for
framed work.

(vi) Cutting of plywood and block board shall be neatly and accurately performed with fine
tooth saws so as to avoid splitting the face veneers, or intermediate ply.

(vii) Where raw edges arise from cutting block board these shall be lipped with hardwood to
match factory produced edges.

(viii) Plastic laminates shall be fixed with an approved adhesive in accordance with BS 1203
and BS 1204 Part 1.

(ix) Care shall be taken on fixing plastic laminates to eliminate all air from beneath the
laminate and if air is entrapped the portion and work so disfigured shall be removed and
replaced.

(x) After complete setting of the adhesive the plastic laminate shall be neatly bevelled along
all arrises with a plane.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 7 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

(xi) Where plastic laminate is fixed to doors or shelves, etc. without laminate to the outer
edge, a raised lipping is to be provided and the laminate finished flush against the
lipping.

(xii) Where block board and plywood are specified to have a laminated plastic sheet, a
balancing veneer of the same material and thickness shall be bonded to the back.

(xiii) Unless secret fixing is practicable or otherwise described, clear finished hardwood shall
be fixed using non ferrous or plated screws with beads let in and pelleted with grain
matched pellets of minimum 6mm thickness cut from the same timber.

(xiv) Built in fittings, etc. are to be accurately constructed in accordance with detailed
Drawings and doors, drawers, etc. shall fit and open and close smoothly and all work
next to walls, floors and ceilings or other fixed items shall be soundly fixed and scribed
to fit snugly against same.

(xv) Mouldings shall be worked on the solid unless otherwise stated and shall be accurately
worked to the Drawings.

(xvi) When circular work is shown on the Drawings or specified it shall be built up with an
appropriate number of pieces, cut to the required shapes, which shall be put together in
two or three thicknesses so that they break joint, and shall be secured with hardwood
keys and wedges or with hardwood pins, whichever is more appropriate.

(xvii) Skirtings, architraves, plates and other joinery works shall be accurately scribed to fit the
contour of any irregular surface against which they will be required to form a close butt
connection.

(xviii) Doors shall be properly hung within frames/linings to give a uniform clearance.

(xix) Hardwood veneers shall be of the species described or specified and shall be selected
pieces free from splits, dots, stains, insect and fungal attack or any other natural or man
made defects.

(xx) Glass or synthetic fibre stitching will not be permitted for jointing veneer leaves
together and filling or inlaying shall be avoided.

(xxi) All wood veneers shall be bonded to the core material with the approved adhesives such
that no lifting or blistering shall occur.

(xxii) The method of construction must accommodate tolerances as shown on the Drawings
and allow for ensuring that repetitive units can be accurately located in relation to grid
lines or other setting out points and that tolerances do not accumulate.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 8 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

(xxiii) Reasonable tolerances shall be provided at all junctions between joinery and the
building carcasses, whether of masonry or frame construction so that any irregularities
or movement shall be adequately accommodated.

(xxiv) All joinery shall be left finished smooth and clean by rubbing down by hand with fine
glass paper.

(xxv) Should any joints or moving parts in joinery fit other than accurately and evenly or
without acceptable clearances or should any defect of timber become apparent, the
joinery shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer.

2.3 Flush Doors – Hollow Core

i) The hollow core flush doors are to be constructed from 25mmx75mm top and bottom
rail and stiles 25mmx50mm intermediate cross rails at 100mm centres, both sides
covered with plywood glued and pinned to framing and veneered as described for
painting or clear finish and with extra blockings in the lock position.

ii) The flush doors are to comply generally with BS 459 (1988) in the case of hollow cored
and semi solid doors and BS 459 Part 3 in the case of half hour and one hour fire
resisting doors. Doors are to be constructed to the thickness, size and type as shown on
the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

iii) All doors are to be hardwood lipped on all edges unless shown otherwise. The lipping
shall be a minimum of 15mm thick securely jointed and tongued into the framing of the
door. Where rebated meeting tiles are required on pairs of doors, the lippings on the
meeting edges shall be a minimum of 20mm thick.

iv) In the case of hollow cored or semi solid doors, blockings shall be built into the
construction of the door to provide firm fixings for locks, bolts, hinges, springs and other
iron mongery. Positions of these blockings shall be indicated on the facing of the door,
care being taken to avoid permanent marking.

v) Where observation panels are required, they shall be formed to the dimensions and
using the type of glass shown on the drawings. The opening is to be lipped all round
similarly to the edges of the door. The glass is to bedded in non setting mastic as
described.

vi) In the Glazing section and held in position with two sets of glazing beads to the section
shown on the drawings, fixed with small brads or lost head nails.

vii) Where observation panels occur in doors with a clear finish, the lippings and beads
shall be in a hardwood to match the veneer and the beads shall be fixed with brass

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 9 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

cups and screws.

viii) Doors shall be carefully and accurately fitted to give a uniform clearance of not more
than 3mm all round.

2.4 FIRE RATED DOORS

A. Ninety Minute Label: 2.0 Hours or ‘1 1/2 Hour ‘B’ Label”, 1 1/2 Hour “B” label, UL listed fire door,
44 / 50 mm thick with same faces and finish as solid core doors.

1. Core: Incombustible materials.

2. Stile and Rails: Fire retardant unit treated maple, finish to match faces.

B. Sixty Minute Label: “1 HR B”, 1 hour “B” label, UL listed fire door, 44mm thick with same faces
and finish as solid core doors.
1. Core: Incombustible materials.

2. Stile and Rails: Fire retardant unit treated maple, finish to match faces.

C. Forty Five Minute Label: “FireGuard Plus 3/4 HR C”, 45 mm thick with same faces and finish as
solid core doors.

1. Core: Incombustible.

2. Stile and Rails: Fire retardant unit treated maple, finish to match faces.

D. Thirty Minute Label: “30 Minute Label”, 45 mm thick with same faces and finish as solid core
doors.

1. Core: Particleboard.

2. Stile and Rails: Laminated hardwood with outer strip as shown in the drawings.

2.5 SOUND RETARDANT DOORS

A. “Acoustical Flush Doors”: 45 mm thick.

1. Core: To achieve required minimum STC Rating.

2. Face Veneers:

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 10 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

a. Stain Finish: WDMA Good Grade, as shown and specified in the drawings.
b. Paint Finish: WDMA Sound Grade, as shown and specified in the drawings.
B. 45 mm thick – Core material and product subject to Engineer approval for acoustical and fire
rating requirements.

1. Core: To achieve required minimum STC Rating.

2. Face Veneers:

a. Stain Finish: WDMA Good Grade, as shown and specified in the drawings.
b. Paint Finish: WDMA Sound Grade, as shown and specified in the drawings.

C. Refer Door Schedule and “Acoustic Performance and Design requirements listed elsewhere’ for
locations and specified acoustic performance requirements.

D. Fire Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labelled by a qualified
testing agency, for fire protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure
according to [NFPA 252] [or] [UL 10C].

1. Temperature Rise Limit: [Where indicated] [At vertical exit enclosures and exit
passageways], provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point
of not more than 250 deg F (121 deg C) above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire
test exposure.
2. Cores: Provide core specified or fire resistant composite core as needed to provide fire
protection rating indicated.
3. Blocking: Provide composite blocking approved for use in doors of fire protection ratings
indicated as needed to maintain WDMA performance level and eliminate through bolting
hardware.
4. Edge Construction: [Category A – intumescents included in door construction where
required] [Category B – intumescents applied to frames by door installer where
required].
5. Pairs: Provide fire retardant stiles that are listed and labelled for applications indicated
without formed steel edges and astragals.
6. Pairs: Provide formed steel edges and astragals with intumescent seals as required.

a. Provide steel edges and astragals primed for field painting.

b. Provide veneer wrapped steel edges and astragals. Veneer shall be same specie
as face.
c. Finish steel edges and astragals with baked enamel, colour as selected from
manufacturer’s standard offering.
d. Provide stainless steel edges and astragals.

2.6 FABRICATION

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 11 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

A. Fabrication and Manufacture:

1. General: In compliance with Reference Standards.
a. Adhesives: Do not use adhesives containing urea formaldehyde.
2. Solid Core Doors: As described provide specified acoustical and fire rating..
3. Fire Rated Doors: Provide UL or FM labels for hour rating shown in Drawings. At stairwell
enclosures provide labels with minimum temperature rise of 232 “C in thirty minute period.
Provide 125 mm fire retardant treated blocking in head of fire rated doors to receive closers
and provide 125 mm fire retardant treated strip in middle of fire rated doors to receive panic
devices.
a. Fabricate pairs of fire rated wood doors without metal edges or astragals.
4. Do not thru bolt doors for hardware.
5. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard core doors wherever specified as follows:
a. 125 mm top rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers.
b. 125 mm bottom rail blocking, in doors indicated to have kick, mop, or armor plates.
6. Stain Finish: Factory machined and factory finished in compliance with AWl 1700, “Premium
Grade, Transparent TR 6 Catalyzed Polyurethane”, filled finish; stain color selected by
Engineer.
7. Hollow Core Doors: 7 ply construction.
8. Sound Retardant Doors: 7 ply construction.
9. Lead Lined Doors: Selected manufacturer’s standard construction.
10. Transom and Side Panels: Match quality and appearance of adjacent wood doors. Fabricate
matching panels with same construction, and face panels as adjacent doors.
11. Vision Panels:
a. Factory cut openings and provide metal frames for fire rated doors and flush wood stops
for all other doors.

2.7 Frames and Linings to Doors and Windows

Frames and linings shall be provided and built to the dimensions and sections shown on the
drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Frame members are to be framed together and linings
are to be tongued at angles all in accordance with the principals of good construction.

2.8 Architraves, Stops etc.

i) All architraves, stops, cover beads, glazing beads etc. are to be provided and fixed to the
dimensions and sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer with

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/11
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 12 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

neatly mitred angles.

ii) Stops to half hour fire resisting doors are either to be worked out of the solid or
otherwise fixed with screws at maximum 450mm centres. Stops to one hour fire
resisting doors are to be worked out of the solid, all in accordance with BS 459 Part #.

iii) Glazing beads shall be fixed with small brads or lost head nails or in the case of work to
receive a clear finish, with brass cups and screws.

2.9 Workmanship

i) All Joinery shall be accurately set out, framed and executed in accordance with the
detailed drawings.

ii) Where timber work is required to be wrought it shall be machine dressed, unless
otherwise directed.

iii) Joinery shall be cut and framed at an early stage, but shall not be glued or wedged until
the building is ready to receive it.

iv) Framed work shall be properly morticed and tenoned, wedged and glued, and cramped
and dowelled together where necessary. All joints, mortices, tenons, housings etc, shall
be perfectly formed and fitted, and all joints shall be painted over with the best red lead
before fixing. All faces of joinery in direct contact with blockwork, concrete or rendering
shall be painted over with best red lead before fixing. All external joinery is to be put
together with waterproof glue. Butted, screwed or nailed joints will not be acceptable
for framed work.

v) The jointing and fabrication are to be such that the shrinkage of any part shall be
compensated at the joint, and shall not impair the strength of the finished work nor
interfere with the construction tolerances.

vi) The contractor shall take all necessary measures to check or prevent capillary
penetration of water in the joints and open connections of external joinery works.

vii) The use of nails for fixing any items of joinery will not be permitted. Sprigs may be used
for glazing beads only.

viii) Screws shall be in accordance with BS 1210. All screws shall be counter sunk and puttied
and all sprigs shall be punched and puttied. All joinery work such as architraves, beads
etc required to fit against the contour of irregular surfaces shall be accurately scribed to
ensure a close connection.

ix) All joinery which is to be polished, varnished or painted shall be finished smooth and

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/12
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 13 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

clean by rubbing down with fine glass paper.

x) Except where the work is to be built in the Contractor shall obtain all dimensions for
joinery works from the building structure. Carpentary work which does not form an
essential part of the structure fabric shall not be carried out nor brought on to the
building site until required.

xi) The Contractor shall provide and maintain all temporary covering and box in and protect
all work liable to damage, and shall provide temporary doors where necessary during
the progress of the work. The contractor shall ensure that the work of other trades is
properly arranged to obtain the best results, both in the joinery and other trades.

xii) All additional requirements listed in section 2.02.C

2.10 Qualifications

i) The timber doors shall be manufactured by a firm who has specialized in this field for a
period of not less than five years.

ii) The special fire shutters shall be installed by a specialist approved by the manufacturer.

2.11 Guarantee

i) Attention is directed to provisions of the Contract Documents guarantees and

warranties for work under this contract.

ii) Interior doors shall be covered by manufacturer with standard life time guarantees,
which shall be presented to employer in written form. Manufacturer shall guarantee all
his interior doors against defects in materials and workmanship, including warping, for
the life of the original installation and shall replace all doors judged defective by the
Engineer.

iii) Manufacturer shall provide similar guarantee for exterior doors, covering a two year
period.

iv) Such guarantees shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all other liabilities which the
contractor may have by law or other provision of the contract documents.

v) All additional requirements listed in Section 1.06

2.12 Protection of Doors

i) The ends and edges of doors shall receive two coats of sealer/primerin factory prior to
shipment. Sealer/primer shall be compatible with finish materials specified.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/13
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 14 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

ii) Doors shall be properly packaged by manufacturer and protected during shipment.
Doors shipped by sea shall be containerized for land/sea transport.

iii) Doors shall not be delivered to the site until the building has thoroughly dried out. Doors
shall be stored flat in a dry area until installation. Cover and keep clean, but allow free
air circulation. Do not store on end of edge.

iv) Do not drag or rub doors across one another. Carry doors from place to place. Do not
drag them except on bottom end and then only when protected with scuff strip or drag
shoes.

2.13 Performance Requirements

i) Shape

Tolerances for deviations in the shape. Acceptable maximum shall be:

cup and bow short edge: 1.5mm Twist at any corner : 3.0mm
long edge : 3.0mm Squareness in 500mm : 0.75mm
diagonal : 4.0mm

ii) Testing and assessment.

Specimens to be tested shall be identical to complete product as to be installed

including finish.

Specimen for testing shall be, prior to test, conditioned in temperature and humidity of
the Project and location of door.

iii) Charter of Visible Face

The acceptable tolerance of a door leaf surface shall not exceed the following :

a) Where measured over length of 50mm : 1.10mm

b) Where measured over length of 200mm : 0.15mm

Testing deviations shall be measured by a feeler gauge from a steel straight edge placed on the
surface in random directions.

2.14 Moisture Movement

i) Any door set and the Parts (*) if which it is composed shall be capable of complying with
the tolerances as set out below when subject to following moisture movement.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/14
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 15 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Exposure conditions: Relative humidity

4% to 9% (outside)
30% to 100% (inside)

* ("Parts" shall be deemed to include fixing devices between door set and adjoining
components where such devices are supplied and recommended by the manufacturer)

The two humidity conditions and moreover the extremes of each may occur on opposite side of
the door set.

ii) Thermal Movement

Any door set and the parts of which it is composed shall be capable of complying with
the tolerances as set out below when subject to extremes of temperature combined
with moisture movements as set out in proceeding paragraph.

The requirements shall apply under exposure conditions of ambient temperatures.

Ambient Temperature

Dry Bulb Deg.C Wet Bulb Deg.C

Summer 52 28
Winter 7 3.5

Internal Conditions

Summer 26 18
Winter 22 15

The maximum movement acceptable due to hydrothermal movement shall be.

Testing measurements shall be carried out when test specimens have been conditioned
to stabilization of building design temperature and outside design temperature.

2.15 Strength (under misuse)

i) Any door set and the parts of which it is composed shall be capable of withstanding the
effects of misuse in the form of attempts to close the door while movement is being
obstructed in below specified manner.

ii) Such action shall not cause damage which may present a safety hazard to the occupants.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/15
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 16 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

iii) Test the closing movement shall be obstructed by a hardwood slip inserted at the
bottom of the hanging stile so that it keeps the door ajar at an angle of approximately 7
degrees. Force of 200N shall be applied to the handle not more than 150mm from
closing edge.

2.16 Strength (Resistance to Slamming)

i) Any door set and the parts of which it is composed shall be capable of withstanding the
effects of the moving parts being slammed in the manner described below without
damage or deterioration of its subsequent performance.

ii) Test : Apply force to the handle in open door position, with one free corner rendered
immovable. Repeat test.

2.17 Strength (Resistance to diagonal deformation)

(i) Any door set, and the parts of which it is composed shall be capable of withstanding a
vertical static load of 500N, applied at the point of greatest leverage without damage of any
residual deformation which would impair its subsequent performance.

(ii) Test : The load shall be applied to door handles while the door is 90 degree open.

(iii) The method of fixing the door set shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.

2.18 Strength (Resistance to impact soft body):

(i) Any door set and the parts of which it is composed shall be capable of withstanding
following impact as listed below without any breakage or shattering which may present
a safety hazard to the occupants.

Class A : Single impact of 140 joules, applied to each face of door.

Class B : Three (3) impacts one each side with an impact energy of 60 joules.

Class C: Three(3) impacts each side with an impact energy of 120 joules.

Class D: (Security Door) : A door set which is intended to provide a greater degree of
security shall in addition be capable of withstanding one impact on each side
with an impact energy of 240 joules without damage to an extent which would
allow direct intrusion or access to the opening mechanism.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/16
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 17 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Note : These requirements do not apply to any glazed parts of a door set. Guidance in respect
of glazed doors is given in BS, CD152 Section 11.1 C1 310.

Testing the impactor shall be 250mm diameter bag filled with dry sand to a weight of 30kg. The
bag shall be suspended on a cord touching the face of door leaf at a central point.

2.19 Strength (Resistance to impact, hard body)

i) Visible faces of a door set shall be capable of withstanding impact by a hard body as
described below with an impact energy of 10 joules without shattering or breaking.

ii) With an impact of 3.75 joules there shall be no splitting or cracking of the surface. The
impact shall not cause indentations in the surface which are visually not acceptable.
(This requirement shall not apply to the glazed part of door)

iii) The maximum acceptable depth of indent shall not be more than 0.5mm.

iv) Test the impactor shall be solid steel ball, 50mm in diameter. Then impacts shall be
applied to each side of door leaf.

2.20 Sound Transmission

Any door set where sound insulation is a requirement, specified in relevant sections shall have
an average sound reduction index against airborne sound. Manufacturers shall be required to
state average sound reduction index of a door set over the standard range of frequencies as well
as at 1/3 octave levels throughout this range. All doors shall have primary provisions of sound
dampening gaskets and acoustical requirements shall be complied with as specified in this
section and acoustical requirements listed elsewhere.

Provide for the Acoustic performance and design requirements including provision of gasketing,
doorshoe / mortise door bottom to meet required and tested Acoustic rating.

2.21 Effects of Fire

A door set shall not contain any substance which under combustion will emit excessive smoke or
toxic fumes that would be dangerous to the occupants.

Fire resistant door shall be specified for the following properties :

a) Fire Resistance stability, integrity and thermal insulation.

b) Surface spread of fire.

Manufacturers will be required to state above properties.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/17
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 18 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Test : In accordance with BS 476. Part 8

2.22 Durability of Components or Assembly

i) The manufacturer shall be required to state the period of maintenance free life of the
door set. The manufacturer will be required to state a recommended method of
maintaining the door set after the expiration of maintenance free life.

ii) The manufacturer shall be required to state the period of maintenance free life of any
component part of the door set where this differs from the period of maintenance free
life of the whole door set.

iii) Testing the component parts of the door set shall be capable of satisfying any of the test
criteria laid down in this section.

2.23 Finishes

Doors under this section shall have the finishes as specified and shown in the drawings details and

specifications (all finishes shall conform to fire requirements)

Frame , arch frame and leaf finished with polyurethane coating on spray paint surface (Colours as
described in Specifications)

2.24 IRONMONGERY – Supply and installation

As specified in sections relating to hardware and as shown and specified in the drawings

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.

1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing
characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.
2. Reject doors with defects.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/18
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 14 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA FLUSH WOOD DOORS
South Fourth Page 19 of 19
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

A. Trim doors as necessary to fit openings without binding and without excessive clearances.

Provide clearances as follows:

1. Headanddambs: 3mm.

2. Clearance at Sill: 6 mm above floor finish or threshold except where undercutting is

indicated. Confirm installed floor covering thickness before cutting door bottom edges.

3. Meeting Stiles, Pairs of Doors: 3 mm.

4. Bevel Lock Stiles: 3 mm in 50 mm.

B. Carefully mortise and bore doors to receive finish hardware. Fit doors to receive hardware by
means of patterns, templates, or physical samples of approved hardware.
C. Immediately after trimming and fitting hardware, seal cut surfaces with two coats of clear
shellac.
D. Provide UL rated frames where indicated in Drawings.

E. Building in will not be permitted except where specifically stated.

F. Doorsets: Do not fix until rooms are weathertight and the work of wet trades is finished and
dried out. Contractor is to allow for all templates required for plastering prior to the installation
of door sets into prepared openings.
3. Door Thresholds: Doorsets to be supplied without thresholds. Changes of floor finish to generally
align with centerline of door leaf.
H. Fire Resisting Frames: Completely fill gap between frames and wall with non combustible
packing. Ensure intumescent strips are in place to the back of door frames where detailed.
I. Ironmongery: Assemble and fix carefully and accurately using fastenings with matching finish by
the selected ironmongery manufacturer. Prevent damage to ironmongery and adjacent surfaces.
At completion, check, adjust and lubricate as necessary to ensure correct functioning.
J. Protection of components: Do not deliver components to site which cannot be immediately
stored in a suitable dry, floored and covered area. Stack on bearers, separated by spacers to
prevent damage by and to projecting ironmongery, beads etc. Once installed, protect assembly
from damage and replace damaged or defective components prior to Completion.

Section 08 14 16 08 14 16/19
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 1 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 31 00

1 GENERAL

1.1 General instructions

Read and be governed by Conditions of the Contract and Sections of

relevant specification.

1.2 Works included

Provide the following Works of this Section:

Wall access doors in plaster finished masonry partitions.

Wall access doors in metal lath and plaster partitions.

Wall access doors in gypsum board partitions.

Fire rated wall access doors in plaster finished masonry partitions.

Fire rated wall access doors in masonry partitions.

Fire rated wall access doors in gypsum board partitions.

Ceiling access doors in suspended metal lath and plaster ceilings/bulkheads.

Ceiling access doors in suspended gypsum board ceilings/bulkheads.

Fire rated ceiling access doors in fire rated suspended gypsum board
ceilings/ bulkheads.

1 .3 Related Works specified elsewhere

Masonry Assemblies.

Plaster: for gypsum plaster inserts in access doors.

Gypsum Board Assemblies: for gypsum board inserts in access doors.

Ceramic and Terrazzo Tiles: for ceramic tile inserts in access doors.

Paints and Coating Finishes: for finish painting of access doors.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 2 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.4 References

1.4.1 Underwriters' Laboratories Incorporated (ULI):

ULI 263: Fire Tests of Building Construction Materials.

1.4.2 International Standards Organization (ISO):

Refer to relevant specifications.

1.4.3 Reference Standard

1. The following reference standards included in this section shall apply as

specified in the related sections.
2. The American Society for Testing and Materials:

ASTM A36/A36M 84a, Specification for Structural Steel.

ASTM A123 84, Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
ASTM A153 82, Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on
Iron and Steel Hardware.
ASTM A525M 86, Specification for General Requirements for
Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the
Hot Dip Process (Metric).
ASTM A780 80, Practice for Repair of Damaged Hot Dip .
Galvanized Coatings.
ASTM E119 81a, Methods for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

3. British Standard Specifications

BS 4: Structural Steel Sections.
Part 1 : 1980 Specification for hot rolled sections.
BS729: 1971 Specification for hot dip galvanized coatings on iron
and steel articles.
BS 1449: Steel Plate, sheet and strip.
Part 1: 1983 Specification for carbon and carbon manganese
plate, sheet and strip.
BS 2989: 1982 Specification for continuously hot dip zinc coated
and iron zinc alloy coated steel: wide strip, sheet/
plate and slit wide strip.
BS 2994: 1976 Specification for cold rolled steel sections.
BS 3416: 1975 Specification for black bitumen coating solutions for
cold application.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 3 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

BS 4360:1986 Specification for weld able structural steels.

BS 5135:1984 Specification for process of arc welding of carbon
and carbon manganese steels.

4. National Fire Protection Association

NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Windows.

1.5 Quality assurance

1.5.1 Manufacturer qualifications:

Manufacturer performing the Works of this Section shall be, during the
tendering period as well as during installation, ISO 9001 and ISO 9002
certified or equivalent.

Fire rated access doors shall be fabricated to the ULI and the Dubai Municipality and
Civil Defense requirements.

1.5.2 Installer qualifications:

Works of this Section shall be performed by an installer having minimum of ten (10)
years continuous United Arab Emirates experience in successful installation of
Works of type and quality shown and specified. Submit proof of experience upon
the Engineer's request.

Employ only qualified installers with proven experience in this type of Works.

Have a full time, senior, qualified foreman at the Site to direct the Works of this
Section.

1.5.3 Pre installation meeting:

Prior to commencing Works of this Section the Contractor will arrange for
manufacturer's technical representative to review with the Contractor and Engineer
procedures to be adopted, conditions under which the Works of this Section will be
done, and inspect the surfaces to receive the products, in order that any alternate
recommendations may be made should adverse conditions exist.

1.5.4 Quality control benchmarks:

Provide quality control bench marks in accordance with relevant standards and
Specifications.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 4 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Provide quality control bench marks for each type of access door as specified herein.

Do not proceed with the Works of this Section until the quality control benchmarks
have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. The reviewed and accepted
quality control benchmarks shall be retained and shall serve as the minimum
acceptable standard for the Works of this Section. The quality control benchmarks
shall be incorporated into the finished Works of this Section if so accepted by
Engineer.

1.5.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Size Variations: Obtain Engineer’s acceptance of manufacturer’s standard size units

which may vary slightly from sizes indicated.
B. Fire Resistance Ratings: Wherever fire resistance rating is required for construction in
which access panels are to be installed, provide assembly of type and manufacturer
listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories, “Classified Building Materials Index”. Provide UL
label on each fire resistance rated access panel assembly.
C. Note: Access doors and panels are to be purchased by affected trade, and installed by
trade providing material where access door and panel is to be located. Review all
locations with Engineer prior to installation.
1. Finish: Selected by Engineer to match adjacent finish materials.

D. Acoustic Performance: Assemblies to comply with the requirements referred to in the

Acoustic Performance and Design Supplement.

1.6 Submittals

1.6.1 Shop drawings:

Submit shop drawings in accordance Conditions of the Contract and as specified /

codes of practices.

Submit shop drawings for each product showing the following;

Product identification, thicknesses, gauges, finishes.

Dimensions.

Jointing details.

Cuts and drilled holes.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 5 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Anchorage and securement systems.

Interfaces with the Works of other Sections.

Submit schedules of locations, sizes and types if access doors.

1.6.2 Samples:

Submit samples in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and

specifications.

Submit full size samples of each type of access doors including frames, hinges,
fasteners and locking mechanisms.

1.6.3 Laboratory test reports:

Submit laboratory test reports in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, and
specifications.

Submit copies of laboratory test report for the fire rated access doors.

1.6.4 Product data sheets:

Submit product data sheets in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and
specifications.

Submit a complete set of data for products and prefabricated devices

required for the Works of this Section.

1.6.5 Quality assurance certificates:

Submit quality assurance certificates in accordance with Conditions of the Contract

and specifications.

Provide certified copies of quality assurance certificates that the manufacturer is

and shall be for the duration of the Works of this Section, ISO 9001 and ISO 9002
certified or equivalent.

Provide certified copies of the Dubai Municipality and Civil Defense certificates that
the fire rated access doors have been manufactured and installed to the Dubai
Municipality and Civil Defense requirements.

1.7 Coordination

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 6 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1 .7.1 Determine specific locations and sizes for access panels needed to gain access to
concealed equipment, and as required, shop drawings etc.

1.7.2 Access panels to gain access to equipment specified in the contract and where
panels are not shown on drawings shall be provided by the Contractor in compliance
with requirements of the Works of this Section.

1.8 Delivery, storage, handling and protection

1.8.1 Replace products damaged during delivery, storage and handling.

1.8.2 Protect products from damage and moisture. Provide non staining blocking and
protective covers.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 General

2.1.1 Products specified are to establish performance and quality required. These
requirements are not intended to restrict submission for substitutions in
accordance with the requirements of relevant sections of specifications.

2.1.2 Acceptance of products from other manufacturers will be subject to review by the
Engineer, for conformity with the specifications and meeting the physical
characteristics of the specified products. During this review of alternate products
the Engineer will require submission of technical data verifying that all specified
standards and products are met~ submission of alternative profile samples similar
to that detailed, and a list of’ references of successfully completed projects of
similar size in the last five (5) years. Include compliance with referenced standards.
Submittals which do not include adequate data for the product evaluation will not
be considered.

2.1 .3 The compliant Tender shall not include any alternatives and shall conform to the
requirements of the specification Section. Substitutions shall be clearly identified in
accordance with the requirements of specifications.

2.2 Wall access doors – plaster/gypsum board applications

2.2.1 Recessed type wall access doors, 610mm x 610mm, steel 16 gauge door with 12
gauge steel frame, with all exposed parts to be painted by as described in relevant
sections.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 7 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.2.2 Provide 15.9mm deep door lined with self furring metal lath for plaster and gypsum
board applications.

2.2.3 Provide frame with mounting flange recessed l9mm and surrounded with 75mm
wide self furring metal lath tack welded to flange for plaster applications and
gypsum board trim for gypsum board applications.

2.2.4 Provide concealed continuous 165° opening piano type hinge and standard
screwdriver type slot catch flush to surface.

2.2.5 Finish: Baked on prime paint.

2.2.6 Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Nystrom N/M Model NP (for plaster applications) and N/M Model NW (for
gypsum board applications) Flush Non Rated Access Panels, supplied by
Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or equivalent product by ACE Ceiling Products, supplied Intex Universal Ltd. (Br.),
Dubai, United Arab Emirates, or similar local dealer / agents.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.3 Fire rated wall and ceiling access doors fire rated plaster on masonry, metal
lath and plaster, fire rated gypsum board and fire rated masonry applications

2.3.1 Flush type, 1 1/2 hour ULI "B" label fire rated wall access doors, 810mm x 610mm,
steel 16 gauge door with 12 gauge steel frame, with all exposed parts to be painted
as specified / necessary.

2.3.2 Provide flush type 16 gauge door front face and back pan filled with mineral fiber
insulation complete with spring loaded operating mechanism.

2.3.3 Provide frame with flush type mounting flange surrounded with 25mm wide lip
forming part of flange for flush mount applications.

2.3.4 Provide concealed continuous 165° opening piano type hinge and self latching tool
key operated latch flush to surface.

2.3.5 Finish: Baked on prime paint.

2.3.6 Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 8 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Nystrom I/U Model IT (for masonry applications), I/U Model IP (for plaster
applications) and IIU Model IW (for gypsum board applications) Flush Fire Rated
Access Panels, supplied by Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab
Emirates.

Or equivalent product by ACE Ceiling Products, supplied Intex Universal Ltd. (Br.),
Dubai, United Arab Emirates, or similar local agent / dealer.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.4 Wall access doors masonry applications

2.4.1 Flush type wall access doors, 610mm x 610mm, steel 16 gauge door with 12 gauge
steel frame, with all exposed parts to be painted as specified Provide flush type 16
gauge door for masonry applications.

2.4.3 Provide frame with flush type mounting flange surrounded with 25mm wide lip
forming part of flange for masonry applications.

2.4.4 Provide concealed continuous 165° opening piano type hinge and standard
screwdriver type slot catch flush to surface.

2.4.5 Finish: Baked on prime paint.

2.4.6 Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Nystrom NIM Model NT (for masonry applications) Flush Non Rated Access
Panels, supplied by Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab
Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.5 Ceiling access doors plaster/gypsum board applies ions

2.5.1 Recessed type ceiling access doors, 610mm x 610mm, steel 16 gauge door with 12
gauge steel frame, with all exposed parts to be painted by Specifications.

2.5.2 Provide 15.9mm deep door lined with self furring metal lath for plaster and gypsum
board applications.

2.5.3 Provide frame with mounting flange recessed l9mm and surrounded with 75mm
wide self furring metal lath tack welded to flanges for plaster applications and
gypsum board trim for gypsum board applications.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 9 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.5.4 Provide concealed continuous 165° opening piano type hinge and standard
screwdriver type slot catch flush to surface.

2.5.5 Finish: Baked on prime paint.

2.5.6 Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Nystrom R Model RP (for plaster applications) and R Model RW (for gypsum

board applications) Recessed Non Raled Access Panels, supplied by Emirates
Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or equivalent product by ACE Ceiling Products, supplied Intex Universal Ltd. (Br.),
Dubai, United Arab Emirates, or similar local agents / dealers.

Or other manufacturer, product end supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.6 PRODUCTS – ADDITIONAL APPROVED PRODUCT NAMES

The following approved list of product and manufacturer is provided to establish

product standard and quality required for the product. Any product complying to the
approved product is acceptable subject to the Engineer’s review and acceptance and
locally manufactured product complying to the specifications and Civil Defense
approval may be acceptable subject to the Engineer’s approval.

ACCESS DOORS

A. Flush Fire Rated Doors for Masonry, Tile, Gypsum Board and Stucco:

1. Cesco “FB”.

2. J.L. Industries “FD”.

3. Karp “KRP 15OFR”.

4. Milcor “3208 Fire Rated”.

5. Nystrom “APFR”.

B. Flush Access Doors; All Surfaces:

1. Bar Co. “BAR 300”.

2. Cesco “W”.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 10 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3. J.L. Industries “TM”.

4. Karp “DSC 214M”.
5. Milcor “3202(M)”.
6. Nystrom “APTM”.

C. Drywall Access Doors:

1. Flush Doors:

a. Bar Co. “BAR SOO”.

b. Cesco”SR Ill”.

c. J.L. Industries “WB”.

d. Karp “KDW”.

e. Milcor “3203(DW)”.

f. Nystrom “APWB”.

2. Recessed Doors:

a. Cesco “SR I”.

b. Karp “RDW”.

c. Nystrom “APWB RD”.

D. Access Doors for Stucco Surfaces:

1. Flush Doors:

a. Bar Co. “BAR 200’.

b. Cesco “PIPX”.

c. J.L. Industries “PW”.

d. Karp “DSC 214PL”.

e. Milcor “K”.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 11 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

f. Nystrom “APPW”.

2. Recessed Doors:

a. Bar Co. “BAR lOO”.

b. Cesco “PX RX”.

c. Karp “DSC 21 OPL”.

d. Milcor “AP”.

e. Nystrom “APPW RD”.

E. Recessed Doors for Acoustical Tile:

1. Bar Co. “BAR 400”.

2. Cesco ‘CTR l”.

3. J.L. Industries “CT”.

4. Karp “DSC 21 0”.

5. Milcor “AT”.

6. Nystrom “APA”.

2.7 FLOOR DOORS

A. Manufacturer and Type: The Bilco Company “Type JD” double leaf aluminum channel
frame floor door; size indicated in Drawings.

1. Frame: 6 mm thick extruded aluminum with built in neoprene cushion and strap
anchors bolted to exterior.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/11
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 12 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2. Door Leaf: 6 mm thick aluminum diamond plate reinforced with aluminum stiffeners
as required.

3. Hardware: Steel hinges, torsion bar counterbalance, 90 deg. hold open, vinyl grip
handle, safety chain, removable key wrench.

4. Finish: Aluminum to be mill finish with bituminous coating applied to frame exterior
by manufacturer.

B. Other Acceptable Product: U. S. Foundry & Manufacturing Corporation “Model THD”

through frame, heavy duty double door.

3 EXECUTION

3.1 Examination and preparation

3.1 .1 Examine substrate surfaces to receive the Works of this Section and ensure that the
Works done as part of the Works of other Sections are complete and that there are
no conditions which will adversely affect the performance of the Works of this
Section.

3.1.2 Notify the Engineer of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the
Works of this Section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.1 .3 Commencement of the Works of this Section implies acceptance of surfaces and
conditions.

3.2 Locations

3.2.1 Refer to Drawings for location(s) of wall access doors in plaster finished masonry
partitions, masonry partitions, metal and plaster partitions, and gypsum board
partitions.

3.2.2 Refer to Drawings for location(s) of fire rated wall access doors in fire rated plaster
finished masonry partitions, fire rated masonry partitions and fire rated gypsum
board partitions.

3.2.3 Refer to Drawings for location(s) of ceiling access doors in suspended metal lath and
plaster ceilings/bulkheads and/or suspended gypsum board ceilings/bulkheads.

3.2.4 Refer to Drawings for location(s) of fire rated ceiling access doors in suspended fire
rated metal lath and plaster ceilings/bulkheads and/or suspended fire rated gypsum

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/12
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
South Fourth Page 13 of 13
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

board ceilings/bulkheads.

3.3 Installation

3.3.1 Install access doors in strict accordance with manufacturer's written installation
instructions and, reviewed and accepted shop drawings. Ensure proper operation.
Ensure that fired rated access doors are installed wherever access doors are
required in fire rated plaster/gypsum board and masonry partition assemblies, and
fire rated plaster/gypsum board ceiling assemblies. Ensure that fire rated access
doors are installed in accordance with the ULI and Dubai Municipality and Civil
Defense requirements.

3.3.2 Co ordinate installation of access doors with the Works of the Finishing Sections.

3.3.3 Erect the Works of this Section true to dimensions, square, plumb, level and free
from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. Provide
adequate anchorage to ensure a rigid installation. Securely fasten components.

3.4 Cleaning

3.4.1 On a daily basis as the Works of this Section proceeds, remove and dispose of all
debris and waste resulting from the Works of this Section.

3.4.2 Leave work areas of the Works of this Section broom clean at the end of each work
day.

3.5 Clean up

3.5.1 Remove excess debris and products from the Site.

Section 08 31 00 08 31 00/13
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS PANELS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 1 of 2
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 31 16

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. The Tender Documents and Addenda thereto form an integral part of this specification
and must be read in conjunction herewith.

2. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Particular
Conditions and Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

1. This Section includes the supply and installation of ceiling access panels

2. Related sections

3. Gypsum board suspended ceiling

1.3 SUBMITTALS

1. Product data for the specified type of access panel including details of
construction, materials, dimensions, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes.

2. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of specified type of access

panel to include details of framing, elevations, conditions at opening, details of
construction, location and installation requirements and reinforcements, and
details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.

3. Sample to be submitted.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1. Deliver access panels with protection during transit and job storage. Provide
additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory finished access
panel.

2. Inspect access panel upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired
provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable
to Engineer; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.

Section 08 31 16 08 31 16/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 31 16
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ACCESS PANELS AND FRAMES
South Fourth Page 2 of 2
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

1. Naka Corporation
Japan

Janaco International
P.O. Box 5762,
Dubai. U.A.E.

Tel : 04 3422698
Fax : 04 3422721

2. Bilco

3. Karp

4. Knauf LLC

5. Milcor

Or approved equal subject to the Engineer’s approval.

2.2 MATERIALS

1. Access hatches in plasterboard suspended ceilings:

Size : 606 x 606mm, Type " DX B from Naka Corporation including standard
attachment fixtures from supplier. Material shall be of natural anodized
extruded aluminium (A60635 T5) exposed total width of the inner plus outer
frames shall be approx. 6mm.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

1. Set access panels accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely.
Ensure that all the necessary integral seals and standard security fixings are
secured tightly.

Section 08 31 16 08 31 16/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 32 13A
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOORS
South Fourth Page 1 of 7
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 32 13 A

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The
publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION (AA)

AA DAF45 (2003; Reaffirmed 2009) Designation System for

Aluminum Finishes

AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AAMA)

AAMA 1503 (2009) Voluntary Test Method for Thermal

Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of
Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections

AAMA 800 (2010) Voluntary Specifications and Test

Methods for Sealants

AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 (2011) Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and

Skylights

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM C1048 (2012; E 2012) Standard Specification for Heat Treated

Flat Glass Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass

ASTM D3656/D3656M (2013) Insect Screening and Louver Cloth

Woven from Vinyl Coated Glass Yarns

ASTM E2016 (2011) Standard Specification for

Industrial Woven Wire Cloth

ASTM F842 (2013) Measuring the Forced Entry

16 CFR 1201 Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing

Materials

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. AAMA Performance Requirements: Provide doors of the performance class and grade indicated
below that comply with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 unless more stringent performance
requirements are indicated.
Section 08 32 13A 08 32 13A/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 32 13A
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOORS
South Fourth Page 2 of 7
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1. Performance Class and Grade: R25

2. Performance Class and Grade: LC35
3. Performance Class and Grade: C40
4. Performance Class and Grade: HC50
5. Performance Class and Grade: AW50

B. Structural Performance: Provide sliding aluminum framed glass doors capable of withstanding the
effects of the following loads based on testing units representative of those indicated for the
Project that pass AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2, Section 2.1.4.2, “Uniform Structural Load Test”:

C. Uniform Load Deflection Test: Provide sliding aluminum framed glass doors with framing, including
mullions that limit lateral deflection of glass edges to L/175 of glass edge length [or (19 mm),
whichever is less,] at uniform design pressures [when tested according to AAMA/NWWDA
101/I.S.2, Section 2.1.4.1, “Uniform Load Deflection Test.”] [As determined by structural
computations.]

D. Forced Entry Resistance: Comply with Performance Grade40 requirements when tested according
to ASTM F 842, Life Cycle testing according to AAMA/WDMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A 440.

E. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): Provide doors tested for thermal performance according to
AAMA 1503.1.

1. CRF of 40

F. Thermal Transmittance: Provide doors with thermal break sections with a maximum U factor
according to the drawings and as specified.

G. Acoustical Performance: STC rating 34 when tested in accordance with ASTM 90 and ASTM E413.

H. Air Leakage Resistance – Maximum Rate – 0.3 cfm/Sq.ft. @ 1.6Ibf/sqft pressure.

J. Water Penetration Resistance: No water leakage as defined in the AAMA/WDMA/CSA reference

test methods at a water test pressure equaling that indicated when tested according to
AAMA/WDMA/CSA101/1.5.2/A440 water penetration resistance test.

Section 08 32 13A 08 32 13A/2

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 32 13A
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOORS
South Fourth Page 3 of 7
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.3 SUBMITTALS

SD – 02 – Shop Drawings
Aluminum sliding glass doors

Submit drawings for aluminum sliding glass doors [, screens,] and accessories that
indicate elevations of each door type, full size sections, thickness, nominal gages of
metal, fastenings, proposed method of installation and anchoring, the size and spacing
and method of glazing, details of operating hardware, method and material for
weatherstripping, type of finish, and screen details.

SD 03 Product Data

Aluminum sliding glass doors

Hardware Glazing

Weatherstripping

Screens

Finish

Describe each type of aluminum sliding glass door, hardware, fastener, accessory, screen,
and finish. Include descriptive literature, detailed specifications, and performance test
data.

SD 04 Samples, product certificates and test reports

Finish

Submit color chart of factory color coatings when factory finished

color coating is to be provided.

SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Aluminum sliding glass doors, Data Package 1; [; G][; G, [ ]]
Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.

1.4 TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERING

Prior to shipment from the factory, finished surfaces of aluminum sliding glass doors shall receive a
protective covering of waterproof tape, strippable plastic, or cardboard to protect against
discoloration and surface damage that may occur during transportation, storage, and construction
activities. Also, no coatings or lacquers shall be applied to surfaces to which caulking and glazing
compounds must adhere. Covering shall be readily removable after installation.
Section 08 32 13A 08 32 13A/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 32 13A
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOORS
South Fourth Page 4 of 7
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Inspect aluminum sliding glass doors, [including screens,] hardware and accessories, for damage and
unload and store doors upright on platforms in accessible spaces with a minimum of handling. The
storage spaces shall be dry, adequately ventilated, free from heavy dust and not subject to
combustion products, sources of water or other conditions that could damage the door. Storage
spaces shall have easy access for inspection and handling of doors.

1.6 EXTRA STOCK

[Deliver an extra stock of markings for glass panels to the Employer for use in future replacement of
original markings. The extra stock shall be of the same designs, colors, and materials as the
markings installed on this project. Furnish markings in original containers or packages in a
quantity not less than [1%] percent of the amount of markings to be installed.]

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOORS

Design and construct with sliding panels and fixed panels in the sizes and arrangements indicated
and conforming to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for Type [SGD R15] [SGD C20] [SGD HC40],
[SGD ] [except frame shall be equipped with thermal barrier].
[Mark panels identically and permanently to visibly interrupt the span of glass. Use markings [of the
design and color indicated] [approximately 2500 square millimeters 4 square inches] of opaque,
pressure sensitive vinyl film with precoated adhesive.] Sliding door glazing shall be set in aluminum
frames and roller assemblies of sufficient strength to withstand lateral live stresses and static load
or weight requirements. Use Gulf extrusion – Thermal break sections or similar to approval. Other
listed manufacturers are considered equivalent subject to compliance to the drawings and
specifications.
Kawneer Company
Technal
Schuco

2.1.1 Hardware

Refer Hardware schedule and / or detailed Drawings

2.1.2 Glazing

Refer Glazing Specifications

2.1.3 Weather stripping

Provide four sides of each sliding panel and interlocking stiles and jambs with weatherstripping.
Section 08 32 13A 08 32 13A/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 32 13A
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOORS
South Fourth Page 5 of 7
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Weatherstripping shall conform to AAMA/WDMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440 and shall provide maximum

protection against the elements and be designed for ease of replacement.

2.1.4 Screens – Fly screens

Provide horizontal sliding aluminum screens in combination with aluminum sliding glass doors.
Screen frames shall consist of aluminum shapes of size and design standard with the door
manufacturer. Frames shall have removable splines of aluminum or vinyl and shall permit
screening fabric replacement. Screening shall be [18 by 16 mesh aluminum conforming to ASTM
E2016,] [plastic coated fibrous glass conforming to ASTM D3656/D3656M,Class 2, 18 by 14 mesh,
[Approved color] [selected color to match doors]].

Install screening with weave parallel with frames and sufficiently tight to present a smooth
appearance. Conceal edges of screening in the spline channel. Screens shall be complete with rollers,
hardware, and accessories and shall slide on or within tracks provided in the door frame members.
Design and assemble doors so that aluminum to aluminum contact of moving members will not
occur. Provide insect proofing, formed of wool pile or other suitable material, at interlocking stiles
and jambs. Finish on screen frames shall be as specified for doors.

2.1.5 Finish

Finish to be long durable polyester powder coating as specified elsewhere and in the drawings

2.2 CAULKING AND SEALING

As specified under Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS.

2.3 FORCED ENTRY RESISTANT DOORS

In addition to meeting AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, doors designated forced entry

resistant shall conform to ASTM F842.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

3.1.1 Doors, Frames, and Accessories

Install doors, frames, framing members, hardware, and accessories in accordance with approved
shop drawings and the requirements specified herein. Set frames securely anchored in place to
straight, plumb, square, level condition without distortion and in alignment. Install door panels to
retain proper weathering contact with frames. Caulk metal to metal joints between frame
members and remove excess material. Caulking around perimeter of door frame and wall openings
to provide weathertight installation shall be accomplished in accordance with AAMA 800 and
manufacturer's recommendations. Finished work shall be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from
defects. Upon completion, adjust sliding doors to operate properly. Thoroughly clean aluminum
frames and glass in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Doors damaged prior to
Section 08 32 13A 08 32 13A/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 32 13A
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOORS
South Fourth Page 6 of 7
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

completion and acceptance shall be restored to original manufactured condition or replaced with
new doors as directed.

3.1.2 Protection of Aluminum from Dissimilar Materials

3.1.2.1 Aluminum to Dissimilar Metals

Prevent aluminum surfaces from contacting dissimilar metals other than stainless steel, zinc, or
white bronze by one or a combination of the following:

a. Paint dissimilar metal with one coat of heavy bodied bituminous paint.

b. Apply caulking between aluminum and dissimilar metal.

c. Paint dissimilar metal with primer, followed by one coat of aluminum paint or other suitable
lead free coating.

d. Use nonabsorptive tape or gasket in permanently dry locations.

3.1.2.2 Drainage from Dissimilar Metals

Paint dissimilar metals located in areas where their drainage washes over aluminum to prevent the
staining of aluminum.

3.1.2.3 Aluminum to Masonry and Concrete

Prevent aluminum surfaces from coming into contact with mortar, concrete, or other masonry
materials by applying one coat of heavy bodied bituminous paint to the aluminum surfaces.

3.1.2.4 Aluminum to Wood

Prevent aluminum surfaces from coming into contact with wood, treated wood, or similarly
absorptive materials by one or a combination of the following methods:

a. Paint aluminum surfaces with two coats of aluminum paint or one coat of heavy bodied
bituminous paint.

b. Paint the wood, treated wood, or other absorptive surfaces with two coats of aluminum
paint and seal contiguous joints with caulking compound.

Section 08 32 13A 08 32 13A/6

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 32 13A
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOORS
South Fourth Page 7 of 7
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

PART 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND WARRANTEE

4.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Sliding Aluminum Framed Glass Door Standard: Comply with provisions in AAMA/NWWDA
101/I.S.2 for standards of performance, materials, components, and fabrication unless more
stringent requirements are indicated.

B. Safety Glass: Category II materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201.

C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate
aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation.

1. Build Mockup
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.

4.2 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
components of sliding aluminum framed glass doors that fail in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period.

1. Failure include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, water leakage, air infiltration, or

condensation.
b. Faulty operation of movable panels and hardware.
c. Deterioration of insulated glazing, metal finishes, EPDM gaskets and other materials
beyond normal weathering.
d. Failure to meet performance requirements.

2. Warranty Period:

a. Door: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion.

b. Glazing: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion.
c. Finish: Fifteen years from date of Substantial Completion.

Section 08 32 13A 08 32 13A/7

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 1 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 44 13

GLAZED CURTAIN WALL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 Contract Documents

A. This specification is for a ‘design and construct’ contract. All work of this Section shall
comply with the requirements of the Specifications, the Drawings, Schedules and all
other Contract Documents.

B. To design, engineer, document, test, manufacture, deliver, install, protect and

commission curtain wall, complete with all glass, glazing accessories, fixings, trims,
finishes, louvers, flashings, sealants and the like in accordance with the Contract
Documents.

C. The work of this Section is performance based, and shall be developed, tested and
warranted to comply with the design intentions indicated on the Drawings, specified
performance criteria and requirements, and relevant statutory and project
requirements. Tender drawings indicate generic design principles and intentions only.

D. The contractor is to provide an experienced Design Manager and Quality Control

Manager able to communicate in English. This is to ensure that the technical
requirements of International Design Standards referred to herein, written in English, are
fully complied with. All calculations, drawings and technical documents (quality plans,
company profiles, etc.) shall be written in English.

1.02 Work Included

A. The works included in this section include the design, engineering, documentation,
testing, manufacturing, delivery, installation, protection and commissioning of the
following:

B. Glass and Aluminium Curtain Wall Systems.

C. Glass and Aluminium Window Systems.

D. Glazed Entrances.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 2 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.03 Related Work Specified Elsewhere

A. Work related to, but excluded from the requirements of the work of this section
includes, but is not limited to the following:
1. Stone Assemblies
2. Steelwork
3. Fireproofing
4. Exterior Louvers
5. Gypsum Plasterboard
6. Acoustic Treatment
7. Exterior Cladding Assemblies
8. Windows and Doors
9. Entrance Canopies
10. Building Maintenance Units

1.2 References

1.2.1 American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA):

AAMA 501 94: Methods of Tests for Metal Curtain Walls.

AAMA 2604: Voluntary Specifications, Performance Requirements and Test

Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and
Panels.

AAMA 2605: Voluntary Specifications, Performance Requirements and Test

Procedures for Superior Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural
Extrusions and Panels.

1.2.2 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A123 / A123M: Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.

ASTM A446/A446M: Specification for Sheet Steel, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the
Hot Dip Process, Structural Quality.

ASTM A653M: Specification for General Requirements for Sheet Steel, Zinc Coated
(Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process.

ASTM A743 Stainless steel casting

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 3 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Stainless steel casting

ASTM A780: Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot Dip
Galvanized Coatings.

ASTM 8261826M: Specification for Aluminum Alloy Sand Castings.

ASTM 886: Specification for Aluminum Alloy Die Castings.

ASTM 8209/8209M: Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy sheet and
Plate.

ASTM C509: Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing
Material.

ASTM C542: Specification for Lock Strip Gaskets.

ASTM C612: Specification for Mineral Fibre Block and Board Thermal
Insulation.
ASTM C665: Specification for Mineral Fibre Blanket Thermal Insulation.

ASTM C794 Test methods for adhesion in peel of Elastomeric joint sealent

ASTM C864: Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting
Blocks and Spacers.

ASTM C920: Specification for Elastomeric Sealants.

ASTM C1016: Test Method for Determination of Water Absorption of Sealant

8ackup (Joint Filler) Material.

ASTM C1036: Specification for Flat Glass.

ASTM C1 048: Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass Kind HS, Kind FT, Coated
and Uncoated Glass.

ASTM C1172: Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass.

ASTM C1253: Test Method for Determining the Outgassing Potential of Sealant
Backing.

ASTM C1330: Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Applied

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 4 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Sealants.

ASTM C1376: 5pecification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition Coatings on Glass.

ASTM D395: Test Method for Rubber Property Compression Test.

ASTM D412: Test Method for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and
Thermoplastic Elastomers Tension.

ASTM D523 Test method for specular gloss

ASTM D714 – Test method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering of Paints

ASTM D882: Test Method for Tensile properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting.

ASTM D903: Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds.

ASTM D968 Test Method for abrasion resistance of organic coatings by the falling
abrasive tester

ASTM D1654 Method for Evaluation of painted or coated specimens subject to

corrosive Environments

ASTM D1784: Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds.

ASTM D2244 Methods for Instrumental Evaluation of colour Differences of opaque

materials

ASTM D2247 – Method for testing coated metal specifications at 100% relative
Humidity

ASTM D3363 Test method for film hardness by pencil

ASTM D4214 Test method for Evaluating degree of chalking of exterior paint film.

ASTM D3656: Test Method for Fabric Stability of Vinyl Coated Glass Yarn Insect
Screening and Louver Cloth.

ASTM D4912: Specification for Insect Screening and Louver Cloth Woven from Vinyl
Coated Glass Fibre Yarn.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 5 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

ASTM E90: Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airbome Sound

Transmission Loss of Building Partitions.

ASTM E283: Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the
Specimen.

ASTM E330: Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

ASTM E331: Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

ASTM E547: Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.

ASTM E774: Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units.

ASTM E783: Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through
Installed Exterior Windows and Doors.

ASTM E1233: Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.

ASTM E1332: Classification for Determination of Outdoor Indoor Transmission Class.

ASTM E2112: Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and

Skylights.

TT S 0227E Sealing compound, Elastomeric type, multi component

ASTM G23 Recommended Practice for Operating Light and Water Resistant
Exposure Apparatus (Carbon Arc Type) for Exposure of Non Metallic Materials.

AAMA 2604 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test

Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminium Extrusions and
Panels.

AAMA 2605 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test

Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminium Extrusions and
Panels.

ASTM E283 Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 6 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Walls and Doors.

ASTM E330 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

ASTM E331 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

ASTM E547 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls
and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential.

AAMA501.1 Standard Test Method for Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors
for Water Penetration using Dynamic Pressure.

AAMA501.2 Specification for Field Testing of Metal Curtain Walls: Field Check of
Water Penetration Through Installed Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors by
Uniform Air Pressure Difference.

1.2.3 British Standards Institution (BSi):

BS EN ISO 140: Acoustics. Measurements of Sound Insulation in Buildings and of

Building Elements.

BS EN ISO 179: Plastics. Determination of Charpy Impact Strength.

B5 EN 287: Approval Testing of Welders for Fusion Welding.

BS EN 287 2: Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys.

BS EN 288 1: General Rules for Fusion Welding.

BS EN 288 2: Welding Procedures Specification for Arc Welding.

BS EN 288 3: Welding Procedure Tests for Arc Welding of Steels.

BS EN 28B 4: Welding Procedures Tests For The Arc Welding of Aluminum and Its
Alloys.

BS 476, Part 20: Method for Determination of the Fire Resistance of Elements of
Construction (General Principles).

BS EN 485, Parts 1 to 4: Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys, Sheet, Strip and Plate;

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 7 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Technical Conditions for Inspection and Delivery; Mechanical Properties; Tolerances

on Shape and Dimensions for Hot Rolled Products; Tolerances on Shapes and
Dimensions for Cold Rolled Products.

BS EN 515: Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys, Wrought Products, Temper

Designations.

BS EN ISO 527: Plastics. Determination of Tensile Properties.

BS EN 573, Parts 1 to 4: Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys, Chemical Composition end

Form of Wrought Products, Numerical Designation System; Chemical Symbol Based
on Designation System; Chemical Composition; Forms of Products.

BS 729: Specification for Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel
Articles.

BS EN 729: Quality Requirements for Welding. Fusion Welding of Metallic

Materials.

BS EN 757: Welding Consumables. Covered Electrodes for Manual Arc

Welding of High Strength Steels Classifications.

BS EN 758: Welding Consumables. Tubular Cored Electrodes for Metal Arc Welding
with and without a Gas Shield of Non Alloy and Fine Grain Steels. Classifications.

BS EN ISO 1461: Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Fabricated Iron and Steel Articles
Specifications and Test Methods.

BS 1449, Part 2: Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet and
Strip.

BS 1453: Specification for Filler Materials for Gas Welding.

BS 1474: Specification for Wrought Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys for General
Engineering Purposes: Bars, Extruded Round Tubes and Sections.

BS EN 1600: Welding Consumables. Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc

Welding of Stainless and Heat Resisting Steels. Classification

BS EN 1668: Welding Consumables. Rods, Wires and Deposits for Tungsten Inert Gas
Welding of Non Alloy and Fine Grain Steels. Classifications.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 8 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

BS 2901: Filler Rods and Wires for Gas 5hielded Arc Welding.

BS 2901 , Part 2: Filler Rods and Wires for Gas Shielded Arc Welding.
Specification for Stainless Steels.

BS 2901, Part 4: Filler Rods and Wires for Gas Shielded Arc Welding. Specification
for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys and Magnesium Alloys.

BS 3019: TIG Welding.

BS 3019, Part 1: Specification for TIG Welding of Aluminum, Magnesium and their
Alloys.

BS 3111, Part 2: Steel for Cold Forged Fasteners and Similar Components, Stainless
Steel.

8S EN ISO 3506 Parts 1 & 2: Mechanical Properties of Corrosion Resistant

Stainless Steel Fasteners.

BS 3571, Part 1: Specification for MIG Welding of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys.

BS 3712: Buildings and Construction Sealants.

BS 4254: Specification for Two Part Polysulphide Based Sealant.

BS 4255, Part 1: Specification for Non Cellular Gaskets.

BS 4652: Specification for Zinc Rich Priming Paint.

BS 4872, Part 1: Fusion Welding of Steel.

BS 4872, Part 2: TIG or MIG Welding of Aluminum and Its Alloys.

BS 5713: Specification for Hermetically Sealed Flat Double Glazing Units.

BS 5628, Part 3: Code of Practice for Use of Masonry, Material and Components,
Design and Workmanship.

BS 5889: Specification for One Part Gun Grade Silicone Based Sealants.

BS 6202: Glossary of Terms for Cleaning Equipment for Air or Other Gasses.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 9 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

BS 6206: Specification for Impact Performance Requirements for Flat Safety

Glass and Safety Plastics Used In Buildings.

BS 6262: Code of Practice for Glazing for Buildings.

BS 6375, Part 1: Performance of Windows. Classification for Weather tightness

(Including Guidance on Selection and Specification).

BS 6375, Part 1 : Performance of Windows. Specification for Operation and

Strength Characteristics.

BS 6399, Parts 1 and 2: Loading for Buildings, Code of Practice for Dead and Imposed
Loads, Code of Practice for Wind Loads.

BS 6949: Specification for Bitumen Based Coatings for Cold Application

Excluding Use In Contact with Water.

BS 7475: Specification for Fusion Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steels.

BS 7479: Specification for Salt Spray Corrosion Tests in Artificial Atmospheres

BS 7668: Specification for Wieldable Structural Steels, Hot Finished Structural

Hollow Sections in Weather Resistant Steels.

BS 8000, Part 16: Code of Practice for Sealing ,Joints in Buildings Using
Sealants.

BS 8118, Parts 1 and 2: Structural Use of Aluminum, Code of Practice and Design and
Specification for Materials, Workmanship and Protection.

BS 8200: Code of Practice for Design of Non Load bearing External Vertical
Enclosures of Buildings.

BS 8213: Windows, Doors and Roof lights.

BS EN 10029: Specification for Tolerances on Dimensions, Shapes and Mass for Hot
Rolled Steel Plates 3mm Thick or Above.

BS EN 10113, Parts 1 to 3: Hot Rolted Products in Wieldable Fine Grain Structural

Steels, General Delivery Conditions, Delivery Conditions for Normalized Rolled
Steels, Delivery Conditions for Thermo mechanical Rolled Steels.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 10 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

BS EN 10137 1 : Plates and Flats Made of High Yield Strength Structural Steels in the
Quenching and Tempered or Precipitation Hardened Steels, General Delivery
Conditions.

BS EN 10137 2: Plates and Flats Made of High Yield Strength Structural Steels in the
Quenching and Tempered or Precipitation Hardened Steels, Delivery Conditions for
Quenched and Tempered Steels.

BS EN 10137 3: Plates and Flats Made of High Yield Strength Structural Steels in the
Quenching and Tempered or Precipitation Hardened Steels, Delivery Conditions for
Quenched and Tempered Steels.

BS EN 10137 4: Plates and Flats Made of High Yield Strength Structural Steels in the
Quenching and Tempered or Precipitation Hardened Steels, Delivery Conditions for
Precipitation Hardened Steels.

BS EN 10155: Structural Steels with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance,

Technical Delivery Conditions.

BS EN 10210 1: Hot Finished Structurally Hollow Sections of Non Alloy and Fine
Grain Structural Steels, Technical Delivery Conditions.

BS EN 25817: Arc Welded Joints in Steel. Guidance on Quality Levels for

Imperfections.

BS EN 30042: Arc Welding Joints in Aluminum and Its Wieldable Alloys.

BS 6399.1 Code of Practice for Dead and Imposed Loads

BS 6399.2 Code of Practice for Wind Loads

BS 5588 Fire Precautions in Design, Construction and Use of Building

BS 5588 Part 3: 1983 Code of Practice for Office Buildings

BS 5750 Quality Systems

BS 7543 Guide to the Durability of Buildings and Building Products and Components

BSEN 288 Specification and Approval of Welding Procedures for Metallic Materials

BS 4870 Specification for Automatic Fusion Welding of Materials, Including Welding

Operator Approval

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 11 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

BS 4871 Specification for Testing of Welders Working to Approved Welding

Procedures

BS 3019 TIG Welding

BS 3571 MIG Welding

BSEN 287 Approval Testing of Welders for Fusion Welding

BS 7475 Specification for Fusion Welding of Austenitic Stainless Steel

BS 8118 Structural Use of Aluminium (British Standard)

BS 5950 Structural Use of Steel in Buildings

BS 7613 Specification for Hot Rolled Quenched and Tempered Weldable Structural
Steel Plates

BS 7668 Specification for Weldable Structural Steels. Hot Finished Structural Hollow
Sections in Weather Resistant Steel

BS EN 10029 Specification for Tolerance on Dimensions, Shape and Mass for Hot
Rolled Steel Plates 3mm Thick and Above

BSEN 10113 Hot Rolled Products in Weldable Fine Grain Structural Steel

BS 2994 Specification for Cold Rolled Steel Sections

BS 4848 Hot Rolled Structural Steel Sections

BS 5950.5 Code of Practice for Design of Cold Formed Steel Sections

BS 729 Specification for Hot Dip Galvanised Coatings on Iron and Steel Articles

BS 1449.2 Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet. Strip

BS 6105 Specification for Corrosion Resistant Stainless Steel Fasteners

BSEN 485 Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys. Sheet Strip and Plate.

BSEN 515 Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys. Wrought Products. Temper

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/11
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 12 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Designations

BSEN 573 Aluminium and Alum. Alloys. Chemical Composition and Form of Wrought
Products.

BS 1474 Specification for Wrought Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys for General
Engineering purposes: Bars, Extruded Round Tubes and Sections.

BS 1706 Method for Specifying Electroplated Coatings of Zinc and Cadmium on Iron
and Steel AMD 6731, May 1991 (Gr 0).

BS 2569 Specifications for Sprayed Metal Coatings

BSEN 22063 Metallic and Other Inorganic Coatings. Thermal Spraying. Zinc,
Aluminium and Other Alloys.

BSEN 10143 Continuously Hot Dip Metal Coated Steel Sheet and Strip. Tolerances on
Dimension and Shape.

BS 4190 Specification for ISO Metric Black Hexagon Bolts, Screws and Nuts.

BS 6338 Specifications for Chromate Conversion Coatings on Electroplated Zinc and

Cadmium Coatings.

BS 3100 Steel Castings for General Engineering Purposes

BS 952 Glass for Glazing

BS 5889 One Part Gun Grade Silicone Based Seals

BS 6206 Specification for Impact Performance Requirements for Flat Safety Glass
and Safety Plastics for Use in Building

BS 6262 Code of Practice for Glazing for Buildings

BS 6375 Performance of Windows

CP 153 Code of Practice for Windows and Roof Lights (British Standard)

BS 4254 Specification for Two part polysulphide based sealants

BS 4255 Rubber Used in Per Formed Gaskets for Weather Exclusion Form Building.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/12
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 13 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

BS 4255 Part 1 : Specification for Non Cellular Gaskets

BS5215 Specification for One Part Gun Grade Polysulphide Based Sealants

BS 476 Fire tests on Building Materials and Structures.

CP 3012 Code of Practice for Cleaning and Preparation of Metal Surfaces

BS EN 12373 1 Specification for Anodised Aluminium

BS 6161 Methods for Testing Anodised Aluminium Finishes

BS 5493 Code of Practice for Protective Coating of Iron and Steel Structures against
Corrosion

BS 6496 Specification for Powder Organic Coatings for Application to Aluminium

BS 4842 Specification for Liquid Organic Coatings for Application to Aluminium Alloy
Extrusions, Sheet, and Pre Formed Sections for External Architectural Purposes, and
for the Finish on Aluminium Alloy Extrusions, Sheet and Pre Formed Sections Coated
With Liquid Organic Coatings.

BS 5411 Method of Test for Metallic and Related Coatings.

BS6161 Part 8: Determination of the Fastness to Ultraviolet Light of Coloured Anodic

Oxide Coatings

BS 6497 Specification for Powder Organic Coatings for Application and Stoving to
Hot Dip Galvanised Hot Rolled Steel Sections and PreFormed Steel Sheet for
Windows and Associated External Architectural Purposes, and for the Finish on
Galvanised Steel Sections and Pre Formed Sheet Coated with Powder Organic
Coatings

BS 6651 Code of Practice for the Protection of Structures Against Lightning

BS 8110 Structural Use of Concrete

BS5606 Guide to Accuracy in Building

Australian Standard

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/13
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 14 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

AS 1288 Glass in Buildings Selection and Installation

Dubai Building Regulations, current edition

In the event of an overlap between American, British, Australian and other
Standards, the most stringent Standard shall apply
All materials furnished under this Section shall be in conformity with specified
standards and approved for use in Dubai.
All materials shall comply with the specified Standards stated herein and with Local
Authorities' requirements, whether used singly or as part of a proposed or approved
system.
It shall be incumbent u oon the Contractor to provide proof of acceptance and
approval by Local Authorities for this use of the products, materials or systems.
The minimum acceptable standard for materials furnished under this Section shall
be not less than British Standards (BS) for the respective materials to be furnished.
In the absence of a specified British Standards, the AAMA and ASTM standards shall
prevail.
No substitution for the codes listed above will be accepted without endorsement
from the Engineer.

1.2.4 Detaches Institute fur Normung (DIN):

DIN 52812 1: Test Procedure and Testing of Thermal Insulating Materials.

Determination of Thermal Conductivity by the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus.

DIN 52612 2: Testing of Thermal Insulating Materials. Determination of

Thermal Conductivity by the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. Conversion of the
Measured Values for Building Applications.

DIN 52612 3: Testing of Thermal Insulating Materials. Determination of Thermal

Conductivity by the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. Thermal Resistance of
Laminated Materials for Use in Building Construction.

1.2.5 Other requirements

Local Authorities Building Regulations, current edition.

In the event of an overlap between American, British, Australian and other

Standards, the most stringent Standard shall apply.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/14
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 15 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

All materials furnished under this Section shall be in conformity with specified
standards and approved for use in Dubai.

All materials shall comply with the specified Standards stated herein and with Local
Authorities’ requirements, whether used singly or as part of a proposed or approved
system.

It shall be incumbent upon the Contractor to provide proof of acceptance and

approval by Local Authorities for the use of the products, materials or systems.

1 .3 Design requirements

1.3.1 Employ a professional structural engineer registered and who is acceptable to the
Engineer, to design components of the Works of this Section requiring structural
performance and to be responsible for determining sizes, spacing and loading of
components in accordance with applicable codes and regulations.

1.3.2 This structural engineer shall stamp and sign all the shop drawings and ensure that
Works of this Section are provided in accordance with the design requirements.
Subcontractor shall design the Works of this Section to meet or exceed the following
performance requirements:

1.3.3 Design curtain wall framing to be a pressure equalized and unitized system.

1.3.4 Structural requirements/movements generally:

Design and detail of the metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems shall
accommodate all the various tolerances and movements of the building structure.
Movements of the building structure will occur from the application of dead, live,
wind and seismic loads, plus moisture, shrinkage, creep and thermal effects.

Design loads shall be as per the International Building Code (IBC) one (1 ) in ten (10)
years and in accordance with design requirements of BS 6399, Part 1 and 2, and BS
8118, Parts 1 and 2.

Design structural support systems for the curtain wall glazing to the following
criteria:

Self weight of glazing system shall be calculated based on the selected system in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/15
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 16 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Wind load acting on the glazing system shall be derived from BS 6399,Part 2.

Design shall take account of all structural criteria and ensure that the metal curtain
wall, window and entrance systems takes account of all movements and tolerances,
in both permanent and temporary conditions, in order to avoid stress, deformation
and glass failure.

Movements arising from the dead, live, wind and seismic loads on the building
structures are given in the Structural drawings, as specified herein and within the
Construction Tolerances, Building Movement and Lateral Loading Report. Due
allowance shall be made in the connections for the systems and joints between
them for axial shortening of the structure as defined on the structural Drawings.

Subcontractor shall satisfy himself that the structure to which the metal curtain
wall, window and entrance systems are being installed, including tolerances and
deflections, are suitable to receive the metal curtain wall, window and entrance
systems. This shall be monitored and verified throughout the contract period.

Where tensional stresses are likely to occur in the building structure, allowance shall
be made for additional supplementary bracketry, as necessary.

Provide structural calculations~ prior to manufacture, supporting design

integrity in accordance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and application
standards stated herein. Submissions shall justify but not be limited to the
following:

The selection of load bearing profiles.

Methods of fixing.

Selection of fixing and anchor devices.

Design Works of this Section to be supported by the structural insitu concrete

structure. Coordinate placement of anchors with relevant sections of
specifications.

All structural calculations prepared shall be submitted for review. Such review shall
not relieve this Subcontractor and the Main Contractor of their obligations in
respect of the final detailed design.

Main anchor fixings shall resist, without detrimental effect, all static loads, positive
and negative wind pressures in conjunction with a minimum dynamic load of 1.5

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/16
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 17 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

times the calculated static load. The maximum dynamic load derived from the
International Building Code (IBC).

All fixings shall be capable of providing adequate adjustment with the minimal use
of packing shims. No fixings shall be visible in public internal and external areas.
Where visible fixings are unavoidable, fixings shall be circular or countersunk head.
Details shall be submitted for review by the Engineer.

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems shall resist all specified static and
dynamic design loads likely to be encountered without causing permanent
deformation of components or the failure of members or seals and shall transmit
such loads safely to the points of support.

When calculating loads and movements, which the metal curtain wall, window and
entrance systems have to accommodate, reference shall be made to the relevant
clauses referred to or contained within this Section and shown on the Drawings.

1.3.5 Wind loads:

Subcontractor shall design the metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems
and all Works of this Section to withstand, without permanent deformation, the
effects of wind loads and to safely withstand all positive and negative peak wind
design gust pressures in accordance with the design requirements of BS 6399, Part 2
and wind load climatic data for the geographical area of the Site, assuming that
Dubai. United Arab Emirates has wind velocity of 45 metres/second as designated
by the Dubai Municipality.

Subcontractor shall determine the precise wind load values in accordance with the
geographical location of the Site, the topographical conditions and the type of
building in accordance with BS 6399~ Part 2, making due allowance for any internal
pressure.

Particular attention shall be paid to areas subject to increased pressure as defined

by BS 6399 Part 2, i.e. eaves, canopies and external corners. Special care shall also
be taken to identify and design for any situation not clearly defined in BS 6399 Part
2 where the Subcontractor believes the geometry of the building may cause
increased pressure due to vortex or eddy conditions.

1.3.6 Dead loads:

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems shall be capable of

accommodating the following dead loads without any reduction in performance;

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/17
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 18 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Own dead load for each component to be accommodated locally and without
causing deflections or movements which adversely affect infill frames, cladding
elements and/or glazing.

Dead loads derived from permanent fixtures or services attached to either the
internal or external surfaces of the metal curtain well, window and entrance
systems.

When calculating loads, it shall be ensured that the worst combination load cases
have been considered.

1 .3.7 Live loads:

Horizontally applied loads acting on the surface of framing members and glazing
arising from maintenance and cleaning operations. Metal curtain wall, window and
entrance systems shall sustain safely, without reduction in performance and
without permanent deformation to any component, a static 500N Load applied
horizontally through a square of 60mm sides on any part of the framing.

A horizontal live load of 0.74 kN/m due to the occupants, acting at a height of
1100mm above the finishes internal floor level, applied to the glazed cladding
support structure, in accordance with the requirements of BS 6399, Part 1.

Impact loads, or transferred impact loads that occur during its service Life shall not
result in non repairable damage.

Loads imposed during replacement of the panels/units.

Design curtain wall framing to withstand loads imposed by the building

maintenance unit's stabilization anchors with each anchor capable of withstanding
minimum 275 kg. pull parallel to and perpendicular to the face(s) of the building(s)
but not applied simultaneously. Anchors shall be located at approximate centers as
indicated on the Drawings, but within plus or minus 50mm to 75mm of the ends of
the building maintenance unit platforms. Confirm the exact locations with Section
11010.

When calculating loads, it shall be ensured that the worst combination load cases
have been considered.

1.3.8 BMU Loads: Co ordinate with BMU Supplier and obtain details of proposed
equipment, sockets and all BMU operation live loads and directions of action prior

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/18
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 19 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

to final design. Install all required restraint fixings, brackets, supports and the like,
and allowable tolerances for the operation of the equipment. Restraint sockets and
(three ball minimum) plungers are to be supplied. Design curtain wall systems to
carry all BMU restraint loads acting in combination with full dead load and a wind
load of 0.5 kPa. BMU loads are not required to be super imposed with live loads.
Verify all loads with BMU Supplier. As a minimum, single point loads at any location
on the BMU socket (equivalent working loads, dynamic factors incorporated):

a) Upward load normal use: 2.7kN

b) Vertically downward: 2.7kN
c) Inward perpendicular to face: 2.7kN
d) Outward perpendicular to face: 2.7kN
e) Sideward horizontal: 2.7 kN

1.3.9 Load Combinations: Design curtain wall brackets and cast in anchors to carry the
applied loads without causing overstress or slipping of anchors, including in case of
earthquake. The total self weight shall be used in combination with wind load and
live load in the design of all members, as follows:

a) (2.0 x Dead Load) + (1 .5 x Wind Load) for brackets, embeds and anchors.
b) Load combinations dictated by the relevant codes for all other elements.

1.3.10 Other Loads: Design the curtain wall for additional loads applied to it, as
follows:

a) Design Load Reduction for Cladding to Features, Canopies and Blanked off Walls:
Single sealed panel systems to drained cavities with solid backup walls shall not
be designed to incorporate wind load reduction principles based on (partial)
pressure equalization.

b) Temporary and Construction Loads: Design the curtain wall systems to allow for
all handling and installation loads without causing overstress, permanent
deflection or warping. No permanent deforming of panels, channel legs and the
like during installation to enable panels to fit into place will be approved.

c) Seismic Loads: Design the curtain wall systems to allow for all seismic loads, in
accordance with the site classification by DM. The panel design shall be able to
cater for the maximum acceleration or forces resulting from the worst case
seismic loads as defined by DM.

1.3.11. Load Sharing: Where two sections of different materials abut each other, submit full
load sharing computations based on the relative stiffness of each section.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/19
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 20 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.3.12. Composite Sections: Generally, use of composite sections shall not be allowed.
However, in situations where composite sections are required and accepted by the
Consultant, the Contractor shall submit full computations based on applied loads, as
well as thermal expansion induced stresses. In assessing stresses in the composite
sections, particular care shall be applied in determining end conditions.

1.3.13. Thermal Stresses:

a) Design Temperature Range: Preliminary design shall be based on a surface

material temperature range from +5~C to +90~C. Prepare and submit full analysis
of all components and/or assemblies and indicate all design movements on the
shop drawings. Thermal stresses should be checked in accordance with Local
Authorities Published Data

b) Movements Within curtain wall Systems Due to Thermal Loads: Provide for all
thermal movement to take place freely in the plane of the curtain wall systems
without causing harmful buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners
and glass or other detrimental effects. No component or system shall be stressed
or subject to induced loading as a result of thermal movement. Full movement
allowances including assembly and installation tolerances shall be incorporated
into all junction/components at each expansion joint or assembly. Any deviation
from the above stated requirements for thermal design, will require analysis and
computations which fully allow for the following issues: (1.) Meteorological
records indicating daily and seasonal maximum and minimum temperatures,
wind, and other relevant weather effects. (2.) Solar radiant heat loads and any
effects of conduction and convection. (3.) Shading, including shading from parts
of this building and from adjacent buildings. (4.) Reflection, including reflection
from parts of this building and from adjacent buildings. (5.) Orientation and
colour. (6.) Resultant “service” temperature of curtain wall system components.

1.3.14 Deflection under loads:

Deflection of framing members parallel to the framing plane shall not: 1.3.8.1 .1
Reduce glass bite to less than 75% of the design dimension.

Reduce edge clearance to less than 3mm between members and immediately
adjacent glazing units, panel/facing units or other fixed units.

Design glazing Works of this Section, to accommodate glass stress analysis

for the geographical area generated by orientation, shading, solar control and

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/20
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 21 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

construction. Engineer elastic deflections so reduction of glass bite under full load
does not exceed 3 mm.

Installation of glass shall not cause transoms to tip or deflect more than U360 or a
maximum of 3mm at mid span, whichever is less.

All components couplings and fixings shall be capable of accommodating all of the
above deflection without permanent distortion, deformation or failures.

The magnitude of the allowable deflection shall be reduced if they are

deemed to be detrimental to any part of the metal curtain wall and window system
its support structure or internal finishes. Calculations of deflection shall recognize
the criteria contained in BS 8118, Table 2.5 and Table 3.4 for limiting deflections.

1.3.15. Building Movements:

a) General: Design curtain wall systems to provide for deflections, displacements

and other movements within the curtain wall system, and between the curtain
wall system and the base building (including fire stop and smoke flashing
connections). Include movements caused by ambient temperature changes, wind
loads, dead loads and live loads, and shrinkage.

The design shall include moveable joints to accommodate the full range of
movement requirements including manufacturing tolerances, site tolerances,
thermal movement, lateral movement, floor sag, beam sag, live load deflection,
expansion joints and column settlement.

Allowance for movement shall be in addition to allowance for building tolerances.

Joints shall accommodate the worst possible combination of effects to prevent

loads of any kind being transferred from the building into the curtain wall system,
excessive movements of any joints or failure of weather seals.

Prepare and submit full analysis and complete details of proposed design
movement allowances based on the base structure information contained in the
Contract Documents. Indicate movement limits and required clearances on shop
drawings.

Accommodate movements within the design movement allowances indicated on

the approved shop drawings, silently and without failure of the system,
permanent deformation, reduction of performance, visible movement at any
joint, or other detrimental effects including: (1.) Application of stresses or

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/21
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 22 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

induced loads to any component or system, including structural elements, fixings,

glass or face panels. (2.) Damage to any component or system, including
structural elements, fixings, glass or face panels. (3.) Failure of joint seals.

Design movement joint and select sealant products to accommodate all required
expansion and contraction within joint tolerances indicated on the approved
shop drawings and within the sealant movement limits recommended by the
sealant manufacturer under loaded and unloaded conditions.

All movement allowances shall be consistent and applied across all junctions
and/or components for each expansion joint system or assembly.

The contractor shall regularly assess and take into consideration the effect of
ongoing base building movements on curtain wall set out.

b) Base Building Movements Due to Lateral Displacement of Buildings: Design

curtain wall systems so that no structural element, joint or weather seal failure
occurs for lateral movements between successive floors. Allow for a minimum of
+/ 8mm (or as otherwise specified by the Engineer) of horizontal racking for each
4m of height.

c) Long term building Movements: The base structure will continue to undergo
displacement during the life of the building due to variation in live load and creep
of the concrete structural elements.

Design the curtain wall system to accommodate the absolute relative vertical
deflections and horizontal movements that may occur due to panel rotations due
to the following displacements occurring between successive floors: (1.)
Differential column and core shortening. (2.) Beam or slab edge displacement.
(3.) Axial Shortening of edge beams. (4.) Floor to floor drift of the building.

Make allowance for long term axial shortening of edge beams: 0.4 mm per 1
metre length.

Make allowance generally for differential live load deflection of edge beams or
slabs: +/ 15mm.

1.3.16 General movement:

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems shall be designed, fabricated and
installed to withstand all movements of the building structure under all design loads
or combination of loads without damage or any reduction in the performance of the

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/22
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 23 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

systems.

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems shall accommodate anticipated
building movements as stated on the Engineer's structural drawings and in the
Construction Tolerances, Building Movement and Lateral Loading Report.

Subcontractor shall have a full understanding of the advised behavior of the building
structure, its movements and how it affects the Works of this Section.

All necessary expansion and movement joints shall be designed to accommodate

the maximum movements that can be derived from the specified and determined
design loads and movements. Under maximum movements the joints shall meet all
the performance requirements of this Section

1.3.17 Thermal movement:

All components shall be designed to resist thermal movement resulting from the
maximum and minimum surface temperature differentials occurring:

Surface differential temperature range for components of the metal curtain wall
and window system shall be taken as 0 °C to + SO °C.

Design shall cater for all temporary and permanent conditions envisaged for the
Works of this Section.

In addition the Works of this Section shall be capable of accommodating changes in

dimension and shape of its components resulting from varying surface temperatures
between outside and inside the building, without any reduction in the specified
performance.

Design Works of this Section for an atmospheric cyclic temperature change range of
60 °C plus additional heat absorbed by the building materials due to sunlight.

1.3.18 Moisture movement:

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems shall withstand movement
without permanent deformation or any reduction in the specified performance:

Due to changes in the moisture content of its components, resulting from variations
in the moisture content of the sir either inside or outside the building.

Due to the presence of condensation on the glass or on any part of the

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/23
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 24 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

framing.

1.3.19 Air permeability:

Air leakage of fixed exterior curtain wall, window and entrance systems shall be no
more than 0.00015m2/sec per m2 of wall area with an air pressure of 0.075 kPa
static pressure.

Subcontractor shall provide actual air leakage results from system tests for
acceptance.

1.3.20 Water penetration resistance:

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems, including flashings and junctions
with adjacent parts of the building, shell be fully weatherproof and watertight under
all conditions with full allowances made for deflections and other movements.
There shall be no uncontrolled water penetration under uniform static pressure of
0.5 kPa.

Water penetration onto internal surfaces or into cavities not designed to be wetted
shall not occur when the curtain walling is subjected to a peak positive test pressure
in accordance with ASTM E331 and AAMA 501.1 94.

Detailed design and construction of the metal curtain wall, window and entrance
systems and Works of this Section shall be such that joint/junctions shall remain
rigid and accommodate thermal expansion, expansion due to moisture, building
structure or other movements, and any applicable loads without compromising its
water tightness. All movement joints shall also be finely designed and constructed
to accommodate such loads or movements/expansions without compromising the
water tightness of the system.

1.3.21 Seismic:

Design Works of this Section in accordance with the seismic (zone 2A) requirements.
Include for vibration requirements in accordance with the International Building
Code (IBC).

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems and their fixings shall
accommodate lateral drift when subjected to the maximum wind load or seismic
load and as defined on the structural Drawings.

1.3.22 Thermal properties:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/24
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 25 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

The average thermal transmittance (U value) of the glazed areas including all
associated framing, calculated using the elemental area method shall be not more
than 1.7 w/m2c or as specified, shading coefficient and relating heat gain for all
external glazing units shall not exceed 0.26 and 145. or as specified in the drawings.

1.3.23 Solar performance requirements:

Glass panes or units in curtain walling shall have:

Total solar heat transmission of not more that 23% of normal incident solar
radiation or as specified in the drawings.

Total light transmission of not less than 23%, or as specified in the drawings.

Exact details of the following for all glass types proposed shall be provided for
review and acceptance by the Engineer both at the time of Tender and Contract
submittals.

Transmission factor.

External reflection (light).

Colour rendition index of glass.

UV reduction factor.

Shading co efficient.

Energy absorption characteristics.

Average solar transmittance (G Value.

All externally exposed glass shall have an adequate resistance to thermal stress
generated by orientation, shading, solar control and construction as determined by
thermal stress glass analysis.

1.3.24 Condensation:

The psychometric conditions under which condensation shall not form on the
building interior surfaces of framing members or any part of infill panels/facings or
interstitially within the construction of infill panels forming part of the metal curtain

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/25
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 26 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

wall and window, such that it may lead to damage or staining, are as follows

External:

Summer: 46iC maximum at 76% RH.

Winter: 7iC minimum at 100% RH.

Internal:

Summer: 23iC maximum at 50% RH.

Winter: 23iC minimum at 50% RH (expected average).

1.3.25 Acoustic performance properties:

The details as indicated on the Drawings for the metal curtain wall, window and
entrance systems are diagrammatic and in no way limit or indicate all details and
conditions required to achieve the acoustic performance properties requirements as
specified herein. Ensure that double mullion curtain wall framing is provided at all
party walls between suites to assist in achieving the acoustic performance
properties requirements as specified herein.

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems shall achieve that following sound
reductions:

Between internal and external surfaces as specified herein.

Between adjoining rooms on the same floor as specified herein.

Acoustic properties for double glazed sealed units, including fixed and operable
glass units shall obtain a minimum sound transmission coefficient (STC) of 34. or as
per acoustic requirements specified in relevant sections.

Provide evidence that the acoustic performance requirements specified herein can
be achieved and that the necessary OITC rating has been achieved.

No deviations or modifications of the metal curtain wall, window and entrance

system details and interface element(s) details shall be permitted which negatively
affect the acoustic performance properties of the metal curtain wall and window
systems and the architectural precast concrete and masonry veneer assemblies shall
be permitted unless written consent is received in writing from the Engineer. Prior

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/26
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 27 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

to acceptance of such deviations or modifications, submit evidence acceptable to

the Engineer that the deviations or modifications of the metal curtain wall and
window system details and interface element(s) details shall not negatively affect
the acoustic performance requirements specified.

Acoustic testing shall conform to ASTM E90 with the outdoor/indoor transmission
class (OITC) rating in accordance with ASTM E1332 and flanking sound control
requirements conforming to BS EN ISO 140.

Laboratory sound insulation of elements:

The metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems, including all framing,
movement joint details and all other interfaces, shall provide the following
minimum laboratory sound reduction indices;

Octave band centre frequency (Hz) 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 25 22 33 40 43 44 Sound

Reduction Index (db)

Horizontal and vertical flanking sound insulation:

Horizontal and vertical flanking sound insulation refers to the situation where the
party walls or partitions connect to the metal curtain wall, window and entrance
systems to form two rooms or spaces and sound is transmitted from one to another
via the metal curtain wall and window system.

Party wall or partition interface element and the metal curtain wall, window and
entrance systems shall be constructed to achieve the minimum sound transmission
class (STC) ratings specified for party walls or partitions of not less than STC 50.

Metal curtain wall, window and entrance systems and the architectural precast
concrete panel assembly combination shall be constructed to achieve the minimum
sound transmi5sion class (STC) rating of not less than STC 55.

The building facades shall provide suitable elements on appropriate vertical and
horizontal lines against which the partitions can be sealed and meintain a level
difference across the junction greater than 57 Dn, T, w when measured in a
laboratory in general accordance with ISO 140 9: 1985, but standardised to a
reverberation time of 1.0 seconds instead of normalised to l0mz of absorption, and
weighted in accordance with ISO 717 1: 1996. The partition used in the test shall
have a performance high enough to avoid influencing the results. If the volume of
the receiving room in the test facility used is greater than 100m3 the specified
performances must be increased accordingly.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/27
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 28 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.3.26 Dimensional tolerances:

Design the Works of this 5ection within the permissible structural dimensional
tolerances as indicated on the structural Drawings and the "Construction
Tolerances, Building Movement and Lateral Loading Report" and the dimensional
tolerances of the Works of other Sections adjacent to the Works of this Section.

1.3.27 Curtain wall Deflection Limits:

a) The vertical dead load deflection of transoms shall be limited to the lesser of
Span/300 or 3 mm. This is based on setting blocks being located at quarter
points. Should the setting blocks be moved closer to the supports to satisfy this
deflection criteria, then glass calculations supporting alternative setting block
locations are to be provided together with a supporting letter from the glass
supplier to the acceptance of the Engineer.

b) The deflection limits perpendicular to the glazed façades under design wind
loading conditions shall be as follows: (1.) Mullions and transoms: The lesser of
Span/i 80 or 20 mm. (2.) Glass (Monolithic): Span/60 but not more than 20 mm or
the maximum recommended by the glass manufacturer, whichever is lesser. For
4 sided support, span is the smaller dimension. (3.) Glass (IGU): Span/i 20 but not
more than 20mm or the maximum recommended by the glass manufacturer,
whichever is lesser. For 4 sided support, span is the smaller dimension. (4.) Metal
cladding sheets: Span/90 but not more than 20 mm. (5.) Fixing brackets: Not
more than 1 mm.

The maximum glass displacement due to the combined effects of all deflections
shall not exceed +/ 25 mm in the centre of the pane.

The aggregate effects of all loads shall not: (1.) Reduce the glass edge clearance
below 75% of the design clearance or 6 mm whichever is the greater. (2.) Allow
interlocking mullions or transoms to bear against each other.

Internal metal rails at operable lights shall not encounter permanent

deformation, when subjected to Local Authorities horizontal live loads, or 100%
of vertical live load application, as specified in relevant Clause within this
specification). Confirm through testing on performance mock up. If permanent
deformation cannot be avoided, then components shall be fully ‘replaceable’, and
10% spares (rather than 5% as specified) shall be provided to the Owner.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/28
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 29 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Fixing Brackets and Anchorage:

a) General: Design and provide all connections, brackets and fixings by approved
methods so that all loads can be transferred from the curtain wall systems to the
base structure in accordance with the design criteria and in a manner that
prevents excessive joint displacement, slippage or distortion.

All components are to be designed for the maximum tolerance of the system, and
due consideration shall be given to additional forces from prying action and bolt
group effects.

There shall be no direct fixing or close contact between any part of the curtain
wall systems and the base structure or internal linings, except through approved
bracket connections.

Brackets and related components shall be scheduled and described in detail on

shop drawings. Show details of all related components and connections to areas
by others.

b) Checking: Brackets shall be designed to provide three dimensional adjustment

and accurate location of the work, and be rigidly fixed after the work is finally
positioned.

c) Base building substrates: Provide contingency design and installation procedures

for all typical substrate conditions and deficiencies including: (1.) Reinforcement
clash. (2.) Excessive out of tolerance concrete. (3.) Clash with concrete joints, and
other structural details. (4.) Mislocated, missed and incorrect embedment.

Check all base structure reinforcement locations. Refer to structural drawings to

establish bracket fixing locations. Verify relationship between brackets and
concrete reinforcement on shop drawings.

d) Anchors: Provide anchors and other methods of attachment of the curtain wall
systems to the base structure which: (1.) Are compatible with the bracket
assembly and together provide three way adjustment to accommodate
fabrication and construction tolerances. (2.) Fix the curtain wall systems in their
correct position providing for building and curtain wall movements. (3.) Are
structurally adequate to carry the design loads for the worst possible bracket
positioning. (4.) Comply with all Local Authorities requirements.

e) Fixing Brackets: Design fixing brackets for the worst possible panel eccentricity,
packing location, and uneven load sharing. Include prying effects on bolt groups.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/29
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 30 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Design and install brackets so that all curtain wall loads are transmitted through
brackets and prevent transfer of loads through panel joints to adjacent panels.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Metals

2.1.1 Aluminum:

Extrusions:

AA 6063 T6 aluminum for mullion extrusions and AA 6063 T5 aluminum for all other
curtain wall, window and entrance extrusions conforming to BS 1474, BS 811 B, Part
2, BS EN 515 and 85 EN 573 1 to 4.

Extruded sections shall be new and in perfect condition, formed true with clean,
straight, sharply defined profiles, free from defects impairing strength or durability.
For structural shapes, use alloys as required to meet the design loads and stresses

Plate and sheet:

AA 1100 H14 alloy, anodizing quality unless otherwise indicated, minimum 1 .3mm
thick (for flashings) and 3mm thick for covers, cap plates and wall/spandrel panels,
conforming to BS EN 485 1 to 4.

Where used for flat well/spandrel panels aluminum plate shall be of special
hardness alloy.

Sills and thresholds:

AA 6061 T6 alloy, anodizing quality, conforming to BS 1474, BS EN 515 and BS EN

573 1 to 4.

Exposed surfaces of aluminum shall be free of die marks, scratches, blisters, "leave
off" marks, or other blemishes, whether left unfinished or finished.

Aluminum welding materials:

Welding rods and filler wire shall conform to BS 2901, Part 4.

Aluminum welding methods:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/30
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 31 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Arc welding shall conform to BS EN 288 4 and BS EN 30042. Fusion welding shall
conform to B5 EN 2B7 2. MIG welding shall conform to BS 3571 , Part 1 and BS 4872,
Part 2. TIG welding shall conform to BS 3019, Part 1 and BS 4872, Part 2.

2.1.2 Stainless steel:

Bars, plates and angles:

Grade 316 conforming to BS 1449, Part 2, Grade 316/S31 or 533.

Stainless steel welding materials:

Filler rods and wires for gas shielded arc welding shall conform to BS 1453 and BS
2901,Part 2. Electrodes for arc welding shall conform to BS EN 1600.

Stainless steel welding methods:

Fusion welding shall conform to BS 7475 and BS 4872, Part 1.

2.1.3 Steel:

Galvanized sheet steel:

Thicknesses as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein, commercial grade,

stretcher leveled or temper rolled conforming to ASTM A653M, Grade 230 with
galvanized zinc Z275 coating conforming to ASTM A446/A446M.

Structural sections:

Conforms to BS EN 10137, BS 7668, BS EN 10029, BS EN 10113, Parts 1 to 3, BS EN

10155 and BS EN 10210 1.

Steel welding materials:

Gas welding filler materials shall conform to BS 1453. Gas shielded arc welding filler
rods and wires shall conform to BS 2901. Arc welding electrodes shall conform to BS
EN 757 and BS EN 758, whichever are applicable. TIG welding rods shall conform to
BS EN 1668.

Steel welding methods:

1 Arc welding shall conform to BS EN 288 2 and 3, and BS EN 25817, whichever are

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/31
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 32 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

applicable. Fusion welding shall conform to BS EN 287, BS EN 268 1, BS EN 729 and

BS 4872, Part 1, whichever is applicable. TIG welding shall conform to BS 3019.

Hot dip galvanizing:

Conforms to BS 729 and BS EN ISO 1461, having average 140 microns coating
thickness.

Zinc rich touch up primer paint:

Ready mixed, high percentage zinc rich primer paint conforming to ASTM A123 and
A780. Minimum 23 microns average thickness.

Acceptable manufacturers and suppliers:

Jotun U.A.E. Ltd. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.2 Thermal break

2.2.1 Non corrosive, rigid, polyvinyl chloride ( PVC) type thermal break, having minimum
13,780 kPa compressive strength and minimum 70 plus/minus 5 durometer A
hardness or polypropylene with glass fibre reinforcing (PPGF) having minimum 57
MPa tensile strength, minimum 3% tensile strain at break, minimum 4000 MPa
modulus of elasticity in tension and minimum 18 Kj/m o impact strength to act as a
spacer for and connector of the outer and inner members of exterior aluminum
and steel framing and of sufficient thickness to allow for the design criteria
specified.

2.2.2 Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material shall conform to ASTM D1784.

2.2.3 Polypropylene with glass fiber reinforcing (PPGF) material shall conform to BS EN
ISO 179, 527 and DIN 52612 1, 2 and 3.

2.3 Insulation

2.3.1 Insulation for insulated spandrel panels:

1D0 mm thick, semi rigid, mineral fibre insulation board with minimum density of
72 kg./m2, conforming to ASTM C612, Type III, RSI 2.95.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/32
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 33 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Acceptable manufacturers and suppliers

Fujairah Rockwool Factory, Fujairah, United Arab Emirates.

Rockwool Intemational, Pencoed, Bridgend, CF3S 6NY, United Kingdom, attention

Mr. Raymond Martin, (tel. 44 1656 86 26 21 ) (fax. 44 1656 B2 82).

Or other manufacturer acceptable to the Engineer.

2.3.2 Spandrel panel Insulation fasteners:

Adhesive bonded, plastic pin and disc type insulation fasteners/impale clips.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Hilti IZ P Plastic Stik Clips, and supplied by Mazuri Engineering Products, Dubai,
United Arab Emirates
.
Or other manufacturer, product and acceptable to the Engineer.

2.3.3 Packing insulation (for voids and cavities):

Loose mineral fiber batt insulation having 16 kg/m2 density, and conforming to
ASTM C665.

Acceptable manufacturers and suppliers:

Fujairah Rockwool Factory, Fujairah, United Arab Emirates.

Rockwool Intemational, Pencoed, Bridgend, CF35 6NY, United Kingdom, attention

Mr. Raymond Martin, (tel. 44 1656 86 26 21 ) (fax. 44 1656 B2 82).

Or other manufacturer acceptable to the Engineer.

2.4 Assembly components

2.4.1 Assembly screws:

Grade 316 stainless steel assembly screws conforming to BS EN ISO 3508.

2.4.2 Fixing screws:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/33
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 34 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Grade 316 stainless steel fixing screws conforming to BS EN ISO 3506.

2.4.3 Expansion joints:

Minimum 1.5 mm thick, flexible, ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) single
ply membrane as approved by the Engineer.

2.4.4 Sheet aluminum for metal flashings:

1.3 mm thick, 3003 H14 aluminum alloy sheet having three coat fluoropolymer
finish as specified herein.

2.4.5 Sheet/plate aluminum for cover and cap plates, wall panels and sills:

3mm thick, 3003 H14 aluminum alloy having three coat fluoropolymer finish as
specified herein.

2.4.6 Filler extrusions:

Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) type conforming to ASTM D1784.

2.4.7 Bituminous paint:

Brush or spray grade type conforming to BS 6949.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and manufacturers:

Building Chemical Research (BCR) Black Bitumen Paint, supplied by Emirates

Specialities Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable by the Engineer.

2.5 Sealant materials

2.5.1 Perimeter sealant.

One component neutral curing, low modulus silicone type sealant conforming to BS
4254 and BS 5889, Type A, or multi component, chemical curing epoxidized
polyurethane type sealant conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade N5, or BS
3712.

Colours as selected later by Engineer from manufacturer's full colour range unless

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/34
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 35 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

otherwise specified, normally to match predominant products to which sealant is

applied.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Dow Corning 897, supplied by Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab
Emirates.

Tremco DYmeric, supplied by Carboline ME L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.5.2 Threshold sealant:

One component, blended, butyl rubber type sealant providfng non drying and non
setting flexible seal conforming to BS 3712

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Tremco,JS8OO, supplied by Carboline ME L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.5.3 Metal to metal joint sealant:

Extruded non drying, non skinning, non oxidizing, reinforced, 100% solids, cross
linked butyl polymers tape of sufficient width and thickness (6mm thickness) to
achieve continuous seal.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Tremco 440 II Tape, supplied by Carboline ME L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab

Emirates.

3M Weatherban Ribbon Sealer, supplied by 3M Gulf, Dubai, United Arab

Emirates.

Norton Performance Plastics A30 General Purpose Butyl Sealant, supplied by

Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/35
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 36 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.5.4 Glazing sealant:

One component neutral fast cure, low modulus silicone type sealant conforming to
BS 6889, Type A and BS 3712.

Colours as selected later by Engineer from manufacturer's full colour range unless
otherwise specified, normally to match predominant products to which sealant is
applied.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Dow Corning 916 Glazing and Construction Silicone Sealant, supplied by Emirates
Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Tremco Tremsil 500, supplied by Carboline ME L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.5.5 Backer rod:

Closed cell, extruded polyethylene non outgassing foam, cylindrical shape,

compatible with sealant and primer, non adhering to sealant, having shore A
hardness of 20, tensile strength of 140 to 200 KPa, oversized 30% 50% and
conforming to ASTM C1016, C1253 and C1330.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Dow Corning Backer Rod, supplied by Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United
Arab Emirates.

Building Chemical Research (BCR) Sealrod, supplied by Emirates Specialties Co.

L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.5.6 Provide solvents, joint cleaners, joint primers and bond breakers as recommended
by the sealant manufacturer(s) to suit each individual application.

2.6 Flrestopping and smoke seals

2.6.1 By Sections relating to, Firestopping and Smoke Seals. Refer to drawings and
relevant specifications.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/36
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 37 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.7 Air seals

2.7.1 Flexible air seal membrane:

2.7.1.1 18 mils thick x 150mm wide, self adhesive, 100% solids butyl membrane flashing
tape with 2 mils thick, ultra violet light resistant white polyethylene film protective
top layer and one sided siliconized release liner paper on the underside, conforming
to ASTM D412, D779 and D3759.

2.7.2 Acceptable products, manufacturers and suppliers:

illbruck Window Flashing Tape by illbruck Bau Technik GmbH, Germany, and
supplied by Scofield Middle East, Dubai, United Arab Emirates, or similar by local
agent / dealer / supplier

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.7.3 Flexible air seal membrane primer: Brush grade, butyl and bitumen type primer.

2.7.4 Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

illbruck Butyl and Bitumen Primer by illbruck Bau Technik GmbH, Germany, and
supplied by Scofield Middle East, Dubai, United Arab Emirates or similar by local
agent supplier/dealer.

Or other manufacturer, products and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.7.5 Aluminum sheet air seal flashings:

1.02mm (18 B&S gauge) and 2.05mm (12 B&S gauge) thicknesses where indicated
on the Drawings, fabricated of AA 1100 H14 aluminum alloy sheet, anodizing quality
conforming to ASTM 8209/8209M or equivalent BSi standard.

2.7.6 Metal to metal fasteners: Grade 316 stainless steel self tapping, non reverse type
screws complete with cupped, neoprene rubber washers to seal the screw
connections. Fabricate self tapping screws from Grade 316 stainless steel
conforming to BS 1449, Part 2, Grade 316 or equivalent ASTM standard. Self tapping
screws shall be of sufficient lengths to penetrate and secure the thicknesses of the
two (2) component cavity flashings, baffles and compartmental dividers.

2.7.7 Other fasteners: Fabricate from Grade 316 stainless steel conforming to 8S 1449,

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/37
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 38 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Part 2, Grade 316 or equivalent ASTM standard. Fasteners shall be of sufficient

lengths to penetrate and secure the cavity flashings, baffles and compartmental
dividers to the other surfaces and be acceptable to the Engineer.

2.7.8 Stainless steel expansion type fasteners: To suit concrete and masonry applications
and conforms to BS 3111, Part 2.

Acceptable manufacturers and suppliers:

Hilti Limited and supplied by Mazrui Engineering Products, Dubai, United Arab
Emirates.

The Rawlplug Company Limited and supplied by Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C.,
Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Artur Fischer GmbH & Co. KG and supplied by Salaam Enterprises L.L.C., Dubai,
United Arab Emirates.

Or other product, manufacturer and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.8 Filter media

2.8.1 Provide filter media which allows pressure equalization, drainage and ventilation to
occur and which prevents entry of fine, wind blown sand within cavities and spaces of
the Works of this Section.

2.9 Aluminum spendrel panels

2.9.1 Aluminum spandrel panels:

3mm thick aluminum plate or sheet, with finish as specified herein.

2.9.2 Metal backpan and air/vapour barrier:

Minimum 2 mm thick, Grade 230, Z275 galvanized sheet steel, as specified herein.

2.9.3 Spandrel panel insulation:

As specified herein.

2.9.4 Construction:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/38
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 39 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Pressure equalized and vented air space.

2.10 Glass spandrel panels

2.10.1 Spandrel glass as specified elsewhere.

As specified herein.

2.10.2 Metal backpan:

Minimum 2 mm thick, Grade 230, Z275 galvanized sheet steel, prefinished to

match colour of curtain wall framing, as specified herein.

2.10.3 Spandrel panel insulation:

As specified herein.

2.10.4 Construction:

Pressure equalized and vented air space

Face of backpan shall be 65 mm behind the face of the glass.

2.11 Additional steel reinforcing

2.11.1 Steel as specified in Clause 2.1.3 and hot dip galvanized as specified in Clause 2,1.3.,
of grade selected by designing structural engineer specified in 1.3.1. Perform steel
welding as specified in Clause 2.1.3. Touch up welds and marred galvanized steel
surfaces with zinc rich touch up primer paint as specified in Clause 2.1.3.

2.11.2 It is the responsibility of the Subcontractor performing Works of this Section to

review the structural and architectural Drawings for architecturally exposed steel
provided to support exterior windows and curtain wall.

2.11.3 It is the responsibility of this Subcontractor to provide additional concealed steel

reinforcing if necessary to support windows, curtain wall, doors and door frames if
required.

2.12 Adjustable anchors

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/39
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 40 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.12.1 High strength, Grade 316 stainless steel anchors designed by structural
engineer specified in 1.5.1.

2.12.2 Anchor bolts: High strength, Grade 316 stainless steel anchor bolts.

2.13 Glazing products

2.13.3 Setting blocks:

Neoprene, ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) or silicone type with a Shore
A hardness of 80 to BO durometer and a maximum compression set conforming to
ASTM D395 and C864.

Setting block material must be compatible with sealed unit sealant.

Setting block size: 6mm thick, of width slightly wider than thickness of glazing unit,
and of length of 25mm for every 1 square metre of glass area with a minimum
length of 50mm.

2.13.4 Spacer shims:

Neoprene, ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) or silicone type with a Shore
A hardness of 40 60 durometer, conforming to ASTM C864.

Size, number and location of shims is dependent on the size of the glazing unit and
shall be as recommended by glass manufacturer.

2.13.5 Structural glazing spacer tape:

Specially designed high density, urethane foam type structural glazing tape
acceptable to the Engineer.

2.13.6 Curtain wall glazing gaskets:

Extruded Santoprene or ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM), or neoprene

type gaskets conforming to ASTM C542 or C864.

2.13.7 Glazing gaskets for windows:

Dense, cellular neoprene, EPDM type gasket glazing system suitable for frame
profiles and exterior applications conforming to ASTM C509.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/40
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 41 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Colour: As selected by the Engineer.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Tremco Drylok 700, supplied by Carboline ME L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates or
similar local agent / dealer.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.14 Glass

A. Glass

1. General:
Provide approved glazing systems, glass and glazing accessories which comply with all
performance requirements. Submit details.

Refer to Appendix A: Materials Schedule for types, locations and colours. Relevant
Standards:

a) ASTM 01036 Standard specification for flat glass.

b) ASTM 01048 Standard specification for heat treated flat glass Kind HS, kind
FT, coated and uncoated glass.
c) FGMA Glazing Manual.
2. Thickness:
Glass types and thickness shall be not less than indicated in Appendix A of this

Specification: Materials Schedule.

Determine the glass thickness in accordance with relevant Standards, functional

requirements including design wind loads, deflections and safety, and manufacturer’s
recommendations. Submit computations.
Visible distortion of the glass will not be accepted. The Contractor shall increase the
glass thickness as necessary to prevent visible distortion from occurring.
All glass in the same visual plane shall be the same thickness unless otherwise
approved in writing.
3. Thermal Stress:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/41
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 42 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Submit computations demonstrating the elimination of thermal stress breakage risk,
methods of overcoming thermal stress problems, and all assumptions. The
Contractor shall consider all potential risk locations including but not limited to the
following:
a) Heat build up at shadow boxes and other non vented spaces/zones.
b) Make provision for internal curtains or blinds which may temporarily create non
vented spaces prone to heat build up adjacent to the vision section of the curtain
wall system.
c) Shadowing effects.

Probability of breakage of glass due to anticipated thermal stress in glass shall not
exceed 8/1000).

d) Replacement of Glass:
Submit details of replacement procedures, including glass size limitations, and
equipment required. Include estimated maximum lead time required by the glass
manufacturer to supply replacement units for each type of glass unit. Should the
lead time for procuring a given replacement glass panel exceed 7 days, replace
the said panel with a temporary panel of the same dimensions and suitable
thickness while waiting for the actual replacement panel to be procured.

B. Annealed Glass

1. General:
All float glass shall be in accordance with ASTM 01036, Table 4, Type “q3”. Submit
details.
All glass shall be free from cracks, scratches, bubbles, blisters, all inclusions of
deleterious matter including nickel sulphide and other defects, which detract from
appearance or interfere with performance.
All glass shall have clean, wheel cut edges with minimum feather, free from vents,
notches, or shells.
Refer to Drawings and Appendix ‘A’: Materials Schedule, for locations and types of
glass.
Products shall be reputable proprietary products, factory manufactured under ISO
9002. Submit quality assurance documentation for all products, including brought in
products, including ISO 9002 certification, and evidence of satisfactory long term
performance in similar commercial conditions.
Products which may be approved include those manufactured by:
a) Asahi Glass Japan
b) Saint Gobain France

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/42
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 43 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

c) AFGD Canada
d) Viracon USA
e) Glaverbel Belgium
Relevant Standards:
a) ASTM 01036 Standard specification for flat glass.
b) FGMA Glazing Manual.
2. Tolerances:
Dimensional tolerances of glass generally shall comply ASTM 01036 for glass of US
origin. Safety glass shall comply with AS 2208, Section 3. (Maximum roller wave shall
not exceed 0.15 mm).
3. Quality Records:
Submit production and test records to ASTM 01036, Table 4, proportionally adjusted
to proposed project glass thickness. Indicate test procedures, acceptance criteria and
pass and/or fail rate.

C. Edge Quality:

Edge quality criteria for annealed and heat strengthened glass are as follows:

i) Shark teeth shall not penetrate more than half of glass thickness.

ii) Serration hackle may occur only within 150 mm of corners.

iii) Flare shall not exceed 1 mm measured perpendicular to glass surface across the
edge. Flare shall not occur at setting blocks.

iv) Bevel shall not exceed 1 .5 mm.

v) Flake chips may occur only within 200 mm of corners. Depth shall not exceed 1 mm
and length or diameter shall not exceed 6 mm.

vi) Rough chips which exceed any of the dimensional limits for flake chips are not
permitted.

D. Heat Strengthened and Fully Tempered Glass:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/43
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 44 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1. General:

Provide approved heat strengthened glass and fully tempered glass, manufactured
using the “roller hearth”, or an equivalent approved process in accordance with AS
2208, ASTM 1048 and/or ANSI Z97.i. Submit details.
Base material shall be an approved selected quality float glass.

Relevant Standards:

i) ASTM 01048 Standard specification for heat treated flat glass Kind HS, kind FT
coated and uncoated glass.
ii) ASTM 01087 Standard test method for determining compatibility of liquid
applied sealants with accessories used in structural glazing techniques.

2. Edge quality:

All toughened glass shall have belt arrised edges.

All heat strengthened glass shall have clean cut edges.

Do not cut, work, or permanently mark after toughening. Use installation methods
which
prevent the glass making direct contact with metals or other non resilient materials.

3. Compression strength:

Surface compression stress of toughened glass shall be not less than 96.8 MPa
(14,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM 1048.

4. Quality records:

Submit production and test records to AS 2208 and/or ASTM 1048. Indicate test
procedures, acceptance criteria and pass and/or fail rate.

5. Warranty:

All toughened glass in single pane applications shall be warranted for the warranty
period.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/44
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 45 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

6. Roller wave distortion:

Roller wave distortion shall not exceed requirements for toughened glass, refer to
relevant section within this specification.
a) BS 6262 Code of practice for glazing for buildings.
b) AAMA 101 Voluntary specifications for aluminium prime windows and sliding
glass doors.

7. Heat Soak Testing:

100% heat soak testing according to EN Standards will be required for all glass with
edge stress exceeding 7500 psi. Submit Heat Soak method, temperature, and
duration for approval, prior to commencement.

E. Laminated Glass:

1. General:

Provide all required laminated glass in accordance with AS 2208 and FGMA Glazing
Manual. Submit details.
The base material shall be an approved selected quality float glass.
Relevant Standards:
a) FGMA Glazing Manual
b) ANSI Z97.1 Glazing materials used in building Safety performance specifications
and methods of testing.

2. lnterlayer:

Provide an approved polyvinylbutyral (PVB) continuous intenlayer. Submit details to

Engineer for approval.
Products which may be approved include Dupont “Butacite”, or approved equivalent.

3. Edge quality:

All laminated glass shall have clean cut edges, or polished edges if required to
eliminate thermal stress breakage risk.

4. Quality records:

Submit production and test records to AS 2208, ANSI Z97.1 and/or ASTM 1048.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/45
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 46 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Indicate test procedures, acceptance criteria and pass and/or fail rate. Include
records for intenlayer.
Provide daily records of maximum factory temperature and humidity and weekly
records of water quality used for washing glass. In the event that lntenlayer Supplier
application requirements are not satisfied, batches of non complying glass shall be
rejected.

5. Warranty:

All laminated glass in single pane applications shall be warranted for the warranty
period.

6. Installation:

Use glazing materials which do not cause deterioration or discoloration of the

interlayer.

Submit test results in accordance with an approved test programme to confirm the
compatibility of laminated glass with adjacent glazing materials.

F. Insulating Glass Units:

1. General:

Provide Insulating Glass Units (IGUs) (also known as double glazed units) of approved
types in accordance with ASTM E774, AS 2208, and the recommendations of SIGMA.
Submit complete details, including all construction details, primary and secondary
seals, gas filling, corner treatment, nature of spacers, evacuation and assembly
process.
Relevant Standards:

a) ASTM 01087 Standard test method for determining compatibility of liquid

applied sealants with accessories used in structural glazing techniques.

b) ASTM E546 Test for dew point of sealed insulating glass units.

c) ASTM E773 Standard test methods for seal durability of sealed insulating glass
units.

d) ASTM E774 Standard specification for sealed insulating glass units.

e) SIGMA Sealed and Insulating Glass Manufacturer’s Association.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/46
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 47 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2. Seal performance:

GUs shall incorporate approved polyisobutylene primary (vapour) seals continuously

bonded to glass, and two part silicone secondary (structural) seals. Primary seal shall
be not less than 3 mm deep. Secondary seal shall completely cover spacer with no
gaps or voids, continuously bonded to glass.
Spacer bar shall be an approved proprietary aluminium type, desiccant filled,
anodised in an approved dark colour compatible with seals. Conceal spacer bar
within the depth of the glazing gasket line to ensure smooth sight line. Submit details
and colour samples.

3. Structural edge distances:

Submit computations for distance between the outer edge of the glass and the
innermost edge of the aluminium spacer indicating minimum bite of secondary
(structural) seal and spacer bar depth. Include sealant manufacturer’s
recommendations and load tables.

4. Edge quality:

External heat strengthened lights of GUs shall have clean cut edges. Internal
toughened lights of GUs shall have belt amnised edges.

5. Quality records:

Submit production and test records for IGU5. Indicate test procedures, acceptance
criteria and pass/fail rate to AS 2208 or an equivalent Standards.

6. Testing:

Submit report from a testing laboratory the unit type has attained Class A as defined
in ASTM E774 when tested in accordance ASTM E773.

7. Warranty:

All lGUs complete shall be warranted for the warranty period. For a period not less
than the warranty period, all GUs shall be free from evidence of manufacturing
defects and shall be free from:

a) Intrusion of moisture or dirt.

b) Internal condensation at temperatures above 10oC.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/47
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 48 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

c) Other visual evidence of seal failure or performance failure.

G. Visual Effects, Opacifiers and Coatings:

1. General:

Provide approved opacifiers, coatings, and visual effects of paint or film to glass to
match approved samples. Submit details.

Coatings and opacifiers may include:

a) Translucent interlayer to laminated glass.

b) Surface applied opacifier film to spandrel or vision glass

c) Decorative painted patterns, colours and textures.

Colour, reflectivity and appearance shall be uniform for each glazing type. Relevant
Standards:

a) PBS 4 0885.

2. Glass Coatings

Glass coatings shall conform to the following criteria:

Inspection shall be made at a distance of three metres from the glass for scratches
and chips, viewing perpendicular to the glass plane, with any natural light for which
flaws are clearly visible. All other imperfections will be viewed at a distance of
300mm.
The central area is a square or rectangle concentric with the daylight opening and
having width and height respectively equal to 80 percent of the daylight opening
width and height.
The outer area extends from the border of the central area to the edges of the
daylight opening.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/48
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 49 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Pinhole diameter shall not exceed 0.8mm in the central area, and 1 .5mm in the
outer area.
Within any 300mm diameter circle, there shall be no more than one pinhole with
diameter in the range 0.8mm to 1.6mm.
Within any 300mm diameter circle, there shall be no more than 4 pinholes.
Scratches, rub marks or other gaps in the coating are not permitted where any
portion thereof could include a circle with diameter exceeding 0.8mm. Where the
included circle is 0.8mm or less, length of the scratch, rub marks or other gap shall
not exceed 25mm in the central area and 75mm in the outer area.

Streaks or splotches resulting from non uniformity of the coating that appears visible
from the building interior or exterior are not permitted.
Colour range must fall within the limits established by approved samples.
Relevant Standards:

• PBS 4 0885
• BS (EN) 1096
• ASTM 1376
3. Decorative Ceramic Paints:

Decorative paints with glass substrates shall be from Pilkington Senaphic Glass or
Engineer Approved equivalent. Colours (Delicolor Paints or Engineer Approved
Equivalent) shall be matched to the RAL Colour System or other approved colour
range.
Paint coverage shall be to within 6 mm of the edge of the glass.
Defects, including scratches and pin holes shall not be visible when viewed at a
distance of 3m for external surfaces above ground level and not including accessible
areas.
Glass shall be Fully Tempered and 100% Heat Soak Tested.
Ceramic Colour backing shall be of 70% to 100% surface area coverage subject to
Ceramic Colour Pattern as specified by the Engineer.
Cutting of panels, edge distance for colour coverage and ceramic pattern orientation
shall be closely co ordinated.
All Fully Tempered Seraphic Glass shall be manufactured, coated and installed with
the Roller Wave Distortion, i.e. peak to trough to peak, undulating vertically.

4. Warranty:

All opacifiers and other surface treatments shall be warranted for the warranty
period.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/49
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 50 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

5. Certification:

Submit manufacturer’s certification that applied films and coatings will not be
detrimental to the glass or limit in any way the glass product warranty.

H. Glazing Accessories:

1. General:

Provide approved non cellular elastomeric extruded profiles, including gaskets, seals
and glazing accessories, required for a complete installation, in accordance with
ASTM 0864. Submit details, including compatibility with adjacent components and
sealants. Indicate sizes and locations on shop drawings.
Glazing accessories, including spacers, setting blocks, wedges, and the like, shall
comply with AS 1288, and the recommendations of the glass manufacturer or glazing
system.
Extruded profiles shall be smooth, of uniform dimensions, correctly selected for the
conditions of use, and free from components likely to bleed, stain or detrimentally
affect performance of the glazing. All products shall be of ultra violet resistant grade.

Products may be manufactured from EPDM (ethylene propylene diefle monomer),

DuPont “Neoprene”, or approved equivalent.
Relevant Standards:

a) AAMA 701 .2 Specification for pile weather strip.

b) ASTM 0864 Specification for dense elastomenic compression seal gaskets,

setting blocks and spacers.

c) BS 2571 General purpose flexible PVC compounds for moulding and extrusion.

d) BS 4255 Rubber used in preformed gaskets for weather exclusion from buildings

e) BS 4255.1 Specification for non cellular gaskets.

d) ASTM Dli 49 Standard test method for rubber deterioration Surface ozone
cracking in a chamber (Flat Specimens).
e) ASTM D2240 Standard test method for rubber property Durometer hardness.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/50
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 51 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
f) ASTM D297 Standard test method for rubber products Chemical analysis.
g) ASTM D395 Standard test method for rubber property Compression set.
h) ASTM D4i 2 Standard test method for rubber properties in tension.
i) ASTM D624 Standard test method for rubber property Tear resistance.
j) ASTM D746 Standard test method for brittleness temperature of plastics and
elastomers by impact.
k) ASTM D865 Standard test method for rubber Deterioration by drying in air
(test tube enclosure).
I) BS 4315.2 Methods of test for resistance to air and water penetration.

2. Quality:

Submit production and test records for all products in accordance with relevant
Standards. Indicate test procedures, acceptance criteria and pass and/or fail rate.

3. Warranty:

See relevant section within this specification.

I. Gaskets:

1. Co extrusions:

Where indicated on the Drawings or required, provide approved co extruded profiles

of polypropylene and polypropylene compatible products.

2. Hard profiles:

Where indicated on the Drawings or required, provide dense profiles including

flashings, wiper seals and the like, complying with ASTM 0864, as follows:

a) Shore A durometer hardness: 75 +/ 5 for solid profiles and 60 +/ 5 for hollow

profiles when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240.
b) Compression set 100% (168 hrs): Not greater than 40% when tested in
accordance with ASTM D395.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/51
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 52 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3. Soft profiles:

Where indicated on the Drawings or required, provide soft profiles including bulb
seals, sponge seals and the like, complying with ASTM 0509, as follows:
a) Shore A durometer hardness: 40 +/ 5 when tested in accordance with ASTM
D2240.
b) Compression set (168 hrs): 30% +/ 5% when tested in accordance with ASTM
D395.

J. Setting Blocks and Side Blocks:

1. Setting Blocks:

Where indicated on the Drawings or required, provide approved setting blocks of

dense material as follows:
a) Shore A durometer hardness: 85 +/ 5 when tested in accordance with ASTM
D2240.
b) Compression set (168 hrs): Not greater than 25% when tested in accordance with
ASTM D395.
Locate setting blocks at quarter points unless otherwise approved but not less than
150 mm or 0.125 x glass width between edge of glass and edge of setting block.
Shims used with setting blocks shall be the same material as the setting block. Setting
blocks shall be secured against dislodgement.
Setting Block lengths shall be calculated in accordance with BS6262 and shall be not
less than 80mm.

2. Side Blocks:

Where indicated on the Drawings or required, provide approved side blocks of dense
material as follows:
a) Shore A durometer hardness: 55 +/ 5 when tested in accordance with ASTM
D2240.
Install side block with 3 mm clearance between block and bearing surface. Block shall
be of sufficient length to prevent point loading on the glass.
Side blocks are not required where glass is supported along the vertical edges with
structural silicone.
Side blocks of extruded silicone may be approved for GUs with silicone edge seals.
Neoprene or EPDM side blocks may be approved only if recommended by the IGU
manufacturer.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/52
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 53 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3. Pads:

Provide approved friction reducing pads to separate moving surfaces at all

connections subject to thermal or other movement (acceptable materials include
Teflon).
Pads shall have minimum 3 mm thickness, shall sufficiently reduce friction to permit
movement, shall be resistant to wear, shall be positively retained in position (open
ended slots are not acceptable).

Pads shall not be subjected to heat damage from welding or cutting, onto excessive

pressure from over tightening of bolts.

4. Shims:

Provide shims where necessary up to but not exceeding the limits specified on the
drawings and designed for in the engineering calculations.
Shims which transfer shear forces shall be steel plates, set in a staggered pattern and
fillet welded to each other and adjacent steel surfaces. Design shims and welds to
support the applied loads.

Polypropylene shims may be approved at static connections where shims transfer

only compressive loads.

5. Contact With Structural Silicone Sealants:

Extruded profiles in contact with structural silicone sealants shall be approved black,
heat cured, silicone rubber. Submit details.

Gasket profiles shall produce a glass edge pressure not less than 7.2 N/mm or more
than 17.5 N/mm.

K. Structural Silicone:

1. General:

Design and provide structural sealant glazing systems where indicated on the
Drawings, or otherwise if approved in writing. Submit copies of purchase receipts for
all sealants used on project, clearly indicating volumetric quantity of purchase for
each type of sealant.
All glazing and sealants shall comply with manufacturer’s recommendations, relevant
Standards, and approved shop drawings.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/53
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 54 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Comply with minimum dimensional requirements for edge clearance, edge cover,
front clearance, back clearance, and as required by AS 1288 and sealant
manufacturer.

Structural sealants shall be designed to withstand no more than 138 kPa tensile
stress. Relevant Standards:

a) AAMA OW 13 Structural sealant glazing systems (A Design Guide), Aluminium

Curtain Wall.
b) Dow Corning Structural Glazing: Industry Code of Practice.

2. Experience of glaziers:

For structural glazing, employ only personnel trained and experienced in structural
glazing installation. Each individual shall be required to qualify by demonstrating
experience, ability and knowledge of procedures. The names and details of qualified
glaziers shall be recorded in structural glazing log book. Submit details.

L. Silicone Sealants:

1. General:

Provide approved elastomenic joint sealants and joint fillers where indicated on the
Drawings and required. Submit copies of purchase receipts for all sealants used on
project, clearly indicating volumetric quantity of purchase for each type of sealant.

Sealant type and installation method shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s

recommendations suitable to the location, function, substrates and performance
requirements including movement, air infiltration, fire and acoustic requirements.
Submit complete details, specifications, installation and curing instructions, including
manufacturer’s certification that the proposed product selections are suitable for the
joint types and are compatible with and non staining, and non bleeding to adjacent
materials.
All sealants for each joint type shall be the same product and manufacturer.
Sealant fillers for floor surfaces shall be self levelling.
Relevant Standards:
a) ASTM C5i 0 Standard test method for staining and colour change of single or
multi component joint sealants.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/54
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 55 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
b) ASTM 0794 Standard test method for adhesion in peel of elastomenic joint
sealants.
c) ASTM 0962 Standard guide for use of elastomenic joint sealants.
d) ASTM D2203 Standard test method for staining of caulking compounds and
sealants.

e) ASTM D41 2 Standard test method for vulcanised rubber and thermoplastic
elastomers Tension.

f) ASTM D897 Tensile testing of adhesive bonds.

g) FGMA Sealants manual.
h) TT S 001543A Sealing compound, silicone rubber base (for caulking, sealing and
glazing in buildings and other structures).
i) TT S 00227E Sealing compound, elastomenic type, multi component (for
caulking, sealing and glazing in buildings and other structures).
j) TT S 002300 Sealing compound, elastomenic type, single component (for
caulking, sealing and glazing in buildings and other structures).
k) TT S 01657 Sealing compound, single component butyl rubber based, solvent
release type (for buildings and other types of construction).

2. Movement requirements:

Where sealants are used to seal movement joints, movement capability of sealant
shall be appropriate to expected maximum deflection or movement.

Unless otherwise approved, sealant depth for movement joints shall not exceed half
the joint width.

3. Fire rated requirements:

Provide approved fire rated sealant and joint fillers where indicated or required.
Submit test results indicating fire rating and compliance with statutory requirements.
All fire rated products shall comply with the Local Authorities Regulations.
Fire rated fillers may include elastomeric sealants and rigid dry foam fillers.
Rigid dry foam fire rated fillers which may be approved include Epirez “Firemaster”,
or equal.
Where dry foam fire rated fillers are proposed for wall types which also have acoustic

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/55
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 56 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
or air infiltration requirements, provide an elastomeric cover bead.

4. Compatibility:

All proposed sealants and accessories shall be compatible with substrates, adjacent
materials, accessories and other sealants, and shall be non staining and non
bleeding.

5. Coloured Sealants:

Provide coloured or paintable sealants where required in accordance with approved

samples. Sealants shall be resistant to staining due to dirt or pollution, and shall be
capable of cleaning.

6. Sealant Accessories:

Provide all required accessories recommended by sealant manufacturer, including

backing nods, bond breaker tape and the like. Submit details.
7. Manufacturer’s Standard Test Data:

Submit manufacturer’s standard test reports and certificates previously performed

on proposed sealants, including details of the following characteristics:
a) Chemical composition.
b) Adhesion, bond strength, cohesion or tensile strength, and elongation.
c) Compatibility.
d) Hardness and viscosity.
e) Colour stability.
f) Compression set.
g) Low temperature flexibility.
h) Modulus of elasticity.
i) Water absorption.
j) Effects of exposure to ozone and ultraviolet light.
k) Stain resistance.
Include adhesion characteristics for all relevant surfaces including applied
coatings to aluminium, glass and adjacent sealants and gaskets.
Include statement of differences between the proposed sealants and previously
tested products, if any.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/56
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 57 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Include long term aged performance or accelerated exposure performance for

the above characteristics.
I) Quality records:
Submit production and test records for sealants. Indicate test standards and
procedures, acceptance criteria and pass/fail rate.

m) Warranty:

See relevant section within this specification.

M. Backer Rods:

Backer rods are to be silicone compatible, non gassing and non staining. They are to be
compressed to limits specified by the Manufacturer and shall be located in a manner
which prevents them from dislodging from the rebate that is being sealed.
Backer rods are not to inhibit movement joints from allowing the designed movement of
the joint from occurring.

N. Tapes:

Tapes are to be by Norton on Engineer approved equivalent. They are to be silicone

compatible, non gassing and non staining.
Where tapes are exposed in glazing rebates they are to be continuous and of uniform
colour. They are to align with the glass edge to within ±/ 1mm. They shall be held by
sealant or a captive edge so as to be prevented from dislodging in the event of a
breakdown to the adhesive surfaces.
Tapes (including double sided adhesive tapes) are not to be used to permanently hold
any curtain wall components in position.
Tapes are not permitted to be used as an airseal or nainscreen to the curtain wall
systems or in place of a compression gasket in a glazing rebate.

2.16 Propritory Aluminium extruded sections and profiles for curtain walling doors and
windows.

A. Aluminium:

1. General:

Provide approved aluminium extrusions and/or sheet of alloy and grades suitable for

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/57
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 58 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
the structural requirements, applied finishes and project conditions not less than the
strength and durability properties of the alloy and temper designated in the relevant
Standards. Submit details including proposed alloy types with supporting justification
data.

All aluminium materials shall be of consistent high quality regardless of source.

Manufacturers shall be approved established manufacturers with a reputation for

producing high quality materials. Submit details.

Relevant Standards: (British)

a) BS 1161 Specification for aluminium alloy sections for structural purposes.
b) BS 1470 Specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys for general
engineering purposes plate, sheet and strip.
c) BS 1471 Specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy for general
engineering purposes drawn tubes.
d) BS 1473 Specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys for general
engineering purposes rivet, bolt and screw stock.
e) BS 1474 Specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys for general

engineering purposes: bars, extruded round tubes and sections.

f) BS 4873 Specification for aluminium alloy windows.

g) BS OP 118 The structural use of aluminium. Relevant Standards: (US)

a) ASTM B221 Specification for aluminium alloy extruded bans, nods, wire, shapes
and tubes.
b) ASTM B429 Specification for aluminium alloy extruded pipe and tube.
c) ASTM B483 Specification for aluminium alloy drawn tubes for general purpose
applications.
d) ASTM B209 Specification for aluminium alloy sheet and plate.
e) ASTM B247 Specification for aluminium alloy die forgings, hand fongings, and
rolled ring forgings.
f) ASTM B026 Specification for aluminium alloy sand castings.

2. Quality and certification:

Submit manufacturer’s certificate of compliance or test report for each batch of

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/58
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 59 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
aluminium supplied. Each batch shall be suitably identified and cross referenced with
the certificate.
Quality control measures shall ensure that materials are inspected before shipment.
Where the required testing has not been done, finishes requirements are not
satisfied, does not fall within the colour range endorsed by the Engineer, on has not
been processed in accordance with the specification, then it shall not be shipped.

3. Sheet:

Unless otherwise indicated or approved, sheet alloy that is to be anodised shall be

Grade 1 100 H14.
Where thickness of sheet is less than 1.6 mm, bending radii for coated sheet shall not
exceed T=1 where T is the thickness of sheet.

B. Aluminium Extrusions:

1. General:

All extruded material is to be produced by an Engineer Approved Extruder in the UAE

using approved profiles from GUTMAN, HARTMAN, SCHUCO or similar system
suppliers.

2. Structural:

Unless otherwise indicated or required, extruded aluminium alloy shall be Grade

6061 or 6063, Temper T5 or T6. The selected material is to be suitable for anodising
and all exposed sections shall be of the same material to assist in providing
uniformity of anodised finish.
Extrusion shapes and thickness shall withstand all required loads, and shall be rigid
with straight and sharply defined profiles, free of draw marks. Structural sections
minimum wall thickness is 3.0mm, and the minimum wall thickness of non structural
trims is 1.5mm.

Extrusion walls and screw flutes shall be of sufficient thickness for all fixings including
flush countersunk where required.

C. Aluminium Panels:

1. General:

All aluminium panels are to be 100% aluminium, composite panels are not permitted.

2. Anodised Panels:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/59
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 60 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Panels which are to be anodised shall be:

a) Aluminium alloy 1100 H14

b) 4mm minimum thickness

c) 25 micron clear anodised
To obtain uniform anodised finish the following is required:
a) All sheet is to come from the same batch of ingots, produced at the same time.
b) The panels are to be cut with grain on the surface matching an Engineer
approved orientation.

c) Care must be taken to avoid turning the panels over (the same side of the roll is
to be used on all panels.

3. Painted Panels:

Panels which are to be painted shall be:

a) Aluminium alloy 3003 Hl4 or, 5005 H14
b) 4mm minimum thickness (Metallic or Gloss finish)
c) 3mm minimum thickness (Other)

D. Aluminium Welding:

1. General:

Carry out all welding, including detailing of all joints, welding procedures, appearance
and quality of welds, and correction of defective work in accordance with approved
samples AS 1665 or for aluminium welding.
Welded parts shall be accurately fabricated to ensure proper fit. All welding
equipment shall be of suitable type and in good condition.

2. Weld Testing:

If required, perform weld testing by an independent testing laboratory. Submit test

results. In the event of test failure, rectify the defect and repeat the test.

3. Experience of Welders:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/60
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 61 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Welds shall be made only by welders who have previously been qualified for the type
of work required. Submit certification.

4. Procedures:

Submit details of proposed welding procedures before commencing.

Other than site welds indicated on approved shop drawings, do not weld on site
without prior approval. Where practical, locate site welds in positions for down hand
welding.
Do not weld:
a) Finished surfaces.
b) Adjacent to finished surfaces or glass, unless adequately protected from damage.

5. Finish:

Finished welds shall be de scaled and free of surface and internal cracks, slag
inclusion, and porosity.

6. Welding Dissimilar Metals:

Do not commence until approved in writing. Submit details of welding of dissimilar

metals, including:
a) Type and thickness of materials to be welded.
b) Proposed joint preparation and welding procedures.
c) Proposed filler metal.
Expected dilution (proportion of fused parent metal in the weld metal).

E. Aluminium Anodised:

1. General:

Anodised aluminium panels are to be produced in Western Europe, USA, Japan or

Australia by EURAS/EWAA with QUALANOD, Edition October 1995.
Where required, finish aluminium by an approved anodized coating process in
accordance with relevant Standards to match approved samples. Submit details,
including details of preparation and pre treatment.
Relevant Standards: (British)

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/61
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 62 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

a) BS EN 12373 i Anodic oxidation coatings on aluminium and its alloys.

b) BS 3987 Specification for anodic oxidation coatings on wrought aluminium for
external Architectural applications.
Relevant Standards: (US)
a) AAMA 607.1 Voluntary guide specification and inspection methods for clean
anodic finishes for Architectural aluminium.
b) AAMA 608.1 Voluntary guide specification and inspection methods for
electrolytically deposited colour anodic finishes for Architectural aluminium.
c) AAMA 609.1 Voluntary guide specification cleaning and maintenance of
Architectural anodized aluminium.

d) ASTM B449 Chromate treatments for aluminium.

e) ASTM Di730 Practices for preparation of aluminium and aluminium alloy

surfaces for painting.

f) NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual

2. Colour and Finish:

Refer Finishes Schedule and approved control samples for required colours, gloss,
texture, patina and the like.
There shall be two sets of three range samples 600mmx 600mm in each set
representing both the degree of specular gloss and the lightest, median and darkest
shades of that colour to be accepted for use on the project. (one set is to be used by
the Anodisen and the other Engineer for checking).
Materials acceptable shall be clean (or natural) anodised to AAMA 607.1 or colour
anodised to AAMA 601. The etched surface is to be permanently sealed. The etched
surface is to have 25 microns minimum of material removed from all exposed
surfaces.
Surfaces to be finished shall be free from imperfections, scratches, scrapes and
dents. When the finish is applied, all coatings when cured shall be visibly free of
spots, stains and streaks.

The Engineer reserves the right to reject any panels which do not conform to the
specification or which s/he considers visually unacceptable.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/62
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 63 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3. Grade and Thickness:

Unless otherwise required, anodising grade and average thickness shall be:
a) External: 25 microns with local thickness not less than 20 microns.
b) Internal: 25 microns with local thickness not less than 20 microns. The minimum
coating weight shall be 5.5 milligrams/sqcm
4. Quality Records and Testing:

Submit manufacturer’s production and test records prior to shipping materials to

site.

Each batch shall be tested for film thickness and the batch number referenced to the
delivery documentation for traceability. Testing shall be performed by an approved
testing laboratory.
Colour testing shall be carried out an all batches using a Gardinen XL S Colour meter.

5. Warranty:

See relevant section within this specification.

F. Aluminium Powder Coating:

1. General:

Powder coated aluminium surfaces shall receive a superdurable polyurethane on

polyester coating, factory applied by electrostatic spray. Colour to be approved by
the Engineer.

All organic coating systems must be applied by a specialist applicator approved by the
coating system manufacturer and concurred by the Engineer.

2. Colour and Finish:

The colour and gloss range samples shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
The two (2) samples in each set shall represent both the degree of specular gloss, and
the lightest and darkest shades of that colour that will be acceptable. For colour of
coatings, refer to Finishes Schedule.
Aluminium surfaces shall be pine cleaned in accordance with the procedures
recommended by the paint manufacturer. Aluminium surfaces shall be pine treated
in accordance with ASTM B 449 Class 1.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/63
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 64 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

All coatings, when cured, shall be visibly free of frowziness, streaks, sags, blisters or
other surface imperfections or defects.
The Contractor shall provide a compatible air dried coating for field touch up as
recommended by the coating manufacturer and based on, at the minimum, the
standards set out in AAMA 2604 98, to match the factory applied finished work.
Touch up sample should be provided to the Engineer for approval, prior to the
commencement of painting.

3. Grade and Thickness:

Acceptable materials shall be organic high performance coatings, which exceed the
AAMA Standard 2604 98.
Dry film thickness of coatings on exposed surfaces when measured in accordance
with ASTM B244 97 shall not be less than 40i.tm except in channel recesses and
internal corners, which should be visually covered.

4. Quality Records and Testing:

Relevant standards contractor is to comply with:

a) AAMA 2604:1 998: Colour uniformity
b) AAMA 2604 & ASTM B244 97: Film thickness
c) AAMA 2604 & ASTM D523 89: Specular gloss at 600 viewing angle
d) F 2H ASTM D523 89: Pencil hardness
e) ASTM Dl 737 62: Post formability, 1 80o bend around 3mm mandrel
f) AAMA 2604 & ASTM D3363: Film adhesion
g) ASTM D968 93: Abrasion resistance, 65mm
h) AAMA 2604 98: Chemical resistance
i) AAMA 2604 98: Corrosion resistance
j) Fed Test 6152, Fed Stds 141a: Weather thermometer 500 hv exposure
k) ASTM D7i 4 02 & ASTM D2247 02: Humidity 3000hrs exposure at 100% relative
humidity
I) ASTM B1 17 02 & ASTM D714 02: Salt spray 3000hns in salt fog at 950F
m) ASTM E84: Flame test
In addition to the standard tests listed above, the coating shall comply with the
following:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/64
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 65 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

a) Colour to be in accordance with the Engineer’s selection.

b) Powder coatings shall be in full compliance with AAMA 2604 98.
c) Coating thickness for single coat system to be at least 65 to 100 microns and
must be of superdurable polyester grade.
d) Two coat systems shall be considered for highly corrosive areas such as coastal
areas.
e) Powder coatings shall be warranted for a minimum period of 10 years.
f) Powders are to be of thermosetting and superdurable type. It must be Lead,
Cadmium and TGIC (triglycidyl isocyanurate) free, to ensure strict environmental
compliance. The powder manufacturer shall provide written confirmation on this
item.
g) Aluminium surfaces shall be pre treated in accordance with ASTM B 449
(Standard Specification for Chromates on Aluminium) under chromates Class 1 to
provide maximum corrosion protection.
h) To ensure optimum weatherability, coated panels must be initially submitted to
an independent laboratory for accelerated tests for 3000 hours. QUV A tests
must have at least 80 % gloss retention and colour change shall not exceed 5
delta units.
During production, large size standard colour range samples will be used to
compare production colours with the approved colour range samples. Upon
completion of coating and prior to sealing, each production part will be inspected
for comparison of colour range and overall uniformity of appearance.
Materials shall not be shipped, delivered or supplied when the finish of such
material:
a) has not been inspected and tested in the manner and by the means described
above;
b) does not meet all the specifications for the finishes set forth in all the
manufacturer’s instructions;
c) does not fall within the colour range approved by the Engineer;
d) has not otherwise been processed in accordance with these instructions.
Coatings shall be factory applied and records of samples of the entire coating
production shall be maintained. The programmes of records shall be proposed by the
Contractor for approval by the Engineer. Records and samples shall be made
available to the Engineer at his request.
Notwithstanding the approval and implementation of the above mentioned
programmes on samples, quality control and field touch up air dried coating systems,
any installed work with coating defects or variation in colour or tonality in excess of

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/65
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 66 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
the approved sample range will be subject to rejection.

5. Warranty:

See relevant section within this specification.

G. Aluminium Fluorocarbon Coatings:

1. General:

Where a painted finish is required it shall be Kynar 500 or Engineer Approved

Equivalent. A factory over cured 3 coat system is required with 70% minimum Kynan
500 fluoropolymer resin formulated and applied in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s requirements.

a) The fluorocarbon coating colour refer to the attached Appendix A ‘Materials

Schedule’

b) The dry film thickness according to ASTM Dl 400 shall be not less than 33
microns.

c) The surface shall not have any dents, scratches, scrapes, die lines or other
extrusion streaks or lines.
d) The paint film shall not show flow marks, crack, peel or blister for the warranty
period.

e) Sets of 2 samples 300mm x 300mm showing the extreme colour range shall be
submitted for acceptance. Samples outside this colour range shall be rejected.

f) The paint finish shall comply with AAMA 2605.

g) Colour changes shall not exceed SE NBS units as defined by ASTM D244 97 for the
warranty period.

h) Chalking shall not exceed No. 8 rating in accordance with ASTM D659 44.

i) Site touch up of damaged surfaces shall not be permitted without approval from
the Engineer. Where touching up is not authorised, damaged material shall be
replaced.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/66
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 67 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Painted surfaces that fail to satisfy the Engineer’s requirements and this
specification shall be replaced.

2. Warranty:

See relevant section within this specification.

H. Aluminium Fabrication:

1. Fabrication Tolerance:

Tolerances at joints and junctions shall take precedence over tolerances for
components or assemblies.

Submit a schedule of fabrication tolerances for all major cladding system

components. Indicate extremes of allowable base structure tolerances on shop
drawings.

2. Holes:

Provide holes and connections for site assembly and to accommodate work of others
as required. Holes shall be drilled, or punched and reamed, perpendicular to the
surface.

3. Marking:

Provide suitable clear marking to enable correct setting out, and installation. Marking
shall be of a type that can be removed with water or solvents after assembly.
Marking should be positioned on unexposed surfaces where possible.

4. Built up Members and Reinforcement:

Where two or more sections of aluminium are used in built up members, contact
surfaces shall be smooth, true and even, and secured so that the joints are tight
without the use of filling materials.
Steel reinforcement of aluminium members shall be completely enclosed and
separated from aluminium by approved methods. Submit details.

5. Glazing Rebates:

Glazing rebates shall be of adequate size to hold the weight and size of glass
required, with necessary clearances and tolerances, and to withstand the specified
wind loading.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/67
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 68 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Where required, provide snap on cover strips to secure glass. Meeting corners of
cover strips shall be mitred. Cover strips shall exclude water in driving rain
conditions.

6. Moving Parts:

Moving parts shall operate freely and smoothly, without binding or sticking, at
correct tensions or operating forces, lubricated where appropriate.

7. Protection:

Protect finished aluminium surfaces to prevent damage during transportation,

storage, installation, and until the completion of all construction processes.
Provide factory applied protective film, tape or coatings which will not bond to the
aluminium surfaces when exposed to sunlight or weather.
Aluminium Frame Assembly:

1. General:

Fabricate aluminium in accordance with approved shop drawings and prototypes.

Cut edges, drilled holes, riveted joints and flat sheets shall be clean, neat, free from
burrs and indentations. Remove sharp edges without excessive rounding off or
chamfering.
Relevant Standards: (British)

a) BS 4873 Specification for aluminium alloy windows.

b) BS 8118 The structural use of aluminium.

2. Joints and junctions:

All visible joints shall be fixed by concealed means, unless otherwise indicated on the
Drawings or approved in writing.
Fit exposed joints accurately to provide close continuous contact to a fine hairline.
Ensure continuity of finish colour and texture without surface variations at joints.
Make junctions with concealed mechanical connectors so that no fixings, pins,
screws, pressure indentations and the like are visible on exposed faces.

Sections shall be sized to eliminate edge projection or misalignment at joints. Where

required, joints shall be watertight and weathertight.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/68
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 69 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Other than for concealed stud welding, aluminium extrusions shall not be welded
except where approved in writing, and, if approved, only on concealed surfaces.
Joints between fabricated assemblies may be concealed with suitable aluminium
extruded covers or clip ons.

3. Fixings in aluminium work:

Fixings to aluminium or aluminium alloys shall be non magnetic stainless steel unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Cadmium plated steel or aluminium fixings
shall not be used. Self tapping screws shall be stainless steel. Non visible screws may
be pan head type.
Visible fixings where required and/or approved, shall be indicated on the shop
drawings. Visible fixings shall be finished to match adjacent substrate. Unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings, visible screws shall be countersunk stainless
steel with Phillips or pozidrive heads, evenly and neatly located.

4. Testing of aluminium fixings:

Carry out testing of the tensile strength of welded aluminium stud fixings and
extrusion flute connections by an approved testing programme. Submit details of
proposed test programme.
Test programme shall include an initial proof testing procedure of not less than 100
examples of each type of fixing, and subsequent trend testing of not less than 10
examples progressive through the fabrication programme at not less than 8 evenly
spaced intervals.
Approval of fixings shall require that the average of each set of 6 test failure loads be
not less than 2x the design load, and absence of permanent deformation at 1 .5x the
design load.

J. Curtain Wall System Drainage:

All glazing rebates, backpan cavities, stack joints, window & door frames, working louvers
and external trims are to be outward draining.
Drains are to have baffles to prevent the ingress of wind driven water.
The effect of the drainage system on air flow and the partial or full pressure equalisation
of the system shall be considered in the design of the cladding and backpans.
Fabricate aluminium in accordance with approved shop drawings and prototypes.

2.17 Brackets, Fixings & Anchors

A. Support Brackets:

1. General:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/69
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 70 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Provide all required anchors and fixings to assemble and install work in a neat, secure
manner, including bolts, washers, screws, rivets, welds, proprietary fasteners, and
the like, templates and other accessories of approved types for a complete
installation.
Fixings shall be of the type and size appropriate for the purpose and location in
accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, be sufficient to transmit the imposed
loads and stresses and ensure the rigidity of the assembly. All fixings shall be new and
undamaged.

Fixings shall be corrosion resistant, and non staining to adjacent work. Fixings shall
be concealed unless otherwise approved or indicated on the Drawings.

Submit details, including computations and shop drawings where required, indicating
type, size and spacing of all items.
Co ordinate with others if required to ensure anchorage is provided and accurately
built into base structure without delay or disruption. Provide set out drawings,
templates and installation instructions as required.

Ensure that all bolts and similar fixings are tight at completion of installation. All
items shall (be):

a) Appropriate to the substrates and members to be fixed or assembled.

b) Ensure the rigidity of the assembly.

c) Corrosion resistant equal to or exceeding the members to be fixed or

assembled.

d) Structural strength capable of transmitting the loads and stresses imposed.

e) Installed to prevent galvanic corrosion.

f) Allow generous on site adjustment in accordance with approved shop drawings.

g) Installed to accommodate all substrate movements and thermal movement of

the members to be fixed or assembled.

Items shall be delivered to site in durable packages, labelled to indicate type and

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/70
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 71 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

intended use.

2. Minimum Level of Protection:

All bolts, nuts, washers in any given assembly shall be of the same material.

Bolts between steel components shall be galvanised.

Bolts between aluminium and steel shall be stainless steel and fully insulated.

Bolts between aluminium and stainless steel shall be stainless steel.

Bolts between steel and stainless steel shall be stainless steel and fully insulated.

Bolts between aluminium components shall be stainless steel.

3. Locking of nuts and threads:

Apply an approved nut locking compound or device to all nuts.

B. Fixings:

1. Bolts, Nuts and Washers:

All bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanised High Strength Grade 8.8 to BS 3692,
unless specified otherwise on the Engineer’s drawings.

2. HSFG Bolts

High Strength Friction Grip Bolts and associated nuts and washers are to comply with
BS 4395: Pt1 unless otherwise specified. Contact surfaces are to be left unpainted or
prepared as otherwise indicated on the Engineer’s drawings. HSFG Bolts are to be
installed in accordance with BS 4604 using a wax based lubricant and coronet type
load indicator washers or an Engineer approved equivalent.
3. Stainless Steel Bolts, Nuts and Washers
Stainless steel bolts and nuts shall comply with BS 6105, strength A4, class 80.
Stainless steel washers shall comply with BS1449:Pt2, Grade 316531.
4. Cast in Plates and Channels
Cast in plates are to be Grade 43 with welded studs or mild steel reinforcement
welded to the plates in accordance with the Engineer’s drawings. Cast in plates are to
be hot dip galvanised after all the fitments have been attached.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/71
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 72 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Cast in channels are to be Halfen hot rolled steel galvanised or an Engineer approved
equivalent. They shall be designed and installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s requirements. The channel shall be able to carry the design load
including any prying forces at the most eccentric setting of the channel.
5. Holding Down Bolts
Holding Down Bolts and associated nuts and washers shall be galvanised Grade 4.6 to
BS 4190 unless otherwise specified. They shall be rigidly held in place at the top and
bottom by tack welding to mild steel links before galvanising. They are to be located
using a template that is firmly secured to the formwork or reinforcement.
The threaded length is to be sufficient to take up all construction tolerances, and is to
be protected by taping and covering where impact damage may occur.
6. Studs
Shear studs shall be Nelson Studs or an Engineer approved equivalent welded to the
structural steel in accordance with manufacturer requirements.
7. Masonry Anchors
Mechanical masonry anchors are to be Hilti HSL or Ramset Trubolts, Chemical
anchors are to be Hilti HVA or Ramset Chemset Injection anchors. All anchors are to
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. The Contractor is
responsible for confirming that all edge distance, spacing and embedment
requirements are satisfied.
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that where masonry anchors clash
with reinforcement, there is an alternative anchor set out that satisfies the design
requirements. End plate modifications to suit a new anchor set out are to be carried
out in accordance with BS 5950, slotting of holes and flame cutting are not
permitted. Holes in the concrete are to be repaired by dry packing with a 4OMPA
cementitious non shrink grout.
8. Rivets

All rivets shall be cold driven unless prior approval is obtained from the Engineer. All
rivets shall be stainless steel grade A4 (316) in concealed locations or A4 (316) in
exposed locations.

All rivets shall be factory installed. Site installation of rivets is not permitted.
Stainless steel mandrels shall be used for rivets, which are to be used in visible
locations.

Rivet holes shall not be punched where the metal thickness is greater than the
diameter of the hole.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/72
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 73 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
The finished diameter of the holes for cold driven rivets shall not be more than 4%
greater than the nominal dimension of the rivet.
If any holes must be enlarged to admit the rivets they shall be reamed. Holes shall
not be drifted in such a manner as to distort the metal.
The driven head of rivets shall be flat or cone point type, with dimensions as
following:

a) Flat heads shall have a diameter not less than 1 .4x nominal rivet diameter and a
height not less than 0.4 nominal rivet diameter.

b) Cone point heads shall have a diameter not less than 1 .4x nominal rivet diameter
and a height to the apex of the cone not less than 0.65x the nominal rivet
diameter. The included angle of the apex of the cone shall be approximately
1270.

Rivets shall fill the holes completely. Rivet heads shall be concentric with the rivet
holes and shall be in proper contact with the surface of the material.

C. Anchorage to Superstructure:

1. General:
Provide Local Authorities approved proprietary anchorage, with corrosion resistant
finish, suitable for the substrates and conditions, with holding power at least 10 x
design load.
Products which may be approved include those manufactured by Hilti or Ramset
Fasteners, or equivalent.
Do not use explosive shot fired devices unless approved in writing before
commencing installation.
2. Channel anchorage:
Provide Local Authorities approved channel anchorage in hot dip galvanised steel or
Grade 316 stainless steel where required, complete with polystyrene insets and
plastic end caps.

Channel length, tail size and tail locations shall satisfy the most extreme loading
conditions allowed for in the structural calculations.

D. Anchorage and Bracket Installation

1. Anchors to installed concrete substrates:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/73
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 74 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Install mechanical and/or chemical anchors as required to support the work by
approved methods into base structure. Submit details of proposed methods and
obtain statutory approval in writing prior to commencing installation. Comply with
approved hole diameters, spacing, depth and minimum edge clearances indicated on
shop drawings.
Be responsible for providing setting out details for all cast in. Check building structure
setting out prior to concreting to confirm that cast in items are correctly positioned.
Refer to Drawings for concrete reinforcement locations, and position anchors to
minimise risk of conflict with reinforcement.
Do not install anchors into post tensioned concrete structures, void sections of
precast concrete panels, and non conventional concrete structure, unless approved
in writing.

Approved methods may include drilling, pre formed pockets, or explosive driving.
Select and install anchors strictly in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
Relevant Standards:

a) ASTM E488 Standard test methods for strength of anchors in concrete and
masonry elements.
b) BS 5080 Methods of test for structural fixings in concrete and masonry
c) BS 5080.1 Tensile loading.
d) BS 5080.2 Method for determination of resistance to loading in shear

2. Anchor placement tolerances:

Install anchors to not exceed:

a) Maximum deviation from correct position: +/ 12 mm.

b) Minimum distance from the concrete edge to the nearest part of the anchor: 100
mm.
3. Testing of built in anchors:
Carry out testing of installed anchorage in accordance with ASTM E488 and a testing
programme approved before commencing.
Anchors shall be tested to demonstrate:

a) No permanent deformation of the anchor at 1 .5 x the design load.

b) No failure of the anchor at 2 x the design load.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/74
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 75 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

c) No failure of the structural concrete at 3 x the design load. Testing shall be carried
out by the anchor manufacturer or an approved laboratory.

Submit full report on proposed testing procedures, including any additional test
criteria proposed, substrate inspections, and the like. Submit test results and reports
on unsuitable substrates, progressively, if found.
4. Testing of anchors to installed concrete soffits:
Test anchors supporting loads suspended from concrete soffits as follows:

a) Test the first 10 anchors installed.

b) If any of the first 10 fail, re install and re test failed anchors and test a further 10
anchors.
c) Repeat until no anchors fail.
d) Test 1 in 40 of subsequent anchors.
e) If any subsequent anchors fail, re install and retest, together with 5 additional
tests on the previous 40 anchors.
f) Repeat until no anchors fail.

5. Supply only of items to be installed by others:

Where required, supply anchors and embedment for building in to the base
structure by others.
Provide all required templates and installation instructions, and co ordinate with
relevant subcontractors. Do not delay the Works.
Monitor placement tolerances and installation procedures, and certify the correct
placement of all work by others before commencing the installation of work under
this Section.
Inspect installed anchorage after fixing but before placing of concrete to confirm
correct locations and tolerances.
Provide sufficient tolerance to fixings and attachments to compensate for anchorage
which become dislodged of damaged during placement of concrete.

2.18 Curtain Wall Attachments

A. Back pans:

All backpans are to be aluminium 2mm mm thickness, fully sealed with backing rods and
approved sealant to form a drained spandrel cavity. All back pan installation details shall
allow for all possible movements, installation and fabrication tolerances. Back pan

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/75
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 76 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
construction should have folded back edges providing a continuous sealing edge. Back
pans to spandrel glass shall be powder coated to Engineer Specified colour. Colour
mock ups shall be provided by the Contractor at the Engineer’s instruction.
B. Insulation:
Any spandrel glass or other non vision areas shall have a minimum thermal resistance of
a value specified by the Engineer, and shall be comprised of a foil backed insulation
panel. (USG Thermafibre CW9O 50mm or Approved equivalent).
The insulation shall be sealed to the aluminium frame on 3 sides using foil tape to
prevent condensation in the cavity between the insulation and the back pan.
C. Fire Stops:
The continuous gap between the curtain wall systems and the concrete slab edge is to be
filled with a Local Authorities and/or other relevant Authority approved mineral fibre
insulation material with a 2 hour fire resistant period.
D. Smokeseal:
Provide 3mm thick sealed galvanised steel sheet with USG Firesafing (or Engineer
approved equivalent) back up as a continuous smoke seal between the slab edge and
the curtain wall systems at each slab level. Metal flashing shall be fully sealed, and may
function as a screedstop, and also may support local floor loads. Sealant shall be USG
SmokeSeal or Engineer approved equivalent.
E. Internal Wall Linings:
Internal lining is to be 13mm thick cement sheet to ISOITC77/DP8336 and ASTM C1186
2002 (with no asbestos). The lining is to be supported off galvanised cold formed steel
battens, separated from the curtain wall systems to prevent bimetallic corrosion.

The cement sheet and batten frame are to be separated from the curtain wall so that in
plane movements of the curtain wall systems can occur without transferring loads into
the cement lining. The curtain wall systems can, however be used to prevent in/out
movement.

F. Internal Trims to Heads & Jambs:

Internal trims are to be provided to jambs and ceiling transoms at all floors. These trims
are to provide a uniform surface, with hairline joints.

2.05 Hardware

A. Operable Vents:

All window and door hardware within the curtain wall systems shall be of the highest
architectural grade manufactured by Ferco (France) or Giesse (Italy) or Engineer
approved equivalent. Actual models to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer for

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/76
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 77 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
approval. All hardware material to be stainless steel grade 316, which has been fully
designed and tested, and with finish to be approved by the Engineer. Load capacity
tables provided by the Supplier are to be submitted, together with test results, if
required. Operable vents, formed of extruded aluminium with a profiled handle, shall be
constructed with end pieces which have been cut to match the end profile of the vent
extrusion. The profile of the handle shall be designed in association with the Engineer to
ensure its operability in terms of depth and access for recoverability of the vent when it
is in open position.

B. Locking System:

Locking System for operable vents shall be Ferco or Giesse Multi Point Locking System or
Engineer approved equivalent. Handle shall be located at mid point of operable vent on
the vertical face. The handle in the open position should not obstruct the action of the
outward opening vent.
Locking Points shall be calculated based on acceptable vent deflection and stress limits,
with a minimum of 4 locking points.
The locking system shall be fully concealed within the body of the vent frame and shall
lock into a concealed location.
C. Hinges & Limiting Devices:
The vents shall be manually opened to a point of full extension (minimum of 45o)
allowing the full cross sectional area of the vent opening to be vented. At full extension
there shall be a stainless steel ‘keeper’ which shall be adequate to restrain the open vent
in full wind loading conditions. The restraint shall be designed so that the vent may be
manually closed without compromising the future functioning of the ‘keeper’.
Stainless steel piano hinges or similar proposals may be considered.

The hinges shall be free moving but shall be designed to a ‘snug’ fit so as to prevent any
vibration of the vent in either closed or open positions.

D. Safety Rails:

Metal or glass rails to be provided at each operable vent unit (as noted on drawings), to
raise the effective height of the sill to the minimum requirement of 1000mm above
finished floor. Design and install rails of appropriate thickness, and fixings of substantial
strength to withstand lateral human live loads as required by the Local Authorities. Rails
must be ‘replaceable’.

E. Operable Doors & Hinges:

Entry door hinges shall be Jackson or Dorma concealed spring hinges, or Engineer
approved equivalent. Capacity of proposed hardware shall be checked against, and
exceed, actual applied loads. Submit technical data to Engineer for review and approval.
Door locks and handles shall be Jackson or Dorma, or Engineer approved equivalent.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/77
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 78 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Locking mechanisms shall be Chubb or Engineer approved equivalent and shall be based
on a Master Keying System. The Master Keying System shall be tied and coordinated to
the Mall wide Master Keying system.
All hardware shall be Grade 316 Stainless Steel of Engineer specified finish.
Entry doors shall have a Grade 316 Stainless Steel kick plate of at least 150mm height
unless otherwise specified.

2.19 Other Items

A. Louvers:

1. General:
Provide approved louver assemblies complete with all accessories and fixings,
together with structural calculations for blades, frames, fixings, and blanked off
sections. Submit drawings and details including structural and test data for Local
Authorities comment.
Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, finish shall match adjacent cladding system
finish.
Design and/or select external louver assemblies to withstand the required design
wind pressure without failure or permanent distortion of members, and without
blade flutter. Structural frames and stiffening rib members shall not deflect by an
amount greater than span/240 when tested the required design wind pressure.
Where required for access, provide framed and hinged louvered access doors to
match adjacent louvers.
Install louvers into frames by methods which resist unauthorised removal.
2. Operable Louvers:
Operable louvers are to be waterproof and weatherproof and self draining. They are
to be clear natural anodised, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Architectural and Sand Trap Louvers:

Architectural louvers are not required to be weatherproof, but the cavity between
them and the structural slab is to be fully flashed and sealed with a stainless steel
flashing. The finish on Architectural and Sand trap Louvers is to match the curtain
wall finish, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Ventilation and Rain Defence Louver:
Double and Triple Bank Universal roll formed Louver, and ‘E’ Series ERD, a Single
Bank extruded rain defence Louver.
5. Air flow:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/78
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 79 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Design louver assemblies with a free area of at least 70% to allow for free air flow
requirements indicated on the Drawings. Submit verification of compliance with free
air movement requirements.

Submit manufacturer’s test reports, including previous tests of identical louver

design, or tests of the actual louver to be used or a representative prototype.

6. Weather Protection and Drainage

Design and install external louver assemblies to be waterproof and weatherproof.

Unless otherwise approved, external louvers or louvers subject to wind and weather
shall incorporate two stage blade design.
Louver assemblies shall be self draining with internal drainage channels and outlets
as required. Provide stainless steel or aluminium drip trays where indicated on
Drawings.
7. Insect wire mesh:
Provide approved concealed stainless steel insect wire mesh to the interior of all
external louver assemblies, and blank off plates to all other false louvers. Mesh
opening shall not exceed 3 mm.
8. Installation and removal:
Louvers to plant rooms shall be designed to be removed and re installed if required,
for the removal/ replacement of major plant items.

B. Extruded Aluminium Panels:

Extruded Aluminium Panels are to be of the same base material and coating as specified
in section within this specification, and are to match the curtain wall finish, unless
otherwise stated Profiles are to be custom extruded, as required to match the Engineer’s
requirements.

C. Flashings:

1. General:

Provide all required flashings, baffles, trims, cappings and the like to prevent the
entry of water and weather, and make neat and clean junctions with the base
structure and adjoining work. Where visible, provide matching materials and finishes.
Include all fixings and sealing.
All flashings shall be cut and folded to approved profiles out of non corrosive
materials, with protective coatings as required. Flashing shall be factory fabricated in
long lengths where practical, and pre painted on visible surfaces. Submit details.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/79
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 80 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Flashing shall be of adequate stiffness to retain shape and to resist lifting by the
wind. Make provision for differential movements and for separation of dissimilar
materials.
Continuous flashings shall be welded or mechanically fixed to form continuous
uninterrupted lengths. Corners shall be accurately scribed and mitred. If the flashing
is concealed, flashing joints shall be lapped at least 100mm and sealed.
Where flashings are fitted to pre formed rebates, co ordinate cast in grooves or
reglets as required.
Construct weep holes as required to enable the passage of moisture to the outside of
the building. Lap and seal all flashings by approved methods. Submit details.
Relevant Standards:

a) BS 6561 Specification for zinc alloy sheet and strip for building.

b) ASTM D1149 Test method for rubber deterioration Surface ozone

cracking in a chamber (Flat Specimens).

2. Locations:
Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, types and locations shall be as follows:

a) Concrete wall flashings at every second storey: Stainless steel sheet.

b) Louver flashings: Stainless steel sheet.

c) Continuous horizontal and vertical smoke flashings: Zincanneal steel.

d) Feature column flashing at every second storey: Stainless steel sheet.

3. Materials:
Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, types and locations shall be as follows:

a) Lysaght “Zincanneal” steel, or equivalent, steel base grade G2, coating class Z
275.

b) Stainless steel sheet, 0.8 mm thick, Grade 316.

c) Lysaght “Galvabond”, or equivalent, steel base grade G2, coating class Z 275.

d) Aluminium sheet, not less than 0.4 mm or more than 1.0 mm thick, in accordance
with AS 1734, Type A3203 or D5050, containing magnesium or manganese or

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/80
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 81 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

both, with a maximum copper content of 0.25%.

e) Neoprene strip shall be 3 mm minimum thickness, and shall comply with ASTM
D1149 with regard to ozone and flame resistance. The materials shall have the
following properties:
Shore hardness: 70 80 degrees
Minimum tensile strength: 13.8 MPa
Minimum elongation at break: 150%
Minimum tear strength: 1.38 MPa
4. Smoke Barriers:
Provide smoke barrier in accordance with the relevant section within this
specification.

D. Anti Carbonation Coating:

All concrete surfaces that are not protected by an air sealed curtain wall shall receive a
protective finish layer. These surfaces are typically behind metal claddings, aluminium
rain screens and louvers.
The surface protection shall be an anti carbonation coating by Hitchins, Sika or an
Engineer approved equivalent.
Carbon Dioxide Diffusion resistance: the anti carbonation coating shall have a minimum
equivalent Air Layer thickness R>100m.
Moisture vapour Diffusion resistance: the antic carbonation coating shall have a
maximum equivalent Air Layer thickness SD<2m.

E. Earthing Tabs:

Co ordinate with the Electrical Sub Contractor the details of connection tabs for earthing
strap connection. Earthing straps are to be provided and installed by Electrical Services
Subcontractor.

F. Sound Dampers:

Provide and install sound dampers to the underside of the top sheet of all metal
canopies. Product that may be approved include those manufactured by Bostik. Submit
proposed product data sheets to the Engineer for approval.

G. Triangles for F.A.P.:

Provide and install triangles for the marking of Firemen Access Panels, in accordance

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/81
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 82 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

with Local Authorities requirements.

2.20 Items To Be Co ordinated

A. General:

The Contractor is required to make provision for interfacing and co ordinating with other
trades, services and systems carried out on site. The following are a list detailing the
trades that are to be considered. The scope of interfacing required by the Contractor
shall not be limited by this list.
All building Mechanical and Electrical systems (HVAC, Hydraulic, LV, ELV, Lighting and
Signage, PA, IT Systems, Communication systems, Security systems, BMS, MBMS)
Internal partitions, balustrades and wall finishes
Internal floor finishes including raised floors
Internal suspended ceilings and other ceiling finishes
Building Maintenance Units (BMU)

All integrated, non integrated, illuminated and non illuminated signage and other
information display systems.
External paving and landscaping
All roofing and weather proofing works

B. Drainage:

All materials, design and installation necessary for the drainage of all cladding systems
shall be provided by the Contractor. The design of system drainage shall be co ordinated
with the works of the E/M Sub Contractor where necessary. Connection of external
gutters and flashed areas to drainage pipes shall by the E/M Sub Contractor.

C. Lighting:

Design of Lighting which is integral to or interfaces with any of the cladding systems shall
be fully co ordinated with the Lighting Sub Contractor. All openings around conduits in
the curtain wall system shall be properly designed, co ordinated and sealed.
Due allowance shall be made in the design of the curtain wall for access panels,
catladders, platforms, railings, etc. required for the maintenance of the lighting system
and other services located within the curtain wall.

D. Security Services and Fire Services:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/82
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 83 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
All Security Systems and Fire Services which interface with the external cladding systems
including locking mechanisms, intercoms, PA systems, CCTV’s, fire services inlet cabinets,
fire service control panels, and so forth shall be incorporated into the design of the
cladding systems where necessary. This shall include provision of openings, lockable
hinged panels with glazed in fill lights where required, concealed conduits and
appropriate ironmongery as is necessary. All E/M equipment shall be provided and
installed by the E/M Sub Contractor. The works of the Cladding Sub Contractor shall be
rigorously co ordinated with the technical requirements of the E/M Sub Contractor and
the aesthetic requirements of the Engineer. Where there is uncertainty regarding
location or extent of co ordinated works, the Engineer shall be consulted and approval
received before any required fabrication of the cladding works may proceed.

E. Signage and Information Display Systems:

Signage Boxes and Information Display Systems shall be fitted with a hinged heat
strengthened glass cover that allows the inside and outside of the glass to be cleaned
and the lights to be replaced. For Information Display Systems of a larger scale the
Manufacturer’s installation and maintenance requirements shall be complied with. A
Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance shall be submitted to the Engineer by the
Contractor upon completion of the works. All works shall be closely co ordinated
between the Lighting Sub Contractor and the Curtain Wall Sub Contractor.

F. E/M Louvers:

At louver locations in front of duct work for intake or exhaust, the curtain wall sub
contractors shall liase with the E/M sub contractor to provide a fully integrated detail
allowing for access to the duct and louvers for both maintenance and cleaning. The
louver assembly shall be noise and vibration free and shall provide the percentage of
free area required for duct performance, as specified by the Engineer. The curtain wall
sub contractors shall provide a metal collar for connection of the duct work to the E/M
Louvers.

G. BMU System:

The curtain wall Sub Contractors shall allow for and co ordinate closely with the BMU
SubContractor in the design and implementation of suitable BMU Systems for all
required Façade and curtain wall Elements. Refer to relevant Clause within this
specification — ‘BMU Loads, BMU Restraint Sockets and Tie Back Plungers’, of this
Specification.

H. Temporary Closures:

The curtain wall Sub Contractors shall co ordinate closely with the Main Contractor on
temporary floor and wall closures that may be required to allow internal works to
proceed. All such temporary closures shall be part of the curtain wall sub contractors
works. These temporary enclosures shall be designed to be weathertight, easily
removable, and non staining to the curtain wall.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/83
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 84 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.21 Curtain wall – Supplementary Requirements

A Aluminum extruded curtain wall system shall be non unitized and standard
assembled at site/factory by means of interlocking, tubular vertical members,
tubular intermediate horizontal members, and telescopic expansion members.

B Vertical and horizontal members:

Design vertical and horizontal members as detailed on the Drawings.

Achieve continuous air seal by means of a keyed in air seal gasket positioned in air
seal plane, located at the interior of the exterior of the mullion. Design gasket to be
under constant compression with a movement capability of l.0mm

Provide dry/dry glazing seals by means of extruded EPDM gaskets.

Attach pressure plates with 6mm 20 SS machine screws into extruded screw ports,
separated by a flexible PVC thermal break, exerting a minimum pressure of
27.58kPa and a maximum pressure of 68.95kPa. Do not use self tapping or self
drilling screws.

C Telescopic expansion members:

Design telescopic members to absorb movement of structure, live and dead loads,
thermal expansion of curtain wall and interfacing materials.

Under dynamic movements, maintain air seal, water control, and structural load
transfer.

Overlap air seal of vertical member with air seal of horizontal member in order to
maintain air seal through complete expansion/contraction cycle.

Provide a continuous dual durometer PVC water deflector, uninterrupted at

verticals, jointed at minimum distance of 200mm from vertical. Provide vertical leg
of deflector with a minimum water dam of 20mm and tucked behind front flange of
vertical mullion, never coped, machined or cut.

Provide anti noise Insert of extruded polypropylene to prevent metal to metal

contact.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/84
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 85 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Provide structure continuity and frame alignment by a horizontal load transfer

member, minimum length 360mm, engaging top and bottom of four interlocking
members.

Provide cap plates on underside of vertical mullions at sills.

D Intermediate horizontal members:

Provide intermediate horizontal members of hollow porthole design complete with

screw ports to receive self tapping screws to connect to vertical members.

Provide glass support with water flow groove to prevent water damming at setting
blocks.

Provide end plugs at ends of horizontals and seal against vertical.

E Anchors:

Provide anchors designed with a safety factor of 8, to anchor curtain wall to the
precast architectural concrete and structural steel). Isolate anchors from aluminum
with dark grey neoprene rubber isolation pads.

Provide continuous structural anchors at sills complete with cap plates finished to
match curtain wall sections.

F Reinforcing:

Reinforce aluminum as required with concealed steel shapes to provide sufficient

strength. Positively isolate reinforcing from aluminum by prime painting steel.

G Insulated curtain wall corners:

Provide insulated metal panel corners as indicated, filled with semi rigid, mineral
fibre insulation.

H Aluminum caps:

Provide aluminum caps as detailed.

Provide bevelled end closers top and bottom of aluminum caps as indicated.

J Aluminum spandrel panels and aluminum panels:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/85
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 86 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Provide aluminum spandrel panels and aluminum panels as detailed on the

Drawings.

Provide concealed reinforcing stiffeners of aluminum spandrel panels and

aluminum panels as required to maintain flatness requirements.

K Aluminum sills:

Provide aluminum sills as specified herein.

L Air seal membrane:

Provide perimeter frames of exterior curtain wall and windows with interlocking air
seal membrane of sufficient length to be seamed and sealed to building air seal
system as specified herein.

M Window washing stabilization anchor inserts:

Provide window washing stabilization anchor inserts in accordance with locations as

indicated on reviewed and accepted shop drawings.

2.22 Aluminum windows, fixed and operable, exterior and interior

Exterior windows:

Design windows on the rain screen principle and to conform to ASTM E330, E331,
E547 and E1233.

Provide windows with a hollow PVC or PPGF thermal separator.

Make provision for airseal interface.

Machine, seal and factory assemble window frames square and true with
minimum out of square tolerance of 1 mm,

Provide glazing gaskets.

Provide glazing stops of extruded aluminum snap in type with keyed in

gasket.

Fabricate aluminum sills to profiles indicated, complete with drip deflectors.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/86
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 87 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Fabricate sills in one piece straight sections. If joints are necessary centre on
window mullions and caulk.

Fabricate aluminum condensation gutters to profile indicated with closed ends.

Exterior operable vent windows:

Provide side hung, open in, open out, and top hung open out windows where
indicated on Drawings.

Provide weatherstripping of dual EPDM high performance gaskets.

Provide each window with heavy duty ironmongery (operating hardware)

consisting of the following;

Side hung friction hinges

Trough under screen type side hung friction hinge with restricted operation to
100mm and mechanical override to maximum 400mm and to withstand a force of
600N when open to it's restricted position, have minimum 50,000 full operating
cycles without distortion or failure and conforms to BS 6375, Parts 1 and 2, and BS
8213, Parf 1.

Friction hinges shall be fabricated from Grade 316 austenitic stainless steel and
conform to BS 7479. Size friction hinges to salt the operating vent (window) sizes.
Friction adjustment shall be achieved by a metal cam working via thermoplastic twin
lipped slider.

All friction hinges shall be complete with child resistant quick release lever which
allows the window to open fully for easy cleaning or emergency escape, and
thermoplastic asymmetrical end cap and point to ensure smooth sash locations and
tight weather sealing.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Securislyle Side Hung Defender Restrictor, supplied by AI Sagha Trading, Duabi,

United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

Top hung friction hinges

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/87
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 88 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Trough under screen type top hung friction hinge with restricted operation to
100mm and mechanical override to maximum 4DOmm and to withstand a force of
6ODN when open to it's restricted position, have minimum 50,000 full operating
cycles without distortion or failure and conforms to BS 6375, Parts 1 and 2, and BS
8213, Part 1 .

Friction hinges shall be fabricated from Grade 316 austenitic stainless steel and
conform to BS 7479. Size friction hinges to suit the operating vent (window) sizes.
Friction adjustment shall be achieved by a metal cam working via thermoplastic twin
lipped slider.

All friction hinges shall be complete with child resistant quick release lever which
allows the window to open fully for easy cleaning or emergency escape, and
thermoplastic asymmetrical end cap and point to ensure smooth sash locations and
tight weather sealing.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Securistyle Top Hung Defender Restrictor, supplied by AI Sagha Trading, Dubai,

United Arab Emirates, or similar local agent / declare

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

Side hung window fittings:

Concealed rod type multi point (top and bottom) locking mechanism with keepers
and suitable for use with side hung friction hinges, having central location, push
button release type handle which operates on side hung type windows.

Provide key lockable handles for all side hung windows.

Finish: Brushed nickel chrome plated.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Roto Alu Side Hung Central Window Locking Hardware System, supplied by AI Sagha
Trading, Duabi, United Arab Emirates, or similar local agent / declare

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

Top hung window fittings:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/88
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 89 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Concealed rod type multi point (top and bottom) locking mechanism with keepers
and suitable for use with top hung friction hinges, having central location, push
button release type handle which operates on top hung type windows.

Provide key lockable handles for all top hung windows.

Finish: Brushed nickel chrome plated.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Roto Alu Top Hung Central Window Locking Hardware System, supplied by AI Sagha
Trading, Dubai, United Arab Emirates, or similar local agent / declare

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

Provide each operable window with 18 x 14 vinyl coated glass fiber type insect
screen cloth in removable aluminum frames, miter and mechanically fastened at
corners. Insect screen shall conform to ASTM D3656 and D4912.

Aluminum sills:

Provide aluminum sills as specified herein.

Air seal membrane:

Provide perimeter frames of exterior windows with interlocking air seal membrane
of sufficient length to be seamed and sealed to building air seal system as specified
herein.

Anchors:

Provide window anchors of 5mm aluminum or 3mm steel, 75mm wide.

Swinging aluminum doors, exterior and interior

Refer to Door and Frame Schedule and to drawings for door types, profiles and
details of the aluminum doors.

Exterior aluminum doors, thermally broken, fully glazed, 50mm thick.

Interior aluminum doors, non thermally broken, fully glazed, 45mm thick.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/89
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 90 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Aluminum, minimum 3.2mm thick for extrusion faces, minimum 4.8mm thick for
internet webs.

Fully welded corners.

Snap on glazing stops with neoprene or EPDM bulb type glazing splines. No exposed
screws.

Cutout doors for hardware. Provide reinforcing back plates to suit hardware.

Do not apply manufacturer's name to doors.

If necessary intemally reinforce top and bottom rails of doors higher than
2150mm.

In 98mm high bottom rails of interior doors provide 40mm high internal webs to
accommodate concealed automatic door bottoms.

On pairs of interior single acting doors and reverse acting doors where door gaskets
are indicated in Door and Frame Schedule, General Remarks, provide:

Centre door gasketting as detailed.

Blade stops on head rails complete with gaskets; and

Automatic door bottoms concealed in bottom rails.

On all interior aluminum doors provide high head rail as detailed to accommodate
illuminated signage and concealed overhead closers. Provide hinged access panels
complete with magnetic catches. No exposed fasteners or screws. Ensure position of
hinge permits access panels to open relative to position of adjacent ceilings.

2.2.2 Horizontal pivot doors

Refer to Door and Frame Schedule and to drawings for locations and details of
oversize horizontal pivot aluminum doors.

Provide hydraulically operated motorized arms, computer controlled, to operate

horizontal pivot doors.

Aluminum, minimum 3.2mm thick for extrusion faces, minimum 4.8mm thick for
internal webs.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/90
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 91 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Fully welded comers.

Snap on glazing stops with neoprene or EPDM bulb type glazing splines. No
exposed screws.

Cutout doors for hardware. Provide reinforcing back plates to suit hardware.

Do not apply manufacturer's name lo doors.

2.23 Aluminum door frames, and sidelight and screen

Refer to the Door and Frame Schedule and to the Drawings for frame types, profiles
and details of aluminum door frames.

Exterior aluminum door frames, thermally broken.

Interior aluminum door frames, non thermally broken.

Aluminum exterior sidelight and screen frames, thermally broken, fully glazed;
aluminum interior sidelight and screen frames, non thermally broken, fully glazed.

Aluminum, minimum 3.2mm thick for extrusion faces, minimum 4.8mm thick
for internal webs.

Fully welded corners.

Snap on glazing stops with neoprene or EPDM bulb type glazing. No exposed
screws.

Cut out door frames for hardware. Provide reinforcing backplates to suit
hardware.

Do not apply manufacturer's name to frames.

Door frames, single acting, flush Iine, screw spline or shear block joinery at all
frame connections.

Door frames, double acting, screw spline or shear block joinery at all frame
connections.

Air seal membrane:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/91
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 92 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Provide exterior door frames with interlocking air seal membrane of sufficient
length to be seamed and sealed to building airseal system.

2.24 Hardware (Ironmongery)

Supply and install sliding door hardware and operable window hardware.

Supply and install weatherstripping, gasketting and door seals on exterior doors and
frames, including weatherstripping sweep on underside of doors (ensure
weatherstripping is in contact with threshold to provide a positive seal), coloured to
match colour of doors.

All other door hardware shall be supplied by Section 08700, Hardware.

Also, fabricate the exterior Works of this Section on the rain screen, pressure
equalization and air seal principles Including but not limited to the following;

Rain screening and baffling. Pressure across the outer weather seal shall be less
than 10% of the total applied driving wind pressure.

Air seal of interior building air from external cavities.

Fabricate the Works of this Section In accordance with the testing requirements of
Clause 1.5.

Conceal fastenings.

Fabricate sheet metal panels, fasteners and anchorage system to conform to design
performance and to provide a uniform, flat surface on metal panels, free from
distortion and oil canning, after installation, in service, regardless of temperature.

Provide metal panel finishes for uniformity in appearance and texture throughout.
Remove and replace panels which do not match adjacent panels of the same finish.

Conform to overall section dimensions and configurations detailed on the

Drawings.

Ensure maximum wind loads for curtain wall, windows and entrances are in
accordance with climatic code conditions for the Site.

Ensure extrusions, supports and fastenings support bearing load requirements and

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/92
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 93 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

accommodate maximum range of temperature variation without abnormal stress or

distortion.

Fabricate and assemble frames at plant ready for installation in prepared

openings.

Provide weep holes in frame to drain void between glass and frame. Provide
weep holes in metal panels.

Provide interior to exterior members with thermal break.

Isolate snap on covers for glazing stops or pressure plates if applicable.

Carefully fit joints to be inconspicuous.

Back paint aluminum in contact with concrete, masonry, mortar or gypsum board
with two (2) full coats of bituminous paint. Use neoprene separator where
aluminum is fastened to steel.

Provide continuous structural anchors for windows

.
Fabricate backup pans and connections from minimum 2.OOmm (14 gsg gauge) core
thickness galvanized sheet steel formed and braced as required to resist specified
forces with sealed corners. Adhesive bond impaling pins to panels at 300mm on
centers each way for securement of spandrel panel insulation.

Install spandrel panel insulation over galvanized sheet steel backup pans and held
in place by insulation fasteners (impale clips) to form continuous thermal barrier
behind spandrel panels.

Do not expose welds. Bums, discoloration, distortion, impairment, deterioration or

desalination of finish surfaces will be rejected.

Prepare aluminum curtain wall framing, entrance framing and aluminum doors for
installation of finish door hardware as specified herein.

Form covers, closures, mouldings and trim integral with or immediately adjacent to
Works of this Section to profiles indicated, of minimum 14 Brown & Sharp (B&S)
gauge aluminum sheet.

Fabricate extruded or formed aluminum sills and stools to profiles indicated to suit
wall conditions, minimum 2.4 mm thick, in longest practicable lengths with 'flush"

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/93
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 94 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

slip joints at maximum 3ODOmm on centers. Provide drip deflectors at sill ends and
at abutting vertical surfaces. Open ends of sills shall be fitted with neatly applied
closure plates. Anchors shall be designed not to work loose after installation. Unless
otherwise detailed, provide "flush" slip joint at intermediate sill joints.

Fabricate aluminum spandrel panels and aluminum panels of minimum 3mm thick
aluminum plate or sheet with reveals and profiles as detailed on the Drawings. Use
special hardness aluminum alloy for flat panels. Reinforce back of aluminum
spandrel panels and aluminum panels with stiffeners as required.

Fabricate aluminum spandrel panels and aluminum panels free of oil canning
and waves, and within tolerances as follows;

Panel bow: 0.2% of panel dimensions up to 3.Omm maximum.

Width or length: 0.8mm up to 1220mm; l.5mm from 1220mm to 3360mm.

Square ness: Maximum 3.Omm difference between diagonal measurements.

Air seal flashings.

Fabricate air seal flashings of aluminum sheet of minimum thicknesses as indicated

on the Drawings. Provide two (2) component type air seal flashings as indicated on
the Drawings.

Fabricate air seal flashings in 2400mm maximum lengths. Make allowance for
expansion at the joints.

Form air seal flashings with lines, arises and angles sharp and true with the plane of
the surfaces shall be free of objectionable wave, warp or buckle. Exposed edges of
air seal flashings shall be folded back to form a l3mm wide hem on the side
concealed from view. The workmanship and methods employed for forming,
anchoring and for the expansion and contraction of the air seal flashings shall be
acceptable to the Engineer.

3 Submittals

Provide all required submissions for a comprehensive performance proposal, to

demonstrate compliance with the specified design intentions and performance
requirements, to record construction methods and procedures, to record materials and
components proposed, and to establish quality standards.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/94
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 95 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3.1. Tender Submissions

Tenderers shall submit the following documents at the time of tender, at no cost or
obligation to the Employer. Incomplete Tender submissions will not be considered.

1. Preliminary design drawings of the windows, curtain wall, glass walls and cladding
systems. Details are to be ‘full size’, and scaled for Al size. However, proposal
drawings should be submitted as both Al and A3 size. Details should be provided for:
(1.) Mullion detail for typical curtain wall system (2.) Side view sections of typical
curtain wall system at top and bottom, showing brackets and anchors (3.) Plan view
of brackets and anchors for typical curtain wall system

2. Drawings as indicated above should be supported by preliminary computations for:

large glass panels, mullions, brackets, etc.

3. Cast in details and calculations.

4. Program for design, approvals, submission for Local Authorities approvals and
consents, material ordering, testing, fabrication, installation, and completion of the
curtain wall.

5. Outline of a Quality Plan suitable for this project and conforming to 1SO9002.

6. Completed Materials Schedule to be used in the curtain wall together with a list of
suppliers.

7. Confirmation that all warranties will be provided as required by this Specification, or

as directed by the Client.

8. Preliminary melthod statement for the supply and installation of the curtain wall,
outlining all storage space and equipment to be used on site.

9. Staffing structure that is proposed, together with the names, positions, levels of
attendance and resumes of key staff.

10. A list of current jobs that are in hand, together with an outline of capacity to handle
this project.

11. A list of completed jobs, using unitised and stick curtain walls. Submit one A3 sheet
of sample shop drawings from a minimum of 5 relevant projects.

12. A statement frcim the contractor stating that all works will fully comply with this

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/95
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 96 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

performance specification, as well as any relevant codes or Authority requirements.

13. Catalogues for all proposed door and window hardware.

14. Samples of proposed glass and architectural coatings. Samples shall be

300mmx300mm. Samples shall match samples provided by engineer at time of
tender in terms of aesthetics.

3.2 Program for Submissions, Testing & Works

Submit (within 30 days of the award of contract) the following items:

1. Program of submissions for shop drawings, Local Authorities Submissions, samples,

etc., allowing 15 working days for reviews by Engineer.

2. Program for prototype testing and provision of prototype trial assemblies.

3. Program of works indicating links, duration and floats on all activities, this program is
to be updated monthly.

3.3 Sample Submissions

Submit representative samples of products and materials, including finishes and

representative factory fabrications and site installed assemblies. Samples to be typically
300mmx300mm. Include 3 samples each of the following:

1. Metal types and finishes, including proposed finished shapes, sections and
extrusions. Provide metallurgical analysis certificates for alloy and temper of metal
components.

2. Glass types and finishes indicating colour, surface pattern or texture, finish, surface
coatings, and the range of variation, if any.

3. Colour samples of pre finished production material showing the limits of the range of
variation in the selected colour.

a. Check samples to match Engineer’s sample.

b. Preliminary finishes control samples.

c. Final finishes control samples.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/96
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 97 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

d. Colour samples for all sealants, gaskets, and accessories.

4. Joint system components, including sealants, gaskets, interlayers, rain screens,

baffles, flashings, elasfomeric sealants, backing rods, etc, with details of compatibility
with silicone and polyurethane based sealants, and all extruded gaskets, interlayers,
sealants, tapes and fixings.

5. Typical fabrications and assemblies, showing welds and grinding, screwed and bolted
junctions, fastenings and workmanship.

6. Fixing and accessory items.

7. Miscellaneous materials:
a. Insulating material.
b. Backing material.
c. lnterlayers.
d. Lightning protection tabs.
e. Panel materials for spandrels and other non vision areas.

8. Examples of repairs and making good to typical range of in service damage to

finishes, including chips, cracks and scratching.

9. Additional samples for testing sealants and finish coatings as required.

3.4. Performance Prototype & Prototype Trial Assemblies Submissions Submit prototype
samples for review, and installations for testing, as follows:

1. Detail Prototype Trial Assemblies of mullion/transom junctions (full size, 600 x 600
mm): Trial assemblies are to include a typical 4 way joint, a typical interface at ceiling
level, and a typical vent panel. The assemblies should include all components such as
baffles, gaskets, seals, fixings, sponge blocks, sleeves, trims, etc. These assemblies
shall be complete and shall not be limited by this list. Test assemblies are to be
submitted and approved prior to erection of any Performance Testing Prototypes.

2. Visual Mock ups (full size): Full scale visual mock ups are to be built and installed
ahead of the full scale production. The extent and location of visual mock ups is
indicated on the curtain wall drawings. Visual mock ups are to be erected directly
onto the buildings, at their actual location, within 3 to 6 months of award. Sufficient
time is to be allowed in the programme for the Engineer to view the visual mock ups
and make amendments to the design. Where it is not possible to erect the mock ups
directly onto the actual buildings within the stipulated timeframe due to the
construction sequence, visual mock ups shall be erected on site or off site, using

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/97
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 98 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

standalone steel frames and foundations for support. These steel frames and
foundations shall be designed and fabricated by the Contractor.

3. Test Prototypes: Provide prototype installations for testing purposes, including any
modifications required, to be removed when no longer required. Refer to relevant
Clause within this specification for Performance Prototype Testing. Submit (within 4
weeks of the award of contract) the following:

a. Complete scaled shop drawings, including chamber steelwork, and full size details
of each prototype to be tested. Fully support shop drawings with engineering
computations as required.

b. The curtain wall testing proposal with itemised tests, test chamber size and
details, proposed method of monitoring air pressure and water flow rates, and
deflection transducer positions.

c. Program for: procurement of materials, assembly of mock up, testing, and

reporting.

3.5. Local Authorities Submissions

The Contractor shall submit two (2) sets of Al size shop drawings, 1 set of A3 shop
drawings, and calculations that are certified by a Dubai Registered Structural Engineer
(representing the Contractor) to the Local Authorities. Approvals and As Built approval
by Local Authorities shall be scheduled as required to meet overall construction
program. Include computations and drawings of the following:

1. Setting out of all work, including reference points, edge conditions and joint pattern,
indicated on plans, elevations and sections as applicable.

2. Framing, anchorage and fixings supported from base structure.

3. Size, finish and grade of all members and sections.

4. Reinforcement of connections.
5. Glass types and thickness.

6. Types and magnitudes of the design loads on the fixing anchors or attachments.

7. Confirmation of all performance criteria, in particular, all movement allowances.

8. Fire resistance requirements.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/98
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 99 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

9. Indexed drawings and calculations which are fully cross referenced.

10. Nominate all materials and finishes (in particular on contact surfaces).

11. Areas of operable windows are to be shown on elevations.

12. Analysis of stresses in structural silicone.

13. Local Authorities approval letter and authorisation letter permitting the use of any
computer software in the design.

14. Thermal Transfer Calculations.

15. Letter from Project Engineer acknowledging application of curtain wall loading to
base structure.

16. Any other information requested by Local Authorities officials.

3.6. Shop Drawing Submissions

Submit comprehensive, detailed and dimensioned shop drawings to indicate all set out
and construction details, adjacent work by others and for all proprietary products where
required details are not indicated in the manufacturer’s product data.

The approval of shop drawings is for member sizes, surface treatment and the soundness
of structural connections. Approval will not be given for any dimension or fabrication
related issues. Furthermore, the approval in no way alleviates the Contractor from
responsibility for errors or omissions.

Shop Drawings shall be scaled for Al size presentation, and submitted for review as both
Al and A3 size.

Time required for examination of shop drawings will be 15 working days for each
submission, including re submissions.

Manufacture should not commence until approval to use the relevant shop drawings has
been obtained.

Packages of Shop Drawings shall include and indicate:

1. A drawing index sheet indicating all drawing numbers and full description of content.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/99
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 100 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

The drawings are to be clear and all texts must be written in English. Where the text
is in a foreign language, there shall be an English translation alongside.

2. General notes indicating: (1.) relevant codes and standards (2.) project load
conditions, acoustic requirements, and other performance criteria (3.) material and
structural properties and specifications for all metals, glass, silicone, etc. (4.) Material
properties and specifications for all other materials, insulation, etc. (5.) Schedules of
all hardware (6.) schedules of fasteners, bolts, fixings, and anchors.

3. Overall elevations and plans for entire building, indicating: (1.) full scope of works (2.)
references to packages of details (3.) dimensions for Engineer’s review (4.) largest
critical dimensions of various components (5.) zones of wind loading (6.) numbering
system for curtain wall panels (7.) locations of Fire Access Panels (8.) locations of
operable lights and direction of opening.

4. Set out of all work, including reference points, edge conditions and joint pattern,
indicated on plans, elevations and sections as applicable.

5. Tables showing full size sections of all extrusions and structural members, including
descriptions of structural properties, and specifications of materials.

6. Framing, anchorage and fixings supported from base structure, and embedment in
the base structure, if required.

7. Movement joints.

8. Methods of assembly at all junctions, including sealing and fixing, indicated by three
dimensional and exploded views. Provide isometric (3D) and exploded views of all
interfaces between the various façade systems, including all corners. (A specialist
may need to be engaged by the Contractor for this purpose.)

9. Method of installation, including:

a. Erection tolerances.

b. Machined slots, keyholes and other methods for handling and connecting
components.

c. Junctions and trim to base structure and adjoining surfaces.

d. Fully dimensioned set out drawings and templates.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/100
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 101 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

e. Access and materials handling equipment and requirements.

Steelwork details include (this list is not exhaustive):

i) Section sizes with accompanying steel grades

ii) Grade of bolts

iii) Types and positions of welds

iv) Weld preparation requirements

v) Cambers to steel sections

vi) Locations and sizes of bleed holes in tubes

vii) Cover plates

viii) Temporary cleats and lifting points, with load capacities

10. Glazing details, including:

a. Glazing materials including sealants, gaskets, tapes, setting and spacer blocks.

b. Rebate depth, and edge restraint.

c. Clearances and tolerances.

d. Methods of in service glass replacement.

e. Hardware, fittings and accessories.

f. Point Supported Insulated Glass Units (For Frameless Glass Walls)

11. Method of draining the assembly, including details showing:

a. Pressure equalised drained joints.

b. Location, number and size of weep holes.

c. Mechanical baffles to drainage outlets which are not pressure equalised.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/101
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 102 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

12. Methods of meeting performance criteria for thermal insulation, fire resistance,
sound transmission loss and the like.

13. Method of cleaning and maintenance in service.

14. Panel details, including all joints and junctions, and support systems and panel
stiffening.

15. Connection details (including component parts, all information relevant to

fabrication, surface treatment, and erection) and provision of lightning protection.

Shop drawings shall be in strict compliance with “prototype as tested” drawings

approved as part of the prototype testing procedure. No alterations are permitted to
the approved shop drawings without written confirmation of the change from the
Engineer.

Provide a complete numbering system and schedule for all cladding and glazing
panels. Each panel shall be individually numbered in such a way that the
manufacturing and installation history can be traced.

Design and implement an approved permanent concealed marking system showing

correct location and orientation when installed. Submit details.

Indicate the location of each individual panel on shop drawings. Submit as built
elevations progressively indicating the location of each individual panel.

3.7 Installation Procedures Manual

Submit a comprehensive manual containing all installation procedures, equipment and

personnel required for acceptance prior to the commencement of installation works.

3.8. Maintenance & Operating Manuals

Submit a comprehensive manual containing recommendations for operating, and routine

cleaning and maintenance, and all information required to ensure the full service
capability of the work, including source of replacement components, and methods of
replacement of damaged components, for a period not less than the warranty period.
This is to be completed prior to the completion of work.

The method of cleaning and timetable are to be specified together with cleaning agents
which can and cannot be used.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/102
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 103 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3.9 Product Data

Submit (within 5 weeks of award) all manufacturer’s product specification and test data,
manufacturer’s quality assurance documentation, preparation and installation
recommendations. Include product data for:

1. Metals and metal alloys, including welding materials.

2. Glass and glazing accessories.

3. Applied finishes, including preparation and pine treatment, application, curing, and
maintenance procedures.

4. Sealants, gaskets and glazing accessories, membranes, vapour barriers, including all
compatibility test reports.

5. Insulation.

6. All proprietary accessory hardware and fixings.

7. Manufacturer’s procedures for handling, transportation and installation.

8. Grades of all bolts, nuts, washers, screws, pins, and rivets.

3.10 As Built Record Documents

Prepare as built drawings, photographs and other records progressively as the work
proceeds. Submit progress reports on monthly intervals and provide complete as built
documentation at completion of work. As built drawings submitted to the Engineer are
for necessary onward submission to the Local Authorities for endorsement. These
drawings should have been updated to reflect all construction related modifications to
the original drawings. This set of drawings is to be indexed and bound.

In addition to the above, the required number of sets shall be submitted to all parties in
accordance to Specifications.

4.0 Quality Assurance

4.1. Quality Plan

Prepare, submit, arid implement a detailed project specific Quality Plan. Products shall
be reputable proprietary products, factory manufactured under ISO 9002. Submit quality

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/103
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 104 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

assurance documentation for all bought in products, including ISO 9002 certification, and
evidence of satisfactory long term performance in similar commercial conditions.

4.2 Quality Control Representative

Appoint a Quality Assurance representative responsible for all quality aspects of the
work of this Section. Submit name and details.

4.3. Quality Control Procedures

1. Give sufficient notice (not less than 48 hours) so that inspections may be made of the
following:

i) Required testing prototypes and first constructed examples/benchmarks constructed

and ready for inspection or testing.

ii) Commencement of any required testing, on or off site.

iii) Factory inspections.

iv) Fabricated assemblies at the factory ready for delivery.

v) Building substrates, including sub framing, prepared and ready for the installation of
the fabricated assemblies, with anchor brackets and other attachments (including
BMU components and lightning conduction) fixed in place.

vi) Preparation for, and commencement of, any site glazing or re glazing.

vii) Field tests including gutter testing and water testing.

viii) Any other inspection as may be required at the Engineer’s discretion.

For panel inspections in the factory, the minimum number of panels to be available
for inspection shall be agreed with the Engineer, for approval of the Engineer, but
generally shall be in logical groupings of finished work, arranged to allow all faces,
returns and edges to be viewed and compared with approved samples under
adequate lighting for both close and comparative inspection.

2. Certification

i) Acceptance of design intentions of the Contract Documents (before commencing

shop drawings).

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/104
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 105 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

ii) Compliance of proposed performance design with Contract Documents, and

suitability of proposed materials and products (before commencing fabrication). As a
condition of supply and before final approval of shop drawings for fabrication, the
manufacturers and/or suppliers of all proposed glass, and all sealants, glazing tapes
and associated products shall submit certification that the Contract Documents and
shop drawings have been inspected, and the proposed products and design are
suitable, and any particular requirements and modifications have been included.

iii) Compliance with manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures (on

commencing fabrication and periodically).

iv) Compliance of performance design, including materials and components, with

Contract Documents (on completion). (1.) As a condition of supply, the manufacturer
and/or supplier of components and materials shall be required to: Inspect the
Contract Documents, and certify the suitability of proposed materials and products
for the relevant substrates and conditions, following the award of the contract. (2.)
Witness the first site installation of each type and condition, and certify that the
preparation and installation procedures are in accordance with the manufacturer’s
written recommendations and have not in any way breached the manufacturer’s
warranties. (3.) Periodically inspect the ongoing and/or subsequent installation(s) to
ensure that certified procedures are being maintained.

Following certification, the installer shall not vary the methods of preparation and
installation from that recommended by the manufacturer.

4.4. Benchmarks

The first completed Benchmark area shall not constitute less than 25 sqm and not less
than 5 m of lineal work of each type of installation, and shall include any non standard
parts. These constructed examples are to be inspected and approved by the Engineer
before proceeding with the remainder of work. The constructed examples, if accepted,
shall be used as part of the permanent works and shall constitute a Benchmark against
which all future work will be assessed. All further works are required to match or exceed
the finished quality of the accepted Benchmark.

5. Project Conditions

5.1 Warranties

Refer relevant sections

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/105
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 106 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

5.2 Spare Parts

Submit certification that all spares will be available off the shelf, or with a lead time not
exceeding 4 weeks from date of order, for the warranty period. Provide name and
address of all suppliers and manufacturers.

Spare glass shall not be used for glass breakage replacements as may be required during
the course of installation or the Defects Liability Period.

All spares shall be new, protected in approved wrapping.

Deliver the spares at the completion of the work. Formally hand over, and submit
complete schedule of types arid quantities, including full replacement instructions, and
any special tools required.

Required spares shall include:

1. 10 pieces of each glass type and size (for glass types and sizes not readily available
locally).

2. 10 pieces of each aluminium panel type and size.

3. 20 pieces of each louver and sunshade blades.

4. 1% of hardware, stays, hinges, etc. for all operable windows and casements.

5.3 Design/Construction Coordination

Façade sub contractors are required to engage/assign a full time coordinator. The role of
this

coordinator shall include, but not be limited to:

1. Ensure sufficient provisions for support of the façade systems are made

2. Coordinate with other contractors and sub contractors on their requirements with
regards to design, installation, etc.

3. Ensure maintenance access are provided for and included in all areas of the façade
works The assigned coordinator shall have a minimum of 10 years of relevant experience
in design

and construction coordination.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/106
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 107 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

6 System Design Criteria

6.1. General

Performance design shall comply with the current edition of the relevant Standards.

The curtain wall systems generally shall be waterproof and weatherproof, able to
support all dead loads, wind loads, live loads and other loads imposed on the curtain wall
systems, accommodate all movements due to base structure movement and deflections
and thermal expansion and contraction, and generally retain its appearance for the
service life of the system without failure or breakdown of individual materials and
components.

6.2. Dimensional Stability

All work shall have adequate dimensional stability to function properly and prevent
damage to adjacent or applied work by others.

6.3. Identification

Provide a complete numbering system and schedule for all cladding and glazing panel
units. Each panel shall be individually numbered in such a way that the manufactured
history can be traced. Provide an approved permanent concealed marking system.
Submit details.

Identify the location of each individual panel on shop drawings and as built drawings.

Before the panels are delivered to the Site, provide suitable marks or identification for
each panel for showing its correct location and orientation when installed.

Identification labels on glass shall be made on a non marking adhesive tape fixed to the
glass. No tape shall be put onto the reflective coating side of a glass panel.

6.4. Safety and Human Impact

In addition to the requirements of the Standards, provide fully toughened safety glass to
the inner light of all non laminated insulated glass units within 900mm of the finished
floor level.

All low sill applications must comply with the Local Authorities requirements for internal
loads on rails or glass, etc. Load sharing calculations will need to be modified when

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/107
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 108 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

considering line loads, and point loads to glazing.

There shall be no toughened glass to any external light of an Insulated Glazing Unit (IGU)
or in any laminated assembly. (Toughened glass is to be used for the inner and outer
light of an IGU where safety glass is required.)

6.5. Additional Structural Glazing Requirements

Structural glazing adhesive contact surfaces shall be anodised or Alodine Conversion

Coated. Structural glazing to PVF2 or to powder coated surfaces, must be further
restrained by cappings on at least 2 sides. No structural glazing adhesive shall be applied
to mill finished aluminium surfaces.

6.6. Service Life

The service life of the curtain wall shall be not less than 30 years.

6.7. Visual Requirements

The service life of the curtain wall shall be not less than 30 years.

1. Profiles: Design curtain wall components so that sizes, profiles, dimensions and style
are match to those indicated on the Tender Drawings. Indicate any variations on the
shop drawings. Do not commence production of extruded aluminium sections until
all profiles have been approved.

2. Applied finishes: The design of the components, selection and application of finishes,
and installation procedures shall ensure a high standard of applied finish protection
during construction. Develop and implement procedures to eliminate scratches,
marks and blemishes to finished surfaces. Indicate procedures on shop drawings and
in the installation procedures.

3. Flatness and alignment: The design of the components, fabrication and installation
procedures shall ensure a high standard of flatness, joint and edge straightness, and
alignment of mating surfaces of joinery. Close attention shall be given to cutting and
cut edge treatment procedures, stiffening and the tightening of fixings and fastenings
which may cause distortion or warping.

4. Exposed sealant: Indicate all sealants and gaskets on shop drawings. Indicate the
anticipated service life and method of replacement for all sealant and gasket
components. No exposed sealants of any type, structural, weather, smoke or
otherwise shall be permitted in any of the finished external works which will be

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/108
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 109 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

exposed to public view unless specifically indicated in the Tender Drawings or

subsequent Engineer’s Instructions. In the event that internal sealants are required
as a remedial measure to alleviate a leaking curtain wall, the Contractor shall be held
liable for compromising the aesthetic integrity of the finished curtain wall.

6.8. Maintenance Requirements

1. General: Provide design of the curtain wall systems to allow for all BMU/cherry picker
loads which may occur.

2. Damage: Horizontal or near horizontal surfaces, which form part of the curtain wall
systems such as copings, beam encasements, ledges, or the like, shall be designed to
carry human live loads from maintenance personnel.

3. Self cleaning: The design of all components in this contract shall be such that their
configuration shall facilitate the self cleaning of the various systems. Inclined
drainage surfaces and flashings, properly designed drip grooves and self cleaning
joint design are examples of this requirement.

4. Panel replacement method: Design and install the curtain wall systems to allow for
the future replacement of any individual panel. Submit details and procedures for
replacing individual damaged items.

6.9 Materials

Provide protective coatings to prevent corrosion of metal components, including

concealed and structural components.

Adjacent materials and products generally shall be chemically and electrolytically

compatible with each other and with relevant substrates, and shall be non staining and
non bleeding.

Metals shall be isolated to prevent electrolytic action and corrosion from adjacent
dissimilar metals and absorptive substrates, by an approved coatings or spacers.

Submit details of coatings, spacers and other means of isolation between dissimilar or
incompatible materials to prevent corrosion, perforation of protective coatings, or other
damage due to electrolytic action, chemical attack, or to any other cause including bad
practice, incorrect installation, or inefficient fixing methods.

Where there is a known or anticipated incompatibility between materials proposed

under this Section and materials to be provided by others, submit details of proposed

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/109
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 110 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

separation, coatings and spacers.

Submit certificates from relevant manufacturers confirming acceptance of the use of the
selected products in the manner and on the substrates proposed.

6.10 Base Building Tolerances

The curtain wall shall be designed to accommodate the primary structure construction
tolerances. Unless otherwise noted in the structural works specification, the maximum
construction tolerances shall be taken as follows:

1. Plan position of the building edge: +/ 25mm

2. Level of slab surface and slab soffit: +/ 25mm
3. Deviation in plan over 10 floors: <50mm

6.11 Fabrication Tolerances

Tolerances at joints and junction details shall take precedence over tolerances of panels
and major components. Tolerances generally shall be:

1. Joint width: +/ 1mm.

2. Length and width of major components +/ 0.5mm.
3. Diagonals of major components` +/ 1mm
4. Aluminum extrusions generally 50% ADCA standards
5. Misalignment of mating surfaces: +/ 0.5mm

Submit a schedule of fabrication tolerances for all major curtain wall systems
components. Indicate extremes of allowable base building tolerances on shop drawings.

Aluminium tolerances regarding thickness, straightness, twisting and flatness generally

exceed 50% of ADCA Aluminium standards and Data Wrought products.

Aluminium sheets for cladding panels shall be tension leveled.

Flatness of Architectural stainless steel shall be not less than “stretcher level” grade.
Submit manufacturers specifications.

6.12 Installation Tolerances

In addition to required fabrication tolerances, all parts of the curtain wall, when
completed, shall be within the following tolerances:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/110
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 111 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1. Position on plan, or vertical surface: +/ 3mm.

2. Deviation in alignment: Not more than 1 in 300
3. Deviation in level (horizontal) Not more than 1 in 300
4. Deviation in plumb (vertical) Not more than 1 in 800
5. Offset in alignment of adjoining surfaces: +/ 0.5mm.
6. Offset in alignment of separated surfaces: +/ 1.5 mm.

Site check the cumulative effect of all building tolerances and adjust installation
procedures as required.

6.13 Water tightness

The curtain wall systems are to be a drained joint, pressure equalised system which shall
be 100% water tight allowing no water to penetrate to the interior of the building. The
system shall be designed such that water being drained in the system shall not cause
any damage to the permanent works. The system shall not be face sealed and shall not
rely on wet seals.

Provide a complete water drainage and control system, including pressure equalised
drained joints, gutters and troughs.

Water which enters the system, including leakage and condensation shall be drained or
discharged to the exterior face of the curtain wall systems. Water shall not be trapped or
retained in the system. Minimise risk of algae or fungus growth.

Where the control device is not pressure equalised, provide mechanical baffles to
drainage outlets such as weep holes and slots.

Sealants and gaskets which are inaccessible in the installed system, shall remain effective
for the service life of the system.

6.14 Other Environmental Considerations

1. General:

Design and warrant the curtain wall systems to be watertight, weatherproof and
have the required acoustic performance as specified by the project Acoustic
Consultant.

2. Self Generated Noise:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/111
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 112 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Design and install all curtain wall systems (generally and all components) to provide
for noiseless movement caused by thermal expansion and when subject to dynamic
loading caused by wind as well as live loads, Building Maintenance Unit (BMU) and
cleaning operations. The system shall not generate noise due to creaking, drumming
or rattle. All curtain wall surfaces shall not whistle due to wind.

3. Thermal Properties:

The overall heat transfer of the curtain wail shall satisfy the Local Authorities
requirements (DM Decree 66).

Spandrel glass and other non vision areas shall have a minimum thermal resistance
of 0.6
W/m2YK, and shall comprise of sealed aluminium foil backed insulation panel. (USG
Thermafibre 50mm thickness or Engineer approved equivalent).

The insulation shall be foiled faced and sealed to the adjacent frames or panelling to
prevent condensation in the cavity between the insulation and the glass.

4. Lightning:

Provide electrical continuity and conductivity within the curtain wall systems.

Include connections and provide earthing straps for connection to the building
conductors by the Electrical Services Sub contractor.

5. Smoke isolation and Fire Separation:

Design entire system to provide smoke isolation between floors and elsewhere as
required. Provide baffles fixed and sealed between base structure and curtain wall
systems. Submit details on shop drawings.

Provide materials and methods of fabrication, installation and sealing which meet the
statutory requirements. Use materials which are non corroding, or protected against
corrosion, or of such thickness that corrosion will not impair the required fire
stopping or smoke flashing function during the service life of the system.

The gap between the curtain wall systems and the concrete slab edge is to be filled
with a Local Authorities approved insulation material with a 2 hour fire resistant
period.

6. Air Tightness:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/112
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 113 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

In addition to the requirements for a drained joint system, the design and installation
of the air sealing shall be carried out to high standards to minimise air filtration. Co
ordinate with installers for adjacent work to achieve the specified maximum air
filtration at junction with curtain wall systems.

Air infiltration and exhaust limits are to be confirmed through testing.

7. Weathering:

The system and its components shall not fail to comply with performance
requirements due to the effects of weathering.

8. Acoustic Performance:

See Acoustic Treatment Specification – Refer Section 1.3 / L1.

6.15 Curtain Wall Testing:

6.15.1 Performance Prototype Testing: NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS CONTRACT SUBJECT TO
CURTAIN WALLING SYSTEM TO BE USED FROM APPROVED SYSTEM DEVELOPERS WHO
HAVE CARRIED OUT INDEPENDENT LABORATORY TESTS AND OBTAINED
CERTIFICATION ALL SUBJECT TO THE ENGINEERS APPROVAL

16.17.2. Field Testing: All relevant tests shall be carried out at site after installation

a) Gutter (Stack Joint) Testing: Conduct 100% Gutter Testing for all relevant curtain
wall assemblies.

b) General Field Water Testing per AAMA 501.2 83: Field water testing shall be
carried out periodically during the curtain wall installation. This is to ensure that
leaks are identified and repaired prior to installation of internal linings and
finishes.

Initially, 30sqm shall be tested following the installation of the first 300m2 of
curtain wall.

Further testing of 30sqm shall be carried out every 500m2. (Minimum of 5

locations each.)

Each test shall cover an area of not less than 30sqm and not less than 5 linear in

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/113
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 114 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

of work.

The tests shall be included in the program by the Contractor, with specific
locations as selected by the Engineer.

Should problems arise during any of the above testing, the Engineer may instruct
that further testing be carried out at no additional costs. Locations and times
shall be nominated by the Engineer.

c) Water Testing of Flashings, EPDM Closures, and Other Interfaces: Field water
testing shall be carried out periodically during the curtain wall installation. This is
to ensure that leaks are identified and repaired prior to installation of internal
linings and finishes.

Initially, 100’% of linear interfaces shall be tested, following the installation of the
first 3 floors.

Further testing of 50% shall be carried out thereafter. Successful testing may
allow for decreased quantity of further testing.

Each test shall cover an area of not less than 5 linear m of work.

The tests shall be included in the program by the Contractor, with specific
locations as selected by the Engineer.

Should problems arise, the Engineer may instruct that further testing be carried
out, at no extra cost. Locations, extents, and times shall be nominated by the
Engineer.

6.17.3. Material Testing:

a) Brackets, Aluminium Studs and Screw Fixings: Arrange and pay for testing at the
approved laboratory and submit test results for components as follows:
Fixing brackets: Test a minimum of 3 brackets and embedment fixed to the base
structure for each fixing condition. The brackets shall be fixed to prefabricated
concrete blocks which exactly represent the base structure in relation to edge
distances, reinforcement and concrete strength. Prepare and submit shop
drawings prior to fabrication of the concrete blocks. Be responsible for making
and transporting the concrete blocks to the testing laboratory.

Install test fixings in accordance with approved shop drawings, but locate with
most adverse tolerances and application of loads.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/114
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 115 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Acceptance of the fixing system is dependent on each test failure load being at
least 3x the design working load for concrete failure, 2x for metal failure and the
absence of permanent deformation at 1.5x the design load.
The test report shall be submitted and approved prior to casting in any
embedment or fixings into the structure.

Aluminium stud fixings: Prior to the start of fabrication, demonstrate the strength
of welded aluminium stud fixings by testing in tension to destruction six fixings
attached to test panels cut from sheets identical to the permanent aluminium
panels. Repeat process at 30% and 60% stages of the fabrication programme.
Submit a test report prepared by the approved laboratory prior to the start of
fabrication.

Test all studs on 1 panel out of 10 to 1.5 times design load. Record and submit
records when requested. Any failure will require 100% testing of the particular
batch.

Acceptance of the fixing system is dependent on the average of each set of six
test failure loads being at least twice the design load and the absence of
permanent deformation at 1.5 times the design load.

Screws secured in extrusion flutes: Demonstrate the strength of each connection

by testing 18 screws in accordance with AS 1664. Or an equivalent Standard.
Stagger tests in groups of 6.

The test report shall be submitted and approved prior to fabrication.

b) Silicone compatibility testing: Test procedures and minimum acceptance criteria

shall comply with AAMA CW 13.

c) Sealant Adhesion and compatibility testing: Carry out and submit results for
initial adhesion arid compatibility testing by the approved laboratory including
“peel” tests to ASTM C794 and ASTM C51 0. Verify unconditional acceptance of
all materials in contact with structural adhesives, and that no material in contact
with the structural adhesives will cause deterioration of structural adhesives, and
the structural adhesives will not cause intrusion into laminated glass interlayers
or IGU seals.

d) Sealant Direct tension tests: Carry out and submit results for direct tension tests
by the approved laboratory on samples of vision glass and spandrel glass adhered
to finished aluminium. Use an lnstron Tensile Tester, or approved alternative.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/115
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 116 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Test ten samples of each joint type without weather seals and using actual
materials and joint configuration identical to that proposed and complete testing
prior to manufacture, as follows:

Five samples shall be air cured 21 days then water immersed 7 days before
testing.

Repeat procedure on completion of manufacture of 30% of the materials.

Apply a 5x safety factor to the mean of the ultimate strength results to determine
joint dimension. Complete initial tests prior to commencement of manufacture.

e) Sealant Adhesion (de glazing) tests: Carry out and submit results for factory
adhesion (de glazing) tests to fully cured glazed panels selected randomly. Cut
joint at midpoint to leave half the sealant attached to the glass and half to the
substrate. Carry out visual examination of joint fill, voiding and structural bite
adhesion. After testing fully remove silicone tape and spacers, thoroughly clean
and re apply sealant in accordance with approved procedures in the factory.
Testing shall be carried out at the rate as follows:

One unit in the first 10 units delivered to Site.

One unit in the next 40.

- One unit in the next 50.

- One unit in each 100 thereafter.

After testing, replace the adhesive by approved factory procedures.

Any unsatisfactory occurrence including lack of joint fill, lack of adhesion,

excessive voiding or other defect be apparent, may be grounds for all units
represented by that testing to be rejected. Carry out additional testing of units
manufactured on the same day and one day either side (a further five units). Such
units may be accepted on the condition that a satisfactory explanation of such
occurrence is submitted and that no additional unsatisfactory occurrences occur.

f) Sealant Peel tests during glazing: Carry out periodic “hand pull” peel tests in the
factory on finished metal samples out at a rate of one per day. A silicone bead
shall be applied to) an area not exposed to view in the final location, on a random
basis. After curing, a peel test shall be performed to demonstrate adhesion.
Record results in glazier’s logbook. Submit copies at weekly intervals.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/116
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 117 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

g) Prototype dc glaze: At completion of testing, de glaze and replace one vision and
one spandrel glass pane in accordance with proposed reglazing procedure to
demonstrate the procedure to the Owner and Engineer.

h) Approval: Production of curtain wall systems shall not proceed until final test
results have been approved.

i) Structural glazing restraint testing: Samples of the secondary cover mould

restraints shall be tested to demonstrate structural integrity in the event of
structural glazing adhesion failure. Structural silicone shall be cut to simulate total
adhesion failure and cover mould restraints fitted and tested.

j) Structural Glazing Testing: Submit manufacturer’s test reports prepared by the

approved laboratory for all structural adhesives (silicone) used in structural
glazing before commencing installation. Include details of sampling and test
procedures. Test procedures and minimum acceptance criteria shall comply with
AAMA CW 13.

- Initial adhesion and compatibility testing: Carry out and submit results for
initial adhesion and compatibility testing to ASTM C794 and ASTM C510.
Verify that no material in contact with the structural adhesives will cause
deterioration of structural adhesives, and the structural adhesives will not
cause intrusion info laminated glass interlayers or IGU seals.
- Direct tension tests: Direct tension tests between silicone and glass shall be
carried out using an lnstron Tensile Tester, or Engineer approved
alternative. Test ten samples of each joint type without weather seals and
using actual materials and joint configuration identical to that proposed and
complete testing prior to manufacture, as follows: Five samples shall be air
cured 21 days then water immersed 7 days before testing. Repeat
procedure on completion of manufacture of 30% of the materials. Apply a
5x safety factor to the mean of the ultimate strength results to determine
joint dimension. Complete initial tests prior to commencement of
manufacture.

- Adhesion (dc glazing) tests: Carry out and submit results for factory
adhesion (deglazing) tests to fully cured glazed panels selected randomly.
Cut joint at midpoint to leave half the sealant attached to the glass and half
to the substrate. Carry out visual examination of joint fill, voiding and
structural bite. After testing fully remove silicone tape and spacers,
thoroughly clean and re apply sealant in accordance with approved
procedures in the factory. Testing shall be carried out at the rate as follows:

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/117
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 118 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

(1.) One unit in the first 10 units delivered to Site. (2.) One unit in the next
40. (3.) One unit in the next 50. (4.) One unit in each 100 thereafter.

After testing, replace the adhesive by approved factory procedures.

7 EXECUTION

7.1 Examination and preparation

A Examine substrate surfaces to receive the Works of this Section and ensure that
Works done as part of the Works of other Sections are complete and that there are
no conditions which will adversely affect the performance of the Works of this
Section.

B It is the responsibility of this Subcontractor to verify the accuracy and alignment of

structural steel framing to which the Works of this Section is connected.

C Notify the Contractor of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the
Works of this Section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Commencement of the Works of this Section implies acceptance of surfaces and
conditions.

7.2 Coordination

A Coordinate installation of the Works of this Section with the Works of other Sections
and in accordance with Contractor's construction schedule.

B Supply to other Subcontractors necessary items to be built into the Works of their
Sections.

7.3 Erection

A Erect the Works of this Section in correct locations as shown on the Drawings, level,
plumb, square, at proper elevations and alignment with the Works of other
Sections.

B Erection tolerances:

Erect the Works of this Section within the following tolerances;

Maximum variation from the theoretical plane or location(s) shall be 3mm per

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/118
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 119 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3000mm of length or 6mm in any total length.

Maximum offset from true alignment between two (2) identical members abutting
end to end in line shall be l.5mm.

No visible misalignments or waviness shall be permitted.

C Secure individual assembled units to structure with steel anchor brackets, loose
bolted to vertical members over an adjusting plate set in position and securely
welded following final grid adjustment. W here indicated, secure individual
assembled curtain wall units to structural steel members as indicated on the
Drawings.

D If required, install concealed steel reinforcing, braces and supports to meet design
requirements.

E Fit intersecting members to flush hairline joints and mechanically fasten

together, except where indicated otherwise.

F Field apply two (2) coats of bituminous coating to metals in contact with dissimilar
metals and cementations materials; e.g. concrete, masonry, mortar and gypsum
board. Use separator sheet where aluminum is fastened to steel.

G Install all ironmongery (finishing operating hardware) and screens on operable

windows. Adjust weather stripping and gasket ting to provide a positive seal.

H Fill voids and cavities with loose insulation.

J Air seal:

Install aluminum sheet air seal flashings to provide a continuous air seal
between Works of this Section and adjacent building components.

Secure air seal flashings with secure fasteners. Form perimeter edge of
aluminum sheet air seal flashing to permit joint sealing.

Make provision in air seal flashings to accommodate movement resulting from

thermal change and structural deflection.

Cut, fit, and form air seal flashings as required to accommodate conflicting framing
and other obstructions.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/119
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 120 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Ensure fasteners do not penetrate the air seal flashings.

Install continuous flexible air seal membrane flashing tape over joints and around
perimeter of the air seal flashings as follows;

Apply primer to all substrate areas where flexible air seal membrane flashings are to
be applied. Apply primer in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written
instructions, depending on porosity of substrates.

Install flexible air seal membrane flashing materials in strict accordance with the
specified herein.

Apply continuous flexible air seal membrane flashings at Joints and edges of the
aluminum air seal flashings, lapping joints minimum of 150mm, extending
membrane onto adjacent concrete/metal substrates not less than 150mm, centered
over joints.

Inspect flexible air seal membrane flashings for punctures, tears, misaligned seams
and the like, apply additional layer of flexible air seal flashing, extending minimum
of 150mm around damaged area in all directions.

To ensure a complete bond for full extent of flexible air seal membrane flashings,
roll flexible air seal membrane flashings with clean, hard steel or polypropylene
hand roller weighing minimum 2.27 kg.

Co ordinate installation of air seal membrane with the Works of other

Sections.

Install aluminum spandrel panels and aluminum panels, flashings, fillers and covers
as indicated and as required to render system weathertight and to meet specified
performance criteria. Ensure effective seal at laps, end joints and changes of
direction.

M Aluminum sills:

Install aluminum sills, complete with chairs, anchors, expansion plates and drip
deflectors as specified herein.

N Firestopping and smoke seals:

Coordinate installation with Section 07840.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/120
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 121 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

7.4 Aluminum door frames, and sidelight and screen frames, exterior and Interior

A Install door frames, and sidelight and screen frames where indicated and as
detailed.

B Set frames plumb, square, level and at correct elevation, maintaining uniform
width and height. Anchor frames to partitions using anchors supplied with frame5.

C Brace frames rigidly in position while being built in.

D Make allowance for deflection to ensure structural loads are not transmitted
to frames.

7.5 Swinging aluminum doors, exterior and interior

A Install doors in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B Upon completion of installation, check swing doors for square ness, alignment
and smooth operation. Make all adjustments necessary.

C Completed installation shall be of adequate strength to support operating

entrance doors, and wind loading as specified without glass shaking or
vibrating when entrance doors are in use.

7.6 Horizontal pivot doors

A Install doors in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B Upon completion of installation, check doors for square ness, alignment and
smooth operation. Make all adjustments necessary.

C Completed installation shall be of adequate strength to support operating doors,

and wind loading as specified without glass shaking or vibrating when doors
are in use.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/121
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 122 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

7.7 Glazing

A Comply with BS 6262 glazing recommendations for sealed insulating glass units,
and as follows;

Provide for glass expansion.

Ensure compatibility of sealants with glazing accessories.

Glaze in a manner to ensure rattle free cushioning. Set glass properly centred with
uniform bite, face and edge clearance, free from distortion and stress.

Remove foreign matter detrimental to adhesion of glazing materials.

Securely attach stops in proper alignment.

Set glass with equal bearing full width of panel using setting blocks and spacers of
proper size to support and hold glass in position independent of the glazing tape. On
sloping curtain wall install setting blocks in vertical and horizontal framing.

Apply continuous length of glazing tape to interior leg of glazing rebates making
joints only at corners.

B Refer to Drawings for locations of types of glass specified.

C Provide anti walking blocks for dry/dry glazing system.

7.8 Hardware

A Delivery and storage:

Provide adequate secured area for storage of hardware.

Hardware will be delivered to the Site by Hardware Subcontractor. Off load

hardware, checking and verifying delivered quantities in coordination with
Hardware Subcontractor. Unpack hardware as required and dispose of waste
packing.

B Installation:

Cut, drill and prepare doors to template to receive hardware.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/122
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 123 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Install hardware to doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's packaged

installation, template, and adjusting instructions supplied by the Hardware
Contractor. Adjust all hardware as and when required to provide smooth operation
of doors and ensure clearances are maintained. Adjust weather stripping and
casketing to provide a positive seal. Repair damage to adjacent surfaces resulting
from failure to conform with this requirement.

Allow for cutting and fitting of thresholds around mullions, so that when
installed, outside appearance is continuous across opening.

Allow for contact switches in exterior doors and frames for security.

Provide lubricants required and use in manner to ensure smooth function of

hardware consistent with manufacturer's recommendations.

Use proper sized drills and taps for screws provided. Do not use self drilling screws
unless provided for items such as kick plates, push plates and door seals.

Ensure fastening components are tightened snugly. Do not burr or otherwise mar
edges of surfaces of hardware components. Repair defects caused by Works of this
Section using methods and procedures approved by the Engineer.

7.9 Sealant.

A Prepare joints and install sealants in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
written directions and BS 80D0, Part 16.

B Thoroughly clean all joints, removing all foreign matter such as dust, oil, grease,
water, surface dirt, frost and old caulking materials. Sealant must be applied to the
base surface. Previously applied paint or primer must be entirely removed.

C Clean non porous surfaces either mechanically or chemically. Remove protective

coating on metallic surfaces by a solvent that leaves no residue. Use solvent with
clean cloths or with limitless paper towels. Do no allow solvent to air dry without
wiping. Wipe dry with clean, dry cloth or limitless paper towels.

D Install backer rod material, of type and size specified, at proper depth in joint to
provide sealant dimensions as detailed. Becker rod material shall be of suitable size
and shape, compressed 25% 50% to fit joints as required. Do not apply sealant
without backer rod material and/or bond breaker strip. When using backer rod
stock avoid lengthwise stretching. Do not twist or braid backer rod stock.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/123
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 124 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

E Apply masking tape, where required, in continuous strip in alignment with joint
edge.

F All joints to receive sealant shall be as indicated on the reviewed shop drawings. Do
not seal joints until they are in compliance with the reviewed shop drawings, or
meet with the acceptance of the Engineer.

G Joints to receive sealant shall be a minimum of 6mm wide by 6mm deep, unless
otherwise accepted by the Engineer.

H For joints in non porous surfaces, sealant depth shall be a minimum of half the
width, and shall in no case exceed the applied sealant width.

I Sealants applied both in factory and at the Site shall be used in strict accordance
with specific recommendations supplied by sealant manufacturer. For application of
sealant at high air temperature consult sealant manufacturer for recommendations.

J install sealant under pressure with hand or power actuated gun or other
appropriate means. Gun shall have nozzle of proper size and provide sufficient
pressure to completely fill joints as designed. Tool sealant in one continuous stroke
immediately after sealant application and before a skin forms. Exposed sealant shall
be smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, air pockets and embedded foreign materials.
When tooling sealants, use tooling solution recommended by sealant manufacturer.
Remove masking tape immediately after joints have been tooled.

K Seal joints between the Works of this Section and adjacent building component
surfaces, and where required to provide a completely weather tight enclosure on
the exterior and an air seal enclosure on the interior.

L Apply three (3) continuous serpentine beads of threshold sealant under extruded
aluminum thresholds by sealant gun method. Bead diameter shall be sufficient to
ensure full width seal. Remove excess sealant by methods approved by the Engineer
and sealant manufacturer.

M Use glazing tape and glazing sealant where indicated.

N Remove excess sealant or drippings which would set up or become difficult to

remove from finished surfaces. Do not use chemicals, scrapers, or other tools which
would affect finished surfaces for sealant removal. Finished surfaces damaged due
to sealant Works of this Section shall be replaced at this Subcontractor's expense.

7.10 Cleaning

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/124
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL
SECTION: 08 44 13
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA METAL CURTAIN WALL
South Fourth WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES
Page 125 of 125
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Thorough clean and polish glass and metal on exterior and interior.

7.11 Clean up

At the completion of the Works of this Section or as directed on 5ite by the

Engineer, remove all removable protective film from metal surfaces and leave
in first class condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Remove excess debris and products resulting from the Works of this Section from
the Site.

Section 08 44 13 08 44 13/125
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 1 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 51 13 B

ALUMINUM WINDOWS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Material: aluminum windows as on the drawings and specified in this section.

B. Installation: labor, tools, and material needed to install aluminum windows.

C. Glass and glazing.

1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED – N/A

1.03 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED – N/A

1.04 RELATED SECTIONS None

1.05 REFERENCES

A. AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association www.aamanet.org

1. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 05 “Standard/Specification for Windows,

Doors, and Unit Skylights”

2. AAMA 502 08 "Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Newly Installed Fenestration
Products"

3. AAMA 611 98 "Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum"

4. AAMA 800 07 "Voluntary Specifications and Test Methods for Sealants"

5. AAMA 2603 02 “Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test

Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels”

6. AAMA 2604 05 “Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test

Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and
Panels”

7. AAMA 2605 05 “Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test

Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and
Panels”

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/1

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 2 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

8. AAMA CW 10 04 "Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum from Shop to Site"

B. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials – www.astm.org

1. ASTM E 283 04 "Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through
Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences
Across the Specimen"

2. ASTM E 330 02 "Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior

Windows, Doors, Skylights, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure
Difference"

3. ASTM E 547 00 "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior

Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure
Differential"

4. ASTM E 2190 02 "Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and
Evaluation"

5. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) :

i ASTM C 509 94 Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Performed Gasket and Sealing
Material.

ii ASTM B 633 85 Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and

Steel.

iii ASTM B 766 86 Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium.

iv ASTM B 456 94 Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper plus Nickel

plus Chromium and Nickel plus Chromium.

v ASTM C 1036 91 Specification for Flat Glass.

vi ASTM E 774 92 Specification for Sealed Insulated Glass Units.

6. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) :

i AAMA 701 92 Voluntary Specification for Pile Weather stripping.

ii AAMA 800 92 Voluntary Specification and Test Methods for Sealants.

iii AAMA 1302.5 1976 Voluntary Specification for Forced Entry Resistant Aluminium
Prime Windows.

iv AAMA 902 94 Voluntary Specification for Sash Balances.

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/2

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 3 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

C. NFRC – National Fenestration Rating Council – www.nfrc.org

1. NFRC 100 04 “Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U Factors”

2. NFRC 102 04 “Procedure for Measuring the Steady State Thermal Transmittance of
Fenestration Systems”

3. NFRC 500 04 “Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Condensation

Resistance Values”

D. IGCC – Insulating Glass Certification Council – www.igcc.org

E. SGCC – Safety Glazing Certification Council – www.sgcc.org

1. ANSI Z97.1 04 “American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials used in
Buildings – Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test”

2. 16 CFR 1201 “Consumer Product Safety Commission Safety Standard for Architectural
Glazing Materials – codified at Title 16, Part 1201 of the Code of Federal Regulations”

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. AAMA Designation: FW C50.

B. Windows: 3 1/4" frame depth; extruded aluminum with integral structural thermal break
made with glass reinforced nylon strips installed by the window manufacturer in the
frame members; equal leg flange frame; exterior and interior finishes applied by the
window manufacturer; frames assembled by the window manufacturer.

C. Configuration: fixed or fixed divided within master frame by an integral mullion.

D. Glazing: exterior 2 part structural silicone; 24mm (6+12+6) insulating glass; interior foam
filled bulb gasket laced in aluminum glazing bead; Glazing as specified in Glazing section.

1.07 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Conformance to FW C50 specifications in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 05 when

tests are performed on the prescribed 60" x 60" minimum test size with the following
test results:

1. Air Infiltration: not to exceed AAMA 101 standard of maximum .3 cfm/square foot
when tested per ASTM E 283 04 at a static air pressure difference of 1.6 psf.

2. Water Penetration: no uncontrolled water leakage when tested per ASTM E 547 00
at a static air pressure difference of 10 psf.

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/3

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 4 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3. Uniform Structural Load: no glass breakage or permanent damage to fasteners, and

maximum .3% permanent deformation of the span of any frame member when
tested per ASTM E 330 02 at a static air pressure difference of 75 psf.

B. U Value Test: thermal testing per NFRC 102 04 at the prescribed (1200 x 1500)mm test
Size glazed with 24mm insulating glass made with 6mm glass with a soft coat low E coating
on the #2 surface of the exterior lite, thermoplastic butyl spacer, dry air, and 6mm glass
with a hard coat low E coating on the #4 surface of the interior lite: Standardized Thermal
Transmittance shall be maximum as specified in glazing specifications.

C. U Value Simulation: thermal computer simulation per NFRC 100 04, at the prescribed
(1200x1500)mm Non Residential Size, glazed with 24mm insulating glass made with
6mm glass with a soft coat low E coating on the exterior lite, thermoplastic butyl spacer,
dry air, and 6mm clear interior glass lite: Thermal Transmittance shall be maximum as
specified in glazing specifications.

D. Condensation Resistance Simulation: thermal computer simulation per NFRC 500 04, at
the prescribed (1200x1500)mm Non Residential Size, glazed with 24mm insulating glass
made with 6mm glass with a soft coat low E coating on the exterior lite, thermoplastic
butyl spacer, argon gas, and 6mm clear interior glass lite: Condensation Resistance to be
minimum 56.

1.08 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop drawings: window location chart; typical window elevations; details of

assemblies and glazing details for units glazed by window manufacturer.

B. Product data: manufacturer's specifications and test reports from an AAMA

accredited laboratory.

C. Samples: each specified finish for aluminum; other samples as requested.

1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Submit for prebid approval ten days prior to bid opening a sample window representing
the bid window except for color and valid test reports from an AAMA accredited
laboratory conforming to test results in Paragraph 1.07.

B. Acceptance will be by addendum only as no verbal approvals will be allowed.

C. Submit bid on prequalified products in prebid written addendum. Bidder must

identify manufacturer and model of product on which the bid is based.

D. Furnish a valid AAMA “Authorization for Product Certification” indicating that the
windows for the project conform to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 05.

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/4

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 5 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

E. Furnish visible, permanent IGCC certification labels indicating conformance to ASTM E

2190 02 on insulating glass units.

F. Furnish visible, permanent SGCC certification labels indicating conformance to ANSI

Z97.1 04 and/or 16 CFR 1201 on tempered glass lites, if included on the project, and
laminated glass lites, if included on the project.

G. Manufacturer's warranties:

1. Windows: warrant for one year against defects in material or workmanship

under normal use.

2. Insulating glass units: warrant seal for five years against visual obstruction from film
formation or moisture collection between internal glass surfaces, excluding that
caused by glass breakage or abuse.

3. Paint finish: Factory applied AAMA 2605 70% fluoropolymer paint finish such as PPG
Duranar™, or approved substitute, organic finish conforming to AAMA 2605 05:
warrant for fifteen years against chipping, peeling, cracking, chalking, or fading.

1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Handle and protect windows and accessories in accordance with AAMA CW 10 04

until project completion.

1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General.

1. Provide AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 97 notice of product certification in full

accordance with the following :

a. Aluminium Double Hung Window to be Silver Line Series 1500

(insulated glass), H C50.

2. Test sequence is optional except air infiltration test shall precede water
resistance test and uniform load structural test shall be performed at the
end of sequence.

B. Test Units.

1. Perform all tests as listed below in accordance with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 97.

C. Test Procedures.

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/5

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 6 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1. Air Infiltration Test – by Independent AAMA Certified Laboratory (Manufacturer’s Facility

May Be Utilized)

a. With window glazed, sash closed and locked, mounted vertically, test in accordance
with ASTM E 283 91 at a static pressure of 1.56 psf (25 mph). Air infiltration shall not
exceed maximum 0.12 cfm per square foot of window area.

2. Water Resistance Test – by Independent AAMA Certified Laboratory (Manufacturer’s

facility May Be Utilized).

a. With window glazed, sash closed and locked, mounted vertically, test in accordance
with ASTM E 547 93 at the static pressure of 7.50 psf. There shall be no uncontrolled
water leakage as defined in ASTM E 547 93.

b. Window may be fitted with an optional High Performance Sill. With this option,
window glazed, sash closed and locked, mounted vertically, test in accordance with
ASTM E 547 93 at the static pressure of 8.25 psf. There shall be no uncontrolled
water leakage as defined in ASTM E 547 93

3. Uniform Load Test – Design Wind Load Test by Independent AAMA Certified Laboratory
(Manufacturer’s Facility May Be Utilized).

a. Test with window glazed, sash closed and locked, mounted vertically in
accordance with ASTM E 330 90.

b. There shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners or hardware

parts, or damage to make window inoperable when tested at a design load of
positive and negative 50 psf.

4. Uniform Load Structural Overload Test – by Independent AAMA Certified Laboratory

(Manufacturer’s Facility May Be Utilized).

a. With window glazed, sash closed and locked, mounted vertically test in
accordance with ASTM E 330 90.

b. When tested at positive and negative 75 psf, there shall be no glass breakage,
permanent damage to fasteners or hardware parts, damage to make window
inoperable, or permanent deformation of any main frame or ventilator section
in excess of 0.4% of its un supported span.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. FIXED SLIDING AND TOP/BOTTOM HUNG GLAZED ALUMINIUM Windows using

Thermal Break Sections.

B. Other acceptable manufacturers who have demonstrated a successful history of

manufacturing for 20 years equivalent products.

2.02 MATERIALS Aluminum extrusions: extruded by the window manufacturer from

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 7 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

commercial quality 6063 T5 alloy; free from defects impairing strength and
durability.

2.03 FABRICATION

Frame corners butt joint connected with two stainless steel screws per corner; factory
sealed with sealant conforming to AAMA 800 07.

2.04 INSULATING GLASS UNITS A.

Materials

1. Spacer: extruded black thermoplastic butyl with integrated desiccant.

2. Secondary seal: silicone.

3. Airspace fill: argon

B. Performance

1. Dual seal durability: conformance to ASTM E 2190 02; visible, permanent IGCC
certification label on air spacer.

C. Exterior glass lite

1. Thickness: 6mm.

2. Tint: gray (submit samples to FAA RE) or as shown and specified elsewhere

3. Type: tempered.

D. Interior glass lite

1. Thickness: 6mm.

2. Tint:
3. Type: tempered

2.05 FINISH ON EXTERIOR ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS

A. Application: on clean extrusions free from serious surface blemishes; on exposed

surfaces visible when installed product's operating sash are closed.

B. Coating: PPG Duranar™ with resin containing 70% fluoropolymer; thermosetting; or equal
approved substitute.

C. Quality standard: conforming to AAMA 2605 05, including 10 years Florida exposure and
Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 8 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

4000 hours humidity tests.

D. Pretreatment: five stage; zinc chromate conversion coating.

E. Application: electrostatic spray and oven bake by approved applicator.

F. Coating quantity: minimum one primer coat and one color coat.

G. Dry film thickness: minimum 1.2 mils on exposed surfaces, except inside corners and
channels.

H. Color: chosen from manufacturer's standards.

2.06 FINISH ON INTERIOR ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS

A. Application: on clean extrusions free from serious surface blemishes; on exposed

surfaces visible when installed product's operating sash are closed.

B. Coating: PPG Duranar™ with resin containing 70% fluoropolymer; thermosetting; or equal
approved substitute.

C. Quality standard: conforming to AAMA 2605 05, including 10 years Florida exposure and
4000 hours humidity tests.

D. Pretreatment: five stage; zinc chromate conversion coating.

E. Application: electrostatic spray and oven bake by approved applicator.

F. Coating quantity: minimum one primer coat and one color coat.

G. Dry film thickness: minimum 1.2 mils on exposed surfaces, except inside corners and
channels.

H. Color: chosen from manufacturer's standards.

2.07 INTERNAL MUNTINS – N/A

A. Material: extruded aluminum or roll formed aluminum; with exposed surfaces finished
to match window exterior and interior colors; concealed fasteners; designed for
unrestricted expansion and contraction.

B. Design: muntin bar cross section profile and material chosen from
manufacturer’s standards.

C. Patterns: grid patterns to be designated by FAA.

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/8

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 9 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

D. Location: muntins shall be encapsulated between the two glass lites in the insulating glass
unit to protect them from damage and dirt buildup.

2.08 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES

A. Material: extruded aluminum; nominal .062” wall; with exposed surfaces finished to
match window color and finish performance; concealed fasteners; required
weatherseals; designed for unrestricted expansion and contraction.

B. Exterior: snap in sill panning leg; wrap around panning; preset panning; snap in nailing fin;
snap in flange; two piece receptor with nylon strip thermal break; or 10 psf subsill with
nylon strip thermal break;

C. Interior: two piece snap trim and trim clip

D. Mullions: horizontal stack mullion with nylon strip thermal break; vertical three
piece mullion with nylon strip thermal break;

E. Other: strap anchor; head expander with nylon strip thermal break; sill angle.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

Prepare openings to be in tolerance, plumb, level, provide for secure anchoring, and in
accordance with approved shop drawings. Contractor is responsible for removing
security screens from equipment building and re installing them after the completion of
the window installation.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install windows in accordance with window manufacturer's recommendations and

dealer’s approved shop drawings with skilled craftspeople who have demonstrated a
successful history of installing windows for 20 years.

B. Provide required support and securely fasten and set windows plumb, square, and level
without twist or bow.

C. Apply sealant per sealant manufacturer's recommendations at joints, wipe off excess, and
leave exposed sealant surfaces clean and smooth.

3.03 FIELD TESTING

A. Test installed units in conformance with AAMA 502 08 minimum requirements for air

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/9

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 51 13B
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA ALUMINUM WINDOWS
South Fourth Page 10 of 10
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

and water infiltration with the window manufacturer, dealer, contractor, and owner
present.

B. Select test units as directed by the owner's representative and use an AAMA accredited
laboratory provided by the owner or contractor.

3.04 CLEANING

Leave windows clean and free of construction debris.

Section 08 51 13B 08 51 13B/10

 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 1 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 70 00

PART 1 — GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section Includes:

1. Supply, install, testing and commissioning of door hardware, complete with accessories,
including accompaniments, trims, and any other fixings required to complete the work of
the section. It does not include hardware supplied as part of manufactured items.

B. Related Sections

1. Rough Carpentry.

2. Finish Carpentry.

3. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.

4. Aluminum Doors and Side lite Frames.

5. Flush Wood Doors.

6. Wood Traditional French Doors.

7. Electrical.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. European Norms (EN):

1. 179 Building hardware — Emergency exit devices operated by a lever

handle or push pad — Requirements and test methods

2. 1125 Building hardware — Panic exit devices operated by a horizontal

bar — Requirements and test methods

3. 1154 Building hardware — Controlled door closing devices —

Requirements and test methods

4. 1155 Building hardware — Electrically powered hold open devices for

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 2 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

swing doors — Requirements and test methods

5. 1158 Building hardware — Door coordinator devices — Requirements

and test methods

6. 1303 Building hardware — Cylinders for locks — Requirements and

test methods

7. 1527 Building hardware — Hardware for sliding doors and folding doors
— Requirements and test methods

8. 1670 Building hardware — Corrosion resistance — Requirements and

test methods

9. 1906 Building hardware — Lever handles and knob furniture —

Requirements and test methods

9. 1906 Building hardware — Single axis hinges — Requirements and test

methods

11. 10088—1 Stainless steels – List of stainless steels

12. 12051 Building hardware – Door and window bolts – Requirements

and test methods

13. 12209 Building hardware – Locks and latches – Mechanically operated

locks, latches and locking plates. Requirements and tests
methods

14. 12365 Building hardware – Gasket and weather stripping for doors,
windows, shutters and curtain walling – Performance
requirements and classifications

15. prEN 13633 Building hardware – Electrically controlled panic exit system for
use on escape routes – Requirements and test methods

16. prEN 13637 Building hardware – Electrically controlled emergency exit

systems for use on escape routes – Requirements and test
methods.

17. prEN 14637 Electrically controlled hold open system for fire / smoke door
assemblies – Requirements, test methods, application and

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 3 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

maintenance

B. British Standards (BS):

1. 8424 Building hardware — Pull handles — Requirements and test methods

2. TSOO2 Door Viewers

3. TSOO3 Selectively Applied Door Opening Restrictors for Security Purposes

C. German Standard (DIN):

1. 18650 Powered Pedestrian Door

1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide items, articles, materials, operations and methods as specified herein, indicated in
hardware schedules or on drawings, in quantities as required to complete project.

B. Packed and labelled items individually, with door number, hardware sets, master keying
reference and location of doors.

C. Delivered hardware fully accessorized, complete, and in accordance with specifications and
schedules for installation.

D. Advise Engineer, prior to furnishing hardware, of items that will not operate property, not fit
for intended purpose or conditions, or will not remain permanently anchored.

E. Confirm hardware obtainable from suppliers and furnishes are in accordance with specified
brands.

1. Coordinate and confirm the voltages of any electrically controlled or operated hardware
(such as for BAS system, security, fire and safety systems), with hardware suppliers,
interfacing disciplines, trades and works, prior to ordering.

F. Furnish hardware templates to the door manufacturer prior to fabrication of doors and
frames.

G. Formulate a construction key system and other necessary accessories for use during the
construction phase of the project prior and up to handling over of the project to the
Employer.

H. Provide screws, special screws, bolts, special bolts, expansion shields, and other devices for
proper installation of hardware.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 4 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Note:
1. For any other items not listed here shall be selected during construction and shall
comply generally to the theme of these listed items.
2. Refer detailed specifications and approved list of vendors.
3. The tenderer shall propose any alternative vendor and submit a separate proposed
vendors and finishes.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 5 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: In compliance with relevant specifications and as specified herein.

B. Hardware Schedule: Submit 6 copies of hardware schedule in vertical format as illustrated by

the Sequence of Format for the Hardware Schedule as published by the Door and Hardware
Institute. Schedules which do not comply will be returned for correction before checking.

C. The schedule shall be reviewed prior to submission by a certified Architectural Hardware

Consultant (AHC), who shall affix their seal attesting to the completeness and correctness of
the schedule.

1. Provide 2 copies of illustrations from manufacturer’s catalogs and data in brochure form.

2. Check specified hardware for suitability and adaptability to details and surrounding
conditions. Indicate unsuitable or incompatible items and proposed substitutions in
hardware schedule.

3. Provide listing of manufacturer’s template numbers for each item of hardware in

hardware schedule.

4. Furnish other Contractors and Subcontractors concerned with copies of final approved
hardware schedule. Submit necessary templates and schedules as soon as possible to
hollow metal, wood door, and aluminum door fabricators in accordance with schedule
they require for fabrication.

5. Samples: Lever design or finish sample: Provide 3 samples if requested by Engineer.

D. Wiring Diagrams: Provide complete and detailed system operation and elevation diagrams
specially developed for each opening that requires electrified hardware, except openings
where only magnetic hold opens or door position switches are specified. Provide these
diagrams with hardware schedule submittal for approval. Provide detailed wiring diagrams
with hardware delivery to jobsite.

E. Installation Instructions: Provide manufacturer’s written installation and adjustment

instructions for finish hardware. Send installation instructions to site with hardware.

F. Templates: Submit templates and “reviewed Hardware Schedule” to door and frame
supplier and others as applicable to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of
cutouts and reinforcing.

G. Contract Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 01700 including specific requirements

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 6 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

indicated below.

1. Operating and maintenance manuals: Submit 3 sets containing the following:

a. Complete information in care, maintenance, and adjustment, and data on repair and
replacement parts, and information on preservation of finishes.

b. Catalog pages for each product.

c. Name, address, and phone number of local representative for each manufacturer.

d. Parts list for each product.

e. Copy of final approved hardware schedule, edited to reflect “As installed”.

f. Copy of final keying schedule.

g. As installed “Wiring Diagrams” for each opening connected to power.

h. One complete set of special tools required for maintenance and adjustment of
hardware, including changing of cylinders.

H. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips
representing manufacturer’s full range of available colors and patterns.

Verification Samples: Submit 2 full samples of the actual product, color, and pattern of each
and every item of specified hardware, which shall be mounted and functional.

J. Supply and delivery all necessary hardware for installation of site mock ups as and when
requested by Engineer.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware from a single manufacturer.

B. Supplier:

1. Recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, who has
been providing hardware for period of not less than 5 years.

2. The supplier shall be, or has in his employment, Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC)
in good standing as certified by Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants Council

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 7 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

who has experience in preparation of architectural hardware specifications, estimating,

detailing, ordering, servicing of architectural hardware in all its branches and who is
available at reasonable times during course of Work for Project hardware consultation to
Employer, Engineer and Contractor.

a. The hardware schedule shall be prepared and signed by a certified AHC.

3. Ascertain and confirm that the supplier has an established and documented local
servicing capability that:

a. Carries stock of all proposed hardware for this project

b. Owns facilities to assemble and fabricate the specific keying system of the project
according to the original manufacturers’ stated security and quality procedure.

c. Has at their disposal at least two (2) full time and competent technicians to provide
emergency response services required to maintain operation and re programming
management of electronic card access system.

C. Installer: Firm with 5 years experience in installation of similar hardware to that required for
this project, including specific requirements indicated.

D. Pre lnstallation Conference: Prior to the installation of hardware, manufacturer’s

representatives for locksets, closers, and exit devices shall arrange and hold a jobsite
meeting to instruct the installing contractor’s personnel on the proper installation of their
respective products. A letter of compliance, indicating when this meeting is held and who is
in attendance, shall be sent to the Engineer and Employer.

E. Mock Ups: Provide mock ups for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and
application workmanship.

1. Finish areas designated by Engineer.

2. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship, color, and sheen are approved
by Engineer.

3. Refinish mock up area as required to produce acceptable work.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Do not deliver hardware until suitable locked storage space is available.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 8 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

B. Deliver all items of hardware (including all necessary screws, bolts, miscellaneous parts,
instructions and installation templates of manufacturer’s suggested installation) to jobsite:

1. In manufacturer’s original packaging

2. Marked to correspond with approved hardware schedule, clearly label to identify them
and their intended locations.

C. Receive hardware when delivered to job site.

1. Check hardware against reviewed hardware schedule and jointly inventoried with
hardware supplier.

2. Provide dry locked storage space complete with shelving, and store hardware to protect
against loss, theft or damage.

D. Deliver hardware required to be installed during fabrication of hollow metal, aluminum,

wood, or stainless steel doors, prepaid to manufacturer.

E. Promptly replace items damaged in shipment.

F. Handle all hardware in manner to minimize marring, scratching or damage.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits

recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under
environmental conditions outside manufacturer’s absolute limits.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Guarantee workmanship and material provided against defective manufacture. Repair or

replace defective workmanship and material appearing within period of one year after Date
of Issue of Taking Over Certificate.

B. Provide ten year factory warranty on door closer body against defects in material and
workmanship from date of occupancy of Project.

C. Replace shortages and incorrect items with correct material at no additional cost to
Employer.

D. At completion of project, qualified factory representative shall inspect closer installations.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 9 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

After this inspection, letter shall be sent to Engineer reporting on conditions, verifying that
closers have been properly installed and adjusted.

PART 2— PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Refer to hardware schedule and drawings for selected hardware and location of application.

B. Comply with all requirements of respective referenced standards and be classifications that
commensurate with intended environment, building use, occupancy and particular
application.

C. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Provide hardware by Acceptable Manufacturers” only.

2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers (and Products): Subject to compliance with all

requirements of this specification.

D. Accessibility: All hardware shall comply with state and local handicap Codes and ADA.

F. All double leaf doors equipped with flush bolt shall have dust proof socket, except where
metal threshold is used.

F. All doors fitted with intumescent seal, weather and acoustic seal shall not be interrupted by
other Ironmongery.

G. Finishes

1. Hardware for this project shall be of the same finish. Where hardware finish is not
specified, it shall be provided for and approved by the Engineer.

2. Corrosion Resistance: Comply with EN 1670

3. Exposed and visible hardware parts, including fasteners, shall be stainless steel; grade
X5CrNiMo1 7 1 2 2 (1.4401), conforming to EN 10088 — 1; satin finish and uniform
throughout.

H. Fasteners

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 10 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1. Include screws, bolts, nuts and anchors, of type, material, and finish required for
installation of hardware.

2. Screw heads shall fit countersunk holes for all hardware.

3. Use fully threaded wood screws for timber application.

4. Use cap nuts to conceal exposed bolt ends.

6. Provide self tapping screws for attachment of sweeps and stop applied weatherstripping
only.

7. Exposed screws shall be phillips head.

8. Exposed screws on door closers shall be countersunk pan heads.

2.2 HINGES

A. Comply with EN 1935 and following requirements:

1. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. Hager® Companies

b. McKINNEY®

c. Stanley

or similar to Engineers approval.

2. Hinges / butts on out swinging external doors shall have non removable pins.

3. All hinges shall be full mortise template ball bearing fixed pin hinges, complying with the
following requirements:

a. The centre pin of the hinge shall be fixed and of a hardened and tempered material.

b. Ball Bearings:

1) High frequency: Complete with 4 ball bearing knuckles

2) Medium frequency: Complete with 2 ball bearing knuckles

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 11 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

c. Size and Gauge:

1) Medium size door, thickness of 45mm: (127 x 89) x 3 mm

2) Large size door, thickness of 45—50mm: (127 x 89) x 4 mm

4. Quantity:

a. Internal doors: 3 nos. of hinges for doors up to 2100 mm height, and an additional
hinge for every 500 mm thereof, or as shown in the drawings.

b. External doors: 3 nos. of hinges for doors up to 2100 mm height, and an additional
hinge for every 500 mm thereof. Perimeter and security door shall have hinges with
built in security studs, which prevents lifting off the door (even when the hinges are
sheared off), or as shown in the drawings.

5. Fasteners: Hinges shall be supplied with wood screws for timber doors, and machine
screws for metal doors.

2.3 HANDLES

A. Lever Handles and knobs

1. Comply with EN 1906 and following requirements:

a. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1) d lineTM

2) Hãfele

3) Glutz

Or similar to approval

b. Compatibility: Operationally compatible with the brands of Iocksets specified and

supplied, respectively.

c. Have optional feature for incorporating radial needle bearings with the handle’s
rosette for heavy duty door application.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/11
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 12 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1) The rosette shall be maximum 5 mm thick; constructed of concealed spring

loaded mechanism for maximum retraction of levers; and fitted with a snap on
cover minimum 8 mm thick.

d. Provided with a concealed bolt through fixing system and where required:

1) Provide Trox Head fastening or HESO fixing system to prevent tampering.

2) Fitted with a snap on cover, minimum 8 mm thick.

B. Pull Handles

1. Comply with BS 8424 and the following requirements:

a. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1) d IineTM

2) Elmes / Union Corporation

3) Hãfele
Or similar to Engineers approval.

b. Dimension: Between 19 mm and 35 mm diameter; at least 400 mm in length; with

minimum 45 mm clearance (measured from behind the pull grip to the door I backing
plate face).

c. Pull handle bends shall be solid fitted or with solid inserts.

d. Provided with a concealed bolt through fixing system and where required, provide
with Trox Head fastening or HESO fixing system to prevent tampering.

e. Provided with snap on rosette covers of not lesser than 8mm in protrusion height.

2.4 LOCKS, LATCHES AND CYLINDERS

A. Locks and latches shall comply with EN 12209 and the following requirements:

1. Cylinder part of locks (and cylinder locks) shall comply with EN 1303 and the following
requirements:

a. Factory sealed to prevent tampering with the cylinder permutation.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/12
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 13 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

b. Provided with detainer pins to protect against picking.

c. Tensile loading: 12800 Newton against wrenching and pulling of the plug within the
cylinder.

2. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. Locks, latches, cylinders and constituent components shall be obtainable from the
same manufacturer.

b. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1) Hãfele

2) Yale®

3) CISA

Or similar to approval.

3. Mortise locks shall be equipped with bevelled, rounded or rebated faces as required by
door construction.

4. All locks shall be supplied with strike box and metal dust cover and the strike plate shall
have a lip of sufficient length to protect the door trim and jamb.

5. Locksets shall be factory lubricated; manufactured with a minimum throw of 22 mm

through anti friction dead bolt; and optional anti thrust bolt for added security.

6. Lock cases shall be modular, with a minimum backset of 60 mm, tolerance of ± 0.5 mm
for and all manufactured dimensions; and able to accept an 8 mm hardened steel square
spindle follower.

7. Rebated kit with strike shall be provided for all double leaf doors.

2.5 DOOR CLOSERS

A. Door closers shall comply with EN 1154 and comply with the following requirements:

1. Acceptable Manufacturers:

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/13
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 14 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

a. DORMA

b. GEZE

c. LCN

or similar to approval.

2. Overhead Door Closers

a. Power Sizes:

1) The following Door Closer Power Sizes and corresponding maximum door leaf
widths requirements are applicable to Surface Mounted Overhead Closers and
Concealed Door Closers:

Door Closer Power Size Door Leaf Width (mm)

1 750

2 850

3 950

4 1100

5 1250

6 1400

b. Surface Mounted Overhead Door Closer:

1) Tested to a documented efficiency rating of 2 million cycle (closing force relation

to opening force in excess of 60%), and have an adjustable latching force to the
door is closed and latched.

2) Available with optional:

i. Power adjustable models — with ranges between size 1 —4 and size 2 —6 for
door width of between 850mm to 1400mm.

ii. Built in features including:

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/14
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 15 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

a) Back check

b) Hold open arm

c) Delay action

d) Door sequential selector

e) Thermostat and special hydraulic fluid to ensure constant speed even

during varying temperature; and with a pressure relief valve to prevent
over loading, oil leakages and damaging of back check valve.

3) Compact body with projection from face of door, of not more than 46 mm.

4) Totally reversible without adjustment; with push and pull side closer installation
being able to be mounted on the same door portion.

5) Provided with a toothed spindle and needle bearing for connection of the arm to
the closer body.

c. Concealed Door Closers:

1) Concealed door closers shall include:

i. Overhead door mounted

ii. Overhead transom mounted

2) Suitable for minimum door thickness: 42 mm.

3) Adjustable Built In Features:

i Closing Speed

ii. Closing Force

iii. Hydraulic Back Check

iv. Hydraulic Latching Action

3. Floor Concealed Door Closer (Floor Springs)

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/15
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 16 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

a. Comply with the following Door Closer Power Sizes and corresponding
requirements:

Door Closer Power Size Door Leaf Width (mm) Test Door Mass (kg)
2 850 80
3 1000 100
4 1100 150
5 1250 250
6 1400 300

b. Floor spring shall be available in either fixed closing force model or adjustable closing
force models, e.g. size 1 4, size 2 5 or size 3 6 in one construction size.

c. Floor spring should have large adjustment range: height 6mm, lateral 10mm and
length 10mm and should be available with the following options:

1) Back Check action

2) Delay action

3) Hold open at 75 — 180 degree, controllable

4) Concealed and integrated sequential door selector

5) Electromagnetic hold open at 80 — 180 degree, controllable

2.6 DOOR COORDINATOR DEVICES AND OTHER CONTROLLING HARDWARE

A. Comply with EN 1158 and the following requirements:

1. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. DORMA

b. GEZE

c. Hãfele

d. IVES

or similar to approval.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/16
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 17 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2. Types of Door Coordinator Devices:

a. Gravity Arm Coordinators

b. Swing Arm Coordinators

c. Double Swing Arm Coordinators

d. Coordinators Incorporated In Door Closing Devices

3. Concealed when use with metal doors.

4. Door Opening Restrictors: Consisting of the following items and conforming to all the
requirements of TS 003:

a. Door Limiter

b. Limiting Stays

c. Door Chains

2.7 BOLTS

A. Comply with EN 12051 and following requirements:

1. Types of Bolts:

a. Barrel bolts (straight and necked)

b. Flush bolts (lever, slide, knob or automatic action)

1) Complete flush bolt set, supplied with dirt excluding floor socket and intumescent
pack for fire doors.

c. Mortice bolts (operated by removable device, knob, lever, etc.)

d. Foot bolts, drop bolts, square spring bolts, garage door bolts

e. Padlock bolts

f. Privacy bolts

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/17
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 18 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. @Ilgood

b. Hãfele

c. IVES
or similar to approval.

2.8 PANIC AND EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICES

A. Horizontal Panic Exit Devices: Comply with EN 1125.

1. Types of Horizontal Panic Exit Devices:

a. Panic Latch Push Bars

b. Panic Latch Touch Bars

B. Emergency Exit Devices: Comply with EN 179

1. Types of Emergency Exit Devices:

a. Emergency Device Lever Handles

b. Emergency Device Push Pads

C. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Briton

2. CISA

3. VON DUPRIN

Or similar to Engineers approval.

D. Available in metal and timber door variant; with a metal box striker; and machine screws for
metal doors, and wood screws for timber doors.

E. Suitable for door leaf of up to 1300 mm wide.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/18
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 19 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

F. Revisable for left or right handed doors.

G. Operation with all conventional mortise Iockcase in nightlatch or classroom functions.

H. Optional alarmed and manually dogged (hold open) functions.

2.9 SLIDING, FOLDING AND POCKET DOOR HARDWARE

A. Sliding, Folding and Pocket Door Hardware shall comply with EN 1527 and the following
requirements:

1. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. GEZE

b. Henderson

c. Centor

d. Lanai DoorsTM
Or similar to Engineers approval.

2. Provide complete hardware sets for each opening specified with sliding, folding or
pocket door hardware.

3. Include track, hangers, fasteners, guides, and all hardware required for a complete
installation.

4. Materials and Finishes: To Engineer’s selection.

2.10 GASKETS AND WEATHER STRIPPING

A. Gaskets and Weather Stripping shall comply with EN 12365 and the following requirements:

1. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. LORIENT

b. PEMKO

c. RAVEN®
Or similar to Engineers approval.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/19
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 20 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2. Materials and Finishes: To Engineer’s selection.

2.11 ELECTRO MECHANICAL HARDWARE

A. Electrically Powered Hold Open Devices for Swing Doors: Comply with EN 1155.

B. Electrically Controlled Hold Open Systems: Comply with prEN 14637

C. Powered Pedestrian Doors: Comply with DIN 18650

D. Electronic Panic Devices: Comply with prEN 13633

E. Electronic Emergency Devices: Comply with prEN 13637

F. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. DORMA

2. GEZE

3. Briton
Or similar to Engineers approval.

G. Materials and Finishes: To Engineer’s selection.

2.12 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES

A. The following miscellaneous hardware components and accessories, where required, shall
be selected by the Engineer:

1. Door Viewer: Comply with TS 002.

2. Door Stops: Wall mounted wherever possible.

3. Door Silencers

4. Pivots

5. Plates & Trims

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/20
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 21 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
2.13 EXIT DEVICES
A. Provide exit features to include the following
1. Use narrow case design.
2. UL label where required.
3. Concealed rods on vertical top and bottom locking type devices on metal doors only.
4. Reinforced crossed bars.
5. Dogging feature, except fire-rated doors.
6. Wherever pulls trim, knobs levers and cylinders are required on opposing side of exit
device, use same kind as specified for typical, as applicable, lock trim or pull design of
building ironmongery.
7. Provide floor set dust proof strike as applicable to point locking of exit Device. Refer to
item specification for flush Bolts herein.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products for exit Devices
1. Von Duprin, 33 Series or 99 Series approved.
2. Sargent, 80 Series or 90 Series as approved.
3. Corbin Russwin. ED4000 or ED5000
4. Sargent 8000 series
5. Yale 7000 series
C. Electric Panic (Exit) Device (EPD): Electric Panic Device; provide to match non-electric units
and as standard with respective acceptable manufacturers. Furnish complete with options
including power supply control of devices as approved. Acceptable
manufacturers and products:
1. Von Duprin, 33 Series or 99 Series as approved.
2. Corbin Russwin. ED4000 or ED5000
3. Sargent 8000 series
4. Yale 7000 series
5 Or approved equal.
2.14 DOOR CLOSERS
A. General Requirements
1. Each door for which closer is listed in the ironmongery schedule, and all fire rated doors,
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/21
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 22 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
shall receive the specified kind, of correct type and size.
2. All closers shall be of one manufacturer as far as possible. Conceal fastening screws by
a cover plate.
3. Surface closers shall be door mounted on the room side which shall be away from
corridors or public spaces or generally on the less important side of the door. Use
parallel arm and applicable brackets where necessary to achieve this location objective.
4. Sizes shall be as per manufacturer’s published ratings. Use larger size rated unit
where unusual conditions exist and as specified:
a. For doors more than 2.25 meters high, provide one rating size larger than
specified by closer manufacturer’s ratings.
b. Adjust and arrange sizing of units to compensate for specific conditions of
oversized doors, stack action in shafts, and differential pressures that may be
caused by air conditioning system.
5. Door Closers shall have three regulating valves for speed, latching and back check.
Maximum pressure applied to the latch area to open exterior doors shall not exceed
6.8 kg (15 lbs.).Interiors doors which have a self-closing feature shall require
pressure not to exceed 3.6 kg (8 lbs.).
6. Use special arms, template, or combination of both to meet unusual conditions.
7. Provide special features for closers listed:
HO Hold-Open. Device shall be adjustable to any predetermined angle up to the limit
of the door swing.
HA Automatic Hold-Open.
IS Integral Stop.
8. Floor closers – General: Provide rated heavy duty types for all conditions and in
accordance with item specifications. Furnish top pivot with each floor closer, unless
otherwise specified. Exterior entrance closers shall be appropriate for locally
encountered wind loads acting in concert with reverse stack effect pressure
a. Cover plate for floor closers shall be minimum 1.5 mm thick, of stainless steel,
polished satin or bright mirror finish as selected to suit design condition, unless
other size or type cover plate is shown on drawings.
b. For floor closers, provide cement case to suit slab and floor conditions and modify if
required. Equip cement cases with temporary cover plates of steel until all floor
finishing is complete. After floor construction is complete, remove temporary plate
and install the finished cover plate.
c. Furnish extended spindles where required for precast concrete pavers, stone
paving, carpeting, or similar materials above the cover plate.
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/22
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 23 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
d. Provide waterseals for floor closer units exposed to exterior conditions.
B. Closers with maximum opening force of 2.3 kg (5lbs): provide with separately adjustable
time delay, sweep and latching speeds. Provide generally for interior to offices, toilets, and
similar spaces.
C. Acceptable Products and Manufacturers:
1. Surface Closer:
a. DORMA TS93 1T Series b.
LCN 1460 DEL.
c. Norton 8501 DA Series.
d. Corbin Russwin DC3000 DA Series. e.
Sargent 1431 Series.
f. Yale 400 Series
g. Or approved equal
2. Concealed Overhead Closer :
a. DORMA ITS 96 Series
b. Unit types of same Manufacturers specified and approved for surface closer.
3. Floor Closers – Off-Set (FO) or center pivot (FC) Types:
a. Rixson 5100 PH Series (interior only). b.
Rixson PH 28 Series.
c. Dor-O-matic, Thinliner Series. d.
Or approved equal
4. Floor closers for Ground Floor public toilet cubicle doors shall be fully compatible with
Blumcraft Series 1301 glass doors or their approved equivalent. Closers shall permit
the cubicle doors to return to a partially open position as directed by the Architect.
a. DORMA BTS-75V and BTS 80Series b.
Jackson 900 Series
c. Rixon closers 26,28, 30, 40, 5013-15, 5023-25
D. Surface Closers with maximum opening force of 3.6 Kg (8 lb): provide closer units at
exterior entrance doors and similar door conditions as specified with 2.3 Kg opening force
but adjusted for 3.6 Kg (8 lbs.) to 4 Kg (8.5 lbs.) opening force.
E. Closers with a Maximum Opening Force of 6.8 Kg (15 lbs.): provide with separately
adjustable back-check, time delay, sweep and latching speeds. Provide generally for
fire-rated doors, doors to stairs, mechanical rooms, loading docks, equipment closets,
storage rooms, and similar hazardous area applications. Acceptable Products and
Manufacturers:
1. Surface Closer:
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/23
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 24 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
a. DORMA TS93.1T
b. LCN 4040 Series.
c. Corbin Russwin DC6200 Series. d.
Norton 7500 Series.
e. Sargent 350 Series. f.
Or approved equal
2. Concealed Overhead Closer (OC): Provide unit type in which the operating mechanism
and arm are capable of being concealed in the door or frame. Reinforcing plates will not
be permitted on wood doors. Doors requiring concealed overhead closers are identified
in specification Section 09 06 00 13 Finish Schedule.
a. DORMA ITS 96.
b. LCN 2010, 2030 Series. c.
Norton 7900
d. Sargent 268 / 278 e.
Rixson 600 Series. f.
Or approved equal
3. Floor Closer – Off-set (FO) or center pivot (FC) Types:
a. DORMA BTS 75/80 Series.
b. Rixson 5100 Series (interior only). c.
Or approved equal.
4. Surface Closer with Integral Hold-Open for automatic release by remote Signal
(CHR):
a. Use in conjunction with a central control system or separate smoke detectors:
1) Norton 8500 PT
2) DORMA HO 200.
3) Or approved equal.
b. Use paired and coordinated surface closers where sequential closing of both doors
is required:
1) DORMA.
2) Norton
3) Or approved equal
5. Surface Closer with Integral Hold-Open with Automatic Release by built-in smoke
detector (CHA):
a. Use in conjunction with a central control system (smoke detector, control panel, etc.).
Loss of electric current or a manual pull on the door opens an electromagnetically
controlled valve and closes the door. If central control system goes into an alarm
condition the door closer will be activated.
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/24
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 25 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
b. On Pairs of doors a companion unit without the smoke detection feature shall be
mounted at the inactive door. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
1) DORMA 170/EMR,
2) Corbin Russwin DC62900
3) Norton 7500 PT
4) Sargent 2408
5) Yale 400 PT
6) Or approved equal.
c. Use paired and coordinated surface closers where sequential closing of both doors
is required:
1) DORMA
2) Norton
3) Or approved equal
6. Floor closer – offset (FO) or Center Hung (FC) with Integral Hold-Open and release by
Remote Signal (CHR):
a. DORMA EM TS83 Series or HO 160 Series to suit. b.
Or approved equal.
7. Paired Floor Closures (FP): Pair of coordinated floor closures, including connecting
control cables:
a. Rixson 5400 Series. b.
Or approved equal.
F. Controlling Devices – Coordinator: Use coordinators for double self-closing doors with
overlapping astragal or rabbetted meeting stiles to assure inactive door closing first.
Provide surface type door coordinator:
1. 900 Series by HB Ives, or McKinney Gravity Type CGT1; Bar Type CSM300-600
2. At service (non public areas) use 469 Series by HB Ives, 3487 by Sargent, or approved
equivalent.
3. Provide Coordinator with optional accessories including filler.
2.15 DOOR STOPS, FLUSH BOLTS, AND HOLDERS A.
Door Stops, Floor Mounted
1. Use floor mounted dome type stops at all door conditions, except as otherwise specified.
Provide stop 436 or 438 (with threshold or undercut) by Ives, 240 Series by Hager, or
equal.
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/25
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 26 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
a. Use risers for floor stops in carpeted areas.
b. Provide lead shield or expansion bolts for attachment to concrete.
2. Use concealed overhead door holder/stop (stays) or closer unit with integral stop (IS) in
lieu of floor mounted stops under the following conditions and with sizes as per
manufacturer’s recommendations.
a. When floor mounted stops may create a traffic hazard.
b. Where 50% of the door width projects beyond the point of contact with adjacent
construction.
c. Where exterior hinge doors open outward from the building.
B. Overhead Door Holders/Stops (OH): Provide of stainless steel for exterior units and cast or
extruded bronze and hard drawn brass arm with specified plated finish at interior applications.
Provide to hold/stop door within controlled limits of 90 degrees unless other angle is specified.
Provide units with built in shock absorber.
1. Concealed Overhead Door Stops, for use typically at conditions accessible to general
public. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
a. Glynn-Johnson, 450 Series. b.
Rixson #2 Series
c. Or approved equal.
2. Surface Mounted Overhead Door Stops, for use in building service areas not
accessible to general public and as approved. Acceptable Manufacturers and
Products:
a. Glynn-Johnson, 450 Series. b.
Rixson #10 Series
c. Or approved equal. C.
Flush Bolts:
1. General:
a. Where listed and as required, flush bolts shall be narrow style concealed extension
type. Size to comply with ANSI and SDI standards. Use two (@) flush bolts for
each inactive door leaf (top and bottom). Use dust Proof strike at floor bolt
conditions except where threshold is provided with equivalent provision.
b. Provide positive latching and automatic locking features on fire rated (UL listed)
doors with flush bolt requirement. Refer automatic and self-latching flushbolts
types specified.
c. Provide dust proof strike No. 489 with No. 487 plate by Ives; DPI/DP2 by Glynn-
Johnson; or equal. Omit plate when metal saddle/threshold indicated.
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/26
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 27 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
2. Manual Operated Flush Bolts:
a. Ives, 458 Series.
b. Baldwin, 2050 Series
c. Glynn-Johnson, FB6 Series. d.
McKinney FB01M / FB02W e. Or
approved equal.
3. Self-latching Flushbolts: Where listed and as required, self latching type flushbolts
shall be concealed type and UL listed. Use two (2) flushbolts (top and bottom) for
each inactive door leaf. Use self-latching flushbolts in conjunction with coordinator.
a. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
1) Ives 357 for hollow metal doors and 356 for wood doors.
2) Glynn-Johnson, FB series.
3) McKinney FB07M / FB11W
4) Or approved equal.
4. Automatic Flushbolts: Where listed and as required, automatic type flush bolts shall be
concealed type and UL listed. Use Automatic flushbolts in conjunction with
coordinator.
a. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products:
1) DCI 800/900 Series
2) Ives 559 for hollow metal doors and 556 for wood doors.
3) Glynn-Johnson FB8 Series.
4) McKinney FB06M / FB10W
5) Or approved equal.
2.16 WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SOUNDSTRIPPING
A. Weatherstripping (WS): Provide units at each opening between heated and unheated or exterior
spaces or where listed (Article 3.3, B). Provide as a set to seal perimeter conditions of
opening. All metal parts shall be extruded aluminum. At fire-rated doors, provide UL units as
approved.
1. Use following for head and jamb of door frames with stops:
a. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products
1) Reese, DS 75.
2) Zero, 328.
3) National Guard, 134NS.
4) Or approved equal.
2. Use following at door bottoms that have stop type threshold:
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/27
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 28 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
a. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products
1) Reese, 430.
2) Zero, 53.
3) Or approved equal.
3. Use following at door bottoms that have flat threshold or no threshold:
a. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products
1) Reese, 430.
2) Zero, 360.
3) National Guard, 422.
4) Or approved equal.
B. Sound Stripping Gaskets (SG):
1. Type A – Gasket at door perimeter
a. For Jambs and Heads: Compressible bulb of silicone rubber or polyprene with
self-adhesive for installation on shaped frame.
1) 797 or 797W by Reese Enterprises
2) PF 181 by National Guard Products
3) S882 or S88W Siliconseal by Pemko
b. Meeting stiles without Astragal: Assembly of neoprene or polyprene or vinyl bulb
gasket set in aluminum housing and mortised into stile of one door of pair of doors
and shimmed to meet the stile of opposite door:
1) 91, by Reese Enterprises
2) 116N, by National Guard Products
3) 313AN, by Pemko
4) 53A, by Zero International
5) Or approved equal
2. Type B – Gasket at door perimeter and bottom. Use Type A perimeter gaskets with
additional bottom gasket:
a. Bottom Gasket: Nominal 25 mm X 50 mm semi-mortised heavy-duty
automatic door bottom with closed-cell sponge neoprene gasket in operating
plunger with side wiper inside of aluminum housing for closing against solid
threshold:
1) 330, by Reese Enterprises
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/28
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 29 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
2) 420, by National Guard Products
3) 430CMR, by Pemko
4) 362, by Zero International
5) Or approved equal
b. Threshold: At locations where no other solid threshold is indicated, provide
aluminum strip, 3 mm thick, same width as door. Set in mastic leveled to
elevation of adjacent floor finish.
2.17 TOILET CUBICLE LATCHES AND THUMBTURNS
A. Provide appropriate non-keyed latchsets for all toilet cubicle doors.
1 Provide latchsets for glass cubicle doors in public restrooms, with rosette on
exterior allowing emergency release from exterior, and a thumbturn on interior to
set latch . Profile shall be approipriate for mounting on glass. Satin stainless finish.
B. Acceptable thumbturn manufacturers:
1. FSB model 1735 6254 Franco Clivio satin stainless steel rosette and thumbturn
2. Or approved equivalent
2.18 COAT HOOKS
A. Provide one coat hook in every toilet cubicle and in every toilet room in project.
2.19 PULLS, PUSH PLATES, PROTECTIVE PLATES, AND MISCELLANEOUS
A. Door Silencers: Provide 3 door silencers for single leaf doors, including glass and wood
toilet cubicle doors and four in head of frame for pair of doors. Provide No. 20 metal
frames and No. 21 for wood frames by Ives, 64/65 by Glynn Johnson, or equal.
B. Pull Bar, Vertical: Where listed or shown on drawings, provide metal pull of “wire” design,
25 mm rod diameter, 62 mm projection, 250 mm center to center. Bents shall be as close
as possible, with no bent marks visible. Use concealed fasteners, including through bolts
where covered by push plate on opposite side.
C. Off-Set Pull Bar – Vertical: Where listed or shown on drawings, provide off-set metal pull of
“wire” design, 25 mm rod diameter, 70 mm projection, 62 mm off-set (90 degrees), 250 mm
center to center. Bents shall be as close as possible, with no bent marks visible. Use
concealed fasteners (bolts from inside of door stile if possible), or through bolts where
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/29
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 30 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
covered by push plate.
1. If pull is used as push bar, engrave pull with “push” as approved. Submit Shop
Drawings.
D. Push Bar: Where listed or shown or drawings, provide horizontal metal push bar of “wire”
design, 25 mm rod diameter, 62 mm projection, center as required by width of door.
Bents shall be as close as possible, with no bent marks visible. Use concealed fasteners.
Attach back to back with upper part of pull, glass or frame mounted as per drawings.
1. Engrave Bar with “PUSH” as approved. Submit Shop Drawings.
E. Push Bar for Ground Floor public toilet cubicles: Twin bar, both sides of cubicle glass
doors: DORMA model No. 21 270, 720mm vertical bar, satin stainless steel.
F. Push Plate: Where listed (Article 3.3, A) Provide push plate, 300mm high, 200 mm wide,
1.5 mm thick, beveled 4 sides with screw less (adhesive) attachment.
1. Engrave plate with “PUSH” as approved. Submit Shop Drawings.
G. Special Push/Pull (SP): Where listed (Article 3.03. Ironmongery Schedule) provide
special custom fabricated push, pull, or combination push/pull as detailed on drawings.
Use concealed fasteners.
H. Bell Push and Door Viewer: provide Modric units in satin stainless (US32D) at apartment
entry doors where indicated on the Door& Ironmongery Schedule.
I. Door Silencers: Provide 3 door silencers for single leaf doors and 4 in head of frame for
pair of doors. Provide No. 20 metal frames and No. 21 for wood frames by Ives, 64/65 by
Glynn Johnson, or approved equal.
J. Kick Plates and Mop Plates: Provide in stainless steel with polished finish indicated for
item.
1. Kick Plates (KP): Where listed (Article 3.3, B), provide kick plate 250 mm high X
door width minus 50mm, 1.5 mm thick, beveled 3 sides, with satin polished finish
as selected to match other ironmongery on same face of doors.
2. Mop Plates (MP): Use at each inside face of door to toilet room or similar space with
tile floor where kick plates not otherwise indicated. Provide as specified for Kick
Plates, except provide100 mm high and with satin polished finish as selected
to match other ironmongery on same face of door.
2.20 LOCK CYLINDERS, KEYING AND KEY CONTROL SYSTEM
A. General:
1. Cylinders shall be minimum 6 pin tumbler [interchangeable core Type] and shall be
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/30
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 31 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
suitable for master keying, grand- master-Keying and construction master keying.
2. The general requirements for the keying system will be as directed and approved by
owner.
3. Acceptable Manufacturer for Lock Cylinders and Key System:
a. Same as lock set manufacturer.
B. Criteria For Keying
1. Furnish visual key control, stamp keys only. After all locks have been installed, the
keys shall be demonstrated in the presence of the Architect to operate freely.
2. Forward master keys, grand-master keys and great grand-master keys by registered
mail in safety envelopes addressed as directed by owner. All other sets of keys shall
be placed in each lock sets in individual envelopes marked as specified under
“Packing, Labeling and Delivery”, Article 1.7, herein. Locks that are construction
master keyed shall have all keys except construction master keys mail to owner as
directed.
3. Key doors to mechanical, electrical, janitor’s, and similar spaces alike.
C. Keys: Keys shall be nickel silver, stamped “not for duplication” and shall be furnished as
follows:
Great Grand Master Keys (operate multiple locks for multiple buildings)
5 total
Grand Master Keys (operate all locks within one building)
6 each per building
Master Keys (operate one group of locks within one building)
6 each per group
Cylinder locks (operate one or more locks alike within one building)
3 Keys each per cylinder
Construction Master Keys
20 total
Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/31
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 32 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

D. Key Control System: Provide at location where directed and approved by Employer, a
prefinished painted steel key filing cabinet as manufactured by Telkee, Inc. or Lund
Manufacturing Co.or approved equal, complete with index control system and key tags.

1. Provide cabinet(s) with adequate capacity to contain all keys and spare cores of
project, plus approximately 50% additional capacity with tags. Cabinet shall be of
specified manufacturer’s standard construction and finish.

2. The key filing cabinet manufacturer shall also include the following:

a. Furnish key envelopes as required for delivery and lock set packaging. b.

Install the key control system.

c. Furnish instruction of the owner’s personnel in the operation of the key control
system.

d. Furnish periodic checks to maintain the functional efficiency of the project key system
for a duration of one year after operation, instruction of owner, and owner
acceptance of building completion.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/32
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 33 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.21 KEYING — APARTMENT BLOCK

A. Establish new great grand master key for this Project and submit proposed keying
schedule to Engineer.

1. If requested, meet with Owner and Architect to review schedule.

2. Allow for additional master keys and change keys under each grand for future expansion.

3. Provide factory “restricted” keyway.

4. All cylinders shall have the options of being supplied under Construction Keyed, Great
Grand Master Keyed, Grand Master Keyed, Master Keyed, Keyed Alike and Keyed
Different under the same system.

a. All cylinders proposed shall commensurate with the degree of security required for
the installation.

b. Construction Keying:

1) Provide a key system for the construction phase, without having to change over
cylinders when construction is completed.

2) The construction key system shall be rendered void upon completion of the
project, simply by insertion of the new key and from this moment on, the
specified keying system shall come into effect.

B. Transmit keys, except construction master keys, to Owner from hardware supplier. Index,
tag and deliver keys in key cabinet (to be provided with full accessories).

C. Provide following number of keys:

1. Construction Master Keys: 6 each.

2. Change Keys: 3 per cylinder (10 large keyed alike groups).
3. Master Keys: 12 (of each Master).
4. Grand Master keys: 12 (of each Grand Master).
5. Great Grand Master keys: 6.
6. Key Blanks: 500 of each keyway used.

The master keying systems including grand master keying and the overall keying diagram shall be
subject to discussions and finalization during the construction stage.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/33
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 34 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

PART 3— EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Installer shall examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements of hardware
location, installation tolerances, labeled fire door construction and other conditions affecting
performance.

B. Proceed with installation only after satisfactory conditions have been met.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in “Recommended Locations for Builders

Hardware” for (Standard Steel Doors and Frames), (Custom Steel Doors and Frames), (Wood
Doors and Frames) by Door and Hardware Institute (DHI), except if otherwise specifically
indicated or to comply with requirements of governing regulations, requirements for
handicapped, or if otherwise directed by Engineer.

B. Include degree of opening for doors with overhead holders, closers, etc., in hardware
schedule for Engineer’s approval.

C. All hardware to be installed by tradesmen skilled in application of commercial grade

hardware.

D. Install each hardware item in Compliance with manufacturer’s instructions and

recommendations. Securely fasten all parts to be attached. Fit faces of mortised parts snug
and flush. Make sure all operating parts move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking
or excessive clearance. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or
into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, remove hardware and
store prior to painting or finishing. Reinstall items only when finishes have been completed
on surface to which hardware is to be applied.

E. At exterior doors and elsewhere as indicated; set thresholds in bed of sealant as specified in
Section 07920 to completely fill concealed voids and exclude moisture from every source. Do
not plug drain holes or block weeps. Remove excess sealant.

F. After installation, place representative templates, instruction sheets and installation details
in file folder to be turned over to Employer when building is accepted. Include at least five
each of all special adjusting and installation tools furnished with hardware by manufacturers.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/34
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 70 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA HARDWARE
South Fourth PAGE 35 of 35
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. After installation has been completed, provide services of qualified hardware consultant to
check Project to determine proper application of finish hardware according to schedule. Also
check operation and adjustment of hardware items.

B. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating
equipment.

3.4 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware to ensure correct operation and function.
Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate as intended for application made.

B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to
building acceptance or occupancy of space or area, return during week prior to acceptance
or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items. Clean hardware to
restore correct operation, function and finish. Adjust door control devices to compensate for
final operation of heating and ventilating equipment.

C. Protection: Whenever hardware is located in areas where it may be subject to damage

during construction by handling, cleaning, etc., protect or remove from its location until
hazardous condition is terminated.

Section 08 70 00 08 70 00/35
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 1 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 80 00

1 GENERAL

1.1 General instructions

Read and be governed by Conditions of the Contract and Sections of

relevant specifications.

1.2 Works included

Provide the following Works of this Section.

Glazing of hollow metal doors.

Glazing of pressed steel sidelight frames and pressed steel screen frames.

Glazing of glass smoke baffles.

1.3 Related Works specified elsewhere

General Installations: for installations of hollow metal doors and pressed steel door,
sidelight and screen frames.

Steel Doors and Frames: for hollow metal doors and pressed steel door, sidelight
and screen frames.

Automatic Entrance Doors: for exterior automatic sliding and hinged glass doors.

Mirrors: for continuous and full height frameless mirrors.

Structural Glass Balustrades.

Metal Curtain Wall, Windows and Entrances: for glass and glazing of metal curtain
wall, windows, entrance doors and sidelites.

Plaster.

Washroom and Bathroom Accessories: for framed mirrors.

1.4 References

American National Standards Institute/Builder's Hardware and Manufacturers

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 2 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Association (ANSlBHMA):

ANSIBHMA A156.18: Builder's Finishing Hardware Materials and Finishes.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM C509: Specification for Dense Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and
Sealing Material.

ASTM C864: Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting
Blocks and Spacers.

ASTM C1036: Specification for Flat Glass.

ASTM C7048: Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass Kind HS, Kind FT, Coated
and Uncoated Glass.

ASTM C1172: Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass.

ASTM D395: Test Method for Rubber Properly Compression Test.

British Standards Institution (BSi):

BS EN 515: Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys, Wrought Products, Temper

Designations.

BS EN 573, Parts 1 to 4: Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys, Chemical Composition and

Form of Wrought Products, Numerical Designation System; Chemical Symbol Based
on Designation System; Chemical Composition; Forms of Products.

BS 952, Parts 1 and 2: Glass for Glazing, Classification and Terminology for Work on
Glass.

BS 1474: Specification for Wrought Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys for General
Engineering Purposes: Bars, Extruded Round Tubes and Sections.

BS 5889: Specification for One Part Gun Grade Silicone Based Sealants.

BS 6206: Specification for Impact Performance Requirements for Flat Safety Glass
and Safety Plastics Used In Buildings.

BS 6262: Code of Practice for Glazing for Buildings.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 3 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

BS 8000, Part 16: Code of Practice for Sealing Joints in Buildings Using
Sealants.

Copper Development Association (CDA):

CDA Copper Brass Bronze Design Handbook, Architectural Applications, latest

edition.

International Standards Organization (ISO):

Refer relevant sections of specifications

1.5 Design requirements

Movements arising from the dead, live, wind and seismic loads on the building
structures are given in the Structural Drawings, as specified herein and within the
'Building Movement, Loads and Tolerances Report'.

Subcontractor shall satisfy himself that the structure to which the Works of this
Section are being installed, including tolerances and deflections, is suitable to
receive the Works of this Section. This shall be monitored and verified throughout
the Contract period.

Subcontractor shall provide structural calculations, prior to manufacture, supporting

design integrity in accordance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and application
standards stated herein. The submissions shall justify but not be limited to the
following:

The selection of load bearing profiles.

Methods of fixing.

The selection of fixing and anchor devices.

All structural calculations prepared shall be submitted for review. Such review shall
not relieve the Contractor of obligations in respect of the final detailed design.

Main anchor fixings shall resist, without detrimental effect, all static loads in
conjunction with a minimum dynamic load of 1.5 times the calculated static load.

All fixings shall be capable of providing adequate adjustment with the minimal use
of packing shims. No fixings shall be visible in public internal and external areas.
Details shall be submitted for review by the Engineer. 1.5.2 General movement:

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 4 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

The Works of this Section shall be designed, fabricated and installed to withstand all
movements of the building structure under all design loads or
combination of loads without damage or any reduction in the performance of the
Works of this Section.

The Works of this Section shall accommodate anticipated building movements as

stated on the Engineer's structural drawings and in the `Construction Tolerances,
Building Movements and Lateral Loading Report'.

Subcontractor shall have a full understanding of the advised behavior of the building
structure, its movements and how it affects the Works of this Section.

All necessary expansion and movement joints shall be designed to accommodate

the maximum movements that can be derived from the specified and determined
design loads and movements. Under maximum movements the joints shall meet all
the performance requirements of this Section.

The Works of this Section shall also accommodate the anticipated expansion and
thermal movements of the adjacent Works of other Sections.

Dead and live loads:

Design the Works of this Section shall accommodate its own dead load locally and
without causing deflections or movements which adversely affect other
components supported by the Works of this Section.

Design the Works of this Section to accommodate the dead loads derived from
permanent fixtures or services attached to either the internal or external surfaces of
the units.

Design the Works of this Section to withstand impact loads, or transferred impact
loads, that occur during its service life, without deterioration in performance and
without sustaining non repairable damage.

Design the Works of this Section to withstand the loads imposed during
replacement of the units.

Seismic loads:

Design the Works of this Section in accordance with the seismic (zone 2A)
requirements. Include for vibration requirements in accordance with the Uniform
Building Code (UBC).

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 5 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

The Works of this Section and their fixings shall accommodate lateral drift when
subjected to the maximum wind load or seismic load and as defined on the
structural drawings and the `Building Movements, Tolerances and Wind Loads
Report'.

When calculating loads, it shall be ensured that the worst combination load cases
have been considered.

Dimensional tolerances:

Design the Works of this Section within the permissible structural dimensional
tolerances as indicated on the structural Drawings and the Construction Tolerances,
Building Movement and Lateral Loading Report and the dimensional tolerances of
the Works of other Sections adjacent to the Works of this Section.

1.7 Quality assurance

Qualifications of the subcontractor shall be as follows

Works of this Section shall be performed by a manufacturer who has a minimum of

five (5) years experience in fabrication and installation of the type of Works
specified herein.

Manufacturers supplying the Works of this Section shall be, during the bidding
period as well as during installation, ISO 9001 and ISO 9002 certified or equivalent.

Subcontractor shall be thoroughly conversant with referenced standards, laws, by

laws and regulations which govern, and capable of workmanship of best grade of
modern shop and field practice known to recognized manufacturer's specializing in
the Works of this Section.

Works of this Section shall be performed by workers especially trained and

experienced in this type of Works. Have a full time, senior, qualified representative
at the Site to direct the Works of this Section.

Quality control assurance at the glass manufacturer's plant shall be as follows

Provide quality control assurance at the glass manufacturer's plant in accordance

with requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and relevant sections of
specifications.

Glass manufacturer(s) for the Works of this Section shall be responsible for any

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 6 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

breakage due to nickel sulphide inclusions and perform a in factory statistical heat
soak program. In this program, the glass shall be sampled by lot on a statistical basis
and heat soaked in a heat soak chamber to identify glass batches or lots which have
a high incidence of nickel sulphide inclusions. The glass manufacturer(s) shall clearly
identify all glass batches or lots used in the Works of this Section. Glass batches or
lots which have a high incidence of nickel sulphide inclusions shall not be used in the
Works of this Section.

Quality control benchmarks at the Site shall be as follows.

Provide quality control benchmarks in accordance with requirements of the

Conditions of the Contract and relevant sections of specifications.

Install quality control benchmarks of each type of glass and glazing condition and
smoke baffles at the Site where directed by the Engineer.

Quality control benchmarks shall include all Works of this Section for glass and
glazing as specified herein. Co ordinate the Works of thus Section required for the
quality control benchmarks with all Works of other Sections. Make all adjustments
as directed by the Engineer.

Do not proceed with the Works of this Section until the quality control benchmarks
have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Reviewed and accepted quality
control benchmarks shall be retained and shall serve as the minimum acceptable
standard for the Works of this Section. The quality control benchmarks shall be
incorporated into the finished Works of this Section if so accepted by Engineer.

Glazing Standards:
Recommendations of Float Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) “Glazing Manual”
shalt be complied with except where more stringent requirements are indicated.
This publication shall be referred for definitions of glass and glazing terms not
otherwise defined.
Safety Glazing Standard:
Required safety glass complying with ANSI ,Z97.1 and testing requirements of 18
CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials shall be provided,
Insulating Glass Certification Program:
Insulating glass units permanently marked with appropriate certification label of
Insulating Glass
Certification Council (1GCO) for inspecting and testing shall be provided.
Glazier Qualifications:

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 7 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
An experienced glazier who has completed in the UAE glazing similar in material,
design, and extent to that indicated for this project with a record of successful in
service performance only shall be employed.

Single Source for Glass:

To ensure consistent quality of appearance and performance, materials produced by

a single manufacturer or fabricator for each kind and condition of glass shall be
provided.

1.8 Submittals

Shop drawings submittals shall be as follows

Submit shop drawings in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and

relevant sections of specifications.

Submit shop drawings indicating but not limited to the following;

Glass types, sizes and locations of joints in elevation.

Framing and securement system of glass smoke baffles.

Interfaces with the Work of other Sections.

Product identification.

Submit with the shop drawings the results of the glass manufacturer(s)
statistical heat soak program.

Submit with the shop drawings sealant compatibility test results, schedules,
application program and review of all sealant details with the sealant
manufacturer's company name, reviewer's name and signature, and date clearly
indicated on all test results, schedules, application program and review of sealant
details.

Samples:

Submit samples in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and relevant sections
of specifications.

Submit 300mm x 3DOmm sample of each type of glass types specified herein.

Submit full sizes samples of all component products required for the glass smoke

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 8 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

baffles.

Quality assurance certificates shall be submitted as follows

Submit quality assurance certificates in accordance with the Conditions of the

Contract and relevant sections of specifications.

Provide certified copies of quality assurance certificates that the manufacturer is

and shall be for the duration of the Works of this Section, ISO 9001 and ISO 9002
certified or equivalent.

Test reports, shall be submitted as follows:

Submit test reports in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract, and relevant
sections of specifications.

Submit test reports on the results of the required in factory statistical heat soak
program for nickel sulphide inclusions as specified herein.

Product data sheets shall be submitted as follows

Submit product data sheets in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and
relevant sections of specifications.

Product data sheets shall indicate but shall not be limited to the following; product
description, required environmental conditions, and manufacturer's printed
installation instructions.

Safety data sheets shall be submitted as follows

Submit safety data sheets in accordance the Conditions of the Contract with
relevant sections of specifications.

Submit safety data sheets for inclusion with project record documents. Keep one (1
) copy of safety data sheets on Site for reference by workers.

Maintenance instructions shalll be submitted as follows

Submit maintenance instructions in accordance with the Conditions of the
Contract, and relevant sections of specifications.

Submit maintenance instructions for inclusion with the Operating and

Maintenance Manual. Keep one (1) copy on Site for reference by the
workers.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 9 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.10 Delivery, storage, handling and protection

Co ordinate deliveries of Works of this Section to comply with the construction

schedule and arrange ahead for strategic off the ground, under cover storage
locations. Do not load any area beyond the design limits.

Deliver products to the Site undamaged.

Store products as required by manufacturers.

Replace cracked, broken, or defective glass.

1 .11 Warranty for glazing.

Refer to Conditions of the Contract.

Submit a written warranty for the Works of this Section, for ten (10) years with
the Form included in the Schedule of Project Requirements.

If any part of the Works of this Section, including design, fabrication or installation
are sublet to any party, such party shall provide a collateral warranty equivalent to
the warranty for the Works of this Section in accordance with the Schedule of
Project Requirements.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 General

Products specified are to establish performance and quality required. These

requirements are not intended to restrict submission for substitutions in accordance
with the requirements of relevant sections of specifications.

Acceptance of products from other manufacturers will be subject to review by the

Engineer, for conformity with the specifications and meeting the physical
characteristics of the specified products. During this review of alternate products
the Engineer will require submission of technical data verifying that all specified
standards and products are met, submission of alternative profile samples similar to
that detailed, and a list of references of successfully completed projects of similer
size in the last five (5) years. Include compliance with referenced standards.
Submittals which do not include adequate data for the product evaluation will not
be considered.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 10 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

The compliant Tender shall not include any alternatives and shall conform to the
requirements of the specification Section. Substitutions shall be clearly identified in
accordance with the requirements of relevant specifications.

2.2 Glass

Manufacturer as used in this section shall refer to a firm that produces primary glass
or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard.

Deterioration of Coated Glass:

Defects developed from normal use that are attributable to the manufacturing
process and assembly other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and
cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer’s directions. Defects Include peeling,
cracking, marking and discolouring, and other indications of deterioration in metallic
coating.
Deterioration of Laminated Glass:
Defects developed from normal use that are attributable to the manufacturing and
assembly process other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and
cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer’s directions. Defects Include edge
separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, anci blemishes
exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated glass standard,

Deterioration of Insulating Glass:

Failure of the hermetic seal Under normal use due to causes other than glass
breakage and improper practices for maintaining, and cleaning insulating glass.
Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on the
interior surfaces of glass. Improper practices for maintaining and cleaning glass do
not comply with the manufacturer’s directions.

3.0 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

3.1 General
Glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed shall be provided to
withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where
applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the
following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or
gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and
other defects in construction.

Glass Design

Glass thicknesses Indicated on the drawings and herein are the minimum
thicknesses required. Contractor shall confirm — or upgrade where necessary glass

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 11 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
thicknesses by analyzing project loads, and in service conditions. Provide glass Iites
for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat
treated or tempered) to meet or exceed the following criteria:
Minimum glass thicknesses for exterior conditions shall be determined utilizing the
structural performance criteria and the test methods of ASTM E997 and E998.
Minimum thickness shall be determined using the most stringent of these
requirements.
Minimum glass thicknesses of lites, whether composed of annealed or heat treated
or tempered glass, are selected so that the worst case probability of failure does
not exceed the following:
a) 8 Iites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not over 15 degrees off vertical and under
wind action. Minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass shall be determined
according to ASTM E1300. Thicknesses of glass other than monolithic annealed glass
shall be determined as per glass manufacturer’s standard method of analysis
including applying adjustment factors to ASTM El 300 based on type of glass.
b) 1 lite per 1000 for Iites set over 16 degree off vertical and under action of wind.

c) Normal thermal movement resulting from a maximum change (range) of 50 degree

C in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass framing members and
glazing components, based on engineering calculation on materials’ actual surface
temperatures due to both solar heat gain and night time sky heat loss.

3.2 Compatibility and Adhesion Test Report:

Statement from sealant manufacturer that glass and glazing materials have been
tested for compatibility and adhesion, with interpretations and recommendations
for primers and substrate preparation.

3.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Glass and glazing materials shall be protected during delivery, storage and handling
to comply with manufacturer’s directions and to prevent damage to glass and
glazing materials from moisture, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun and
from other causes.

4.0 PROJECT CONDITIONS

4.1 Environmental Conditions:

No glazing works shall be carried out when air and substrata temperatures are
outside the limits permitted by glazing material manufacturer or when joint
substrates are wet or dirty.
4.2 WARRANTY
General:

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/11
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 12 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
The Contractor shall submit warranties to repair or replace defective glass and glazing
materials or workmanship for a period of 10 years after date of issue of the Provisional
Acceptance Certificate, or longer where specified. Defects include, but are not limited to
the following:
Glass breakage due to pressures up to specified values thermal stress,
manufacturing defects and damage to glass.
Spontaneous breakage of heat treated glass.
Defects in spandrel glass opacifier material.
Loss of effective glass bite due to shifting of glass.

Loss of effective glass bearing on setting blocks due to shifting of glass and/or
blocks,

Insulating Glass:

A warranty to replace defective insulating glass for a period of 10 years after date of
issue of the Provisional Acceptance Certificate shall be submitted. Defects include, but
are not limited to, the following:
Failure of insulating glass edge seal as shown by moisture, dust, corrosion or
reflective coating damage within sealed air space.
insulating glass spacer migration.
Failure to meet specified performance requirements.
Failure of structural silicone seals.

Mirrors

During warranty period, mirrors which develop defects in mirror coating due to normal
conditions and not due to practices contrary to manufacturer’s instructions shall be
replaced at no extra cost to the Client.
Warranty period shall not be less than 5 years after date of issue of the Provisional
Acceptance Certificate.

Laminated Safety Glass:

The Contractor shall replace laminated glass which develop edge separation or
delamination which obstructs vision through glass.
Warranty period shall not be less than 10 years after date of issue of the Provisional
Acceptance Certificate.
Coated Glass:
The Contractor shall provide warranty agreeing to furnish to the Project site, within
specified warranty period indicated below, replacements for those coated glass units
which develop manufacturing defects. Manufacturing defects are defined as peeling,
cracking or deterioration in metallic coating due to normal conditions and not due to
handling or Installation or cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer’s published
instructions.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/12
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 13 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Warranty period shall not be less than 10 years after date of issue of the Provisional
Acceptance Certificate.

Spandrel Glass:

The Contractor shall arrange to provide a ten (10) year warranty from manufacturer
against peeling, cracking, thermal breaking and deterioration of the metallic film and
peeling or flaking of opacifiers as applicable.

4.3 PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS

Float Glass ASTM 01036, Type I (Transparent glass, flat Class as indicated below, and
Quality q3 (glazing select).
- Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated.
Class 2 (tinted, heat absorbing, and light reducing where indicated).

Refer to coated glass product requirements for tint colour and performance
characteristics of coated tinted glass for monolithic glazing relative to visible light
transmittance, U values, shading coefficient, and visible reflectance.
Refer to requirements for sealed insulating glass units for performance characteristics
of assembled units composed of tinted glass, coated or uncoated, relative to visible
light transmittance, U values, shading, coefficient, end visible reflectance.

4.4 HEAT TREATED FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS

Fabrication Process: by horizontal (roller hearth) process with roll wave distortion
parallel to bottom edge of glass as indicated, unless otherwise indicated. Tongheld
method is not acceptable.
Uncoated. Clear, Heat Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A (uncoated
surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class I (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), kind
as indicated below:
- Kind HS (Heat Strengthened) where indicated.
- Kind FT (Fully Tempered) where indicated.
Uncoated.Tinted. Heat Treated Float Glass: ASTM 0 1048, Condition A (uncoated
surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 2 (tinted heat absorbing and light
reducing), Quality qS (glazing select), with tint colour and performance characteristics
for 6 mm thick glass matching those indicated for annealed primary tinted float glass;
kind as indicated below:
- Kind HS (Heat Strengthened) where indicated.
- Kind FT (Fully Tempered) where indicated.
Coated. Clear, Heat Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition C (other coated glass),
Type I (transparent glass, fiat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), with coating
type and performance characteristics complying with requirements specified under

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/13
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 14 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
coated glass products; kind as indicated below:
- Kind HS (Heat Strengthened) where Indicated.
- Kind FT (Fully Tempered) where indicated.
Coated. Tinted. Heat Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition C (other coated
glass), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 2 (tinted heat absorbing and light reducing),
Quality q3 (glazing select), with kind, coating type, and performance characteristics
complying with requirements specified under coated glass products.
Tempered glass shall comply with ANSI Z97.1 and shall be heat checked or heat soaked.

4.5 COATED MONOLITHIC GLASS PRODUCTS

General: Performance characteristics designated for coated monolithic glass products

are nominal values based on manufacturer’s published test data for glass products 6.0
mm thick, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements specified including
those for primary and heat treated float glass products as they relate to properties of
glass to which coatings are applied.
- Provide heat treated coated float glass of kind indicated or, if not otherwise
indicated, kind HS (heat strengthened) where recommended by manufacturer to
comply with system performance requirements specified and Kind FT (fully
tempered) where coated safety glass is designated or required.
- Provide Kind I IS (Heat strengthened) coated float glass and Kind FT (Fully
Tempered) products where coated safety glass is designated or required.
- Coated glass shall be hard coated so as to enable application of silicone sealant
directly on the coated sufaoe without requiring any descaling of the coating for the
retainer strips and insulated glass.
Coated. Heat Treated Spandrel Glass:
- Kind KS (Heat Strengthened).
- Kind FT (Fully Tempered).
- Opacifier as indicated on drawings.
Low Emissivitv Coated (Low E) Glass: Units coated with a durable, neutral colored, low
emissivity metallic coating, of pyrolytic type and on surface indicated,

4.6 LAMINATED GLASS PRODUCTS

Comply with ASTM C 1172 for kinds of laminated glass indicated and other
requirements specified.
- Kind LA : Two Lites of annealed Type I glass.
- Kind LHS: Two Lites of heat strengthened Type I glass.
- Kind LT : Two Lites of full tempered Type I glass.
lnterlaver: lnterlayer material as indicated below, and of thickness indicated with a
proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical
properties after laminating glass lites and installation.
- Interlaver Material: Polyvinyl butyral sheets, 0.78 mm thick, clear.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/14
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 15 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

- Laminating Process: Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign

substances and air or glass pockets as follow~:
Laminate lites with polyvinyl butyral interlayer in autoclave with heat plus pressure.

Screens min. 6 mm fully tempered

Doors (hollow metal) : min. 6mm safety / fire rated / wired

Sidelights (pressed steel): same as doors

Screens (pressed steel): same as doors

Glass smoke baffles

Glass: Fully tempered min. 6mm thick

4.7 Glazing products

4.71 Setting blocks:

Neoprene, EPDM or silicone with a Shore A hardness of 80 90+ 5 durometer

and a maximum compression set in accordance with ASTM D395 and C864.

Setting block material must be compatible with sealed unit sealant. 2.5.1.3 Setting
block size, 6mm thick, of width slightly wider than thickness of glazing unit, and of
length of 25mm for every 1 square metre of glass area with a minimum length of
50mm.

4.7.2 Spacer shims:

Neoprene, or ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) or silicone type with a

Shore A hardness of 40 60 durometer and conforming to ASTM C864.

Size, number and location of shims is dependent on the size of the glazing unit and
shall be as recommended by glass manufacture.

4.7.3 Gaskets:

Dense, cellular neoprene, or ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) type gasket
glazing system conforming to ASTM C509.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/15
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 16 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Colour: Black.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Tremco Drylok 700, supplied by Carboline ME L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

4.7.4 Glass smoke baffle assembly retainer

Continuous extruded aluminum assembly, aluminum alloy AA 6063 T5, complete

with glass retaining pin or screw to retain glass.

4.8 Glazing sealant

One component, neutral curing, low modulus type silicone sealant conforming to BS
5889, Type A.

Colors:

As indicated in relevant sections of specifications, Interior Products and Colors

Schedule and where not indicated, as selected later by the Engineer from the
manufacturer's available color range unless otherwise specified, normally to match
predominant products to which sealant is applied.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Dow Corning 917 Silicone Sealant, supplied by Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai,
United Arab Emirates.

Tremco Tremsil 500, supplied by Carboline ME L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab

Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

4.9 Interior glass to glass glazing sealant

One component, high modulus, acetoxy silicone type sealant conforming to BS

5889, Type B.

Colours:

As indicated in Section 00025, Interior Products and Colours Schedule and where

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/16
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 17 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

not indicated, as selected later by the Engineer from the manufacturer's available
colour range unless otherwise specified, normally to match predominant products
to which sealant is applied.

Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Dow Corning 781 Acetoxy Silicone Sealant, supplied by Emirates Specialties Co.
L.L.C., Dubai, Unlted Arab Emirates.

Tremco Tremsil 600, supplied by Carboline ME L.L.C. Dubai, United Arab

Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product end supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

4.10 Fabrication

Check dimensions on the Site before commencing fabrication.

Accurately fabricate the Works of this Section in the shop.

Cut glass true to dimensions, square plumb and level.

Visual distortions, pock marking and other such detects detrimental to the
appearance and performance of the glass as determined by the Engineer shall be
cause for rejection of the said glass. Glass surfaces shall be free of tong marks.

Minimum glass bite or lap on the glass stops and rabbets shall be as recommended
in BS 6262.

Clearly label each light of glass with the registered name of the product, and the
weight and quality of the glass.

4.11 Glass smoke baffles

Fabricate aluminum glass smoke baffle assembly retainer complete with glass
retaining pin or screw to retain glass.

Accurately layout and drill holes in glass panels in shop as required. Slightly oversize
the holes larger then the retaining pin or screw to ensure no contact between the
metal and glass surfaces and allow room for dissimilar expansion and contraction.

4.12 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS

Compatibility:

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/17
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 18 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Provide materials with proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in

installation.

Cleaners. Primers and Sealers:

Type recommended by sealant manufacturer.

Setting Blocks:
Neoprene, EPDM or silicone blocks as required for compatibility with glazing
sealants, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, 100 mm minimum length by width
to suit glass thickness.

Shims and Spacers:

Shims and spacers used with setting blocks shall be of the same material, hardness,
length and width as the setting blocks.

Edge Blacks:

Same material as setting blocks, of 50 to 60 Shore A durometer, of size to limit

lateral movement of glass.

4.13 GLASS TYPES

Refer to Glazing schedules at the end of this section.

5.0 WORKMANSHIP
Verify compliance with applicable tolerances; for functioning of weep system; for
face and edge clearances; and for effective sealing of joinery. Report conditions
detrimental to glazing work. Perform glazing work after unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
Clean glazing channels immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not
firmly bonded to substrates.

5.1 GENERAL

Comply with the combined recommendations of glass manufacturers, of

manufacturers of sealants and other glazing materials, except where more stringent
requirements are indicated by referenced glazing standards.
Glazing channels are intended to provide for necessary bite on glass, minimum edge
and face clearances and adequate sealant thickness, with reasonable tolerances.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/18
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 19 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation.
Protect glass from damage. Remove and dispose off glass units with damage or
imperfections of kind that Impairs performance or appearance.
Prime joint surfaces as required for adhesion of sealant.
Install setting blocks one quarter of glass width from each corner but with edge
nearest corner not closer than 150 mm from corner of 0.125 times glass width,
whichever is greater, Install blocks to prevent movement
Provide spacers of correct size and spacing for clearances, for glass sizes larger than
1200 united millimeters (length plus height), except where gaskets or glazing tapes
are used for glazing, Provide 3 mm minimum bit of spacers on glass and use
thickness equal to sealant width, or slightly less than final compressed thickness of
tape.

Provide edge blocking to comply with referenced glazing standard. Install edge
blocks securely, between the midheight and top corner of the glass and antiwalk
blocks as required.

Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of appearances.

Provide compressible filler rods as recommended by sealant and glass
manufacturers, to prevent sealant from clogging weep systems and from adhering
to joints back surface and to control depth of sealant.
Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete
“wetting” or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. Tool exposed surfaces of
sealants to provide a “wash” away from glass.

5.2 INSULATING GLASS

Insulating glass units shall be 24 mm thick, or 28mm thick as shown and specified
consisting of two panes of 6 mm glass separated by a desiccant filled metal spacer with
bent, welded or fused corners, and welded or fused splices or joints to provide a
continuous 16mm or as shown / directed mm hermetically sealed and dehydrated
space. Insulating glass seal shall be dual seal with polyisobutylena and silicone sealants
and certified for compliance with seal classification “CBA’ by the Insulating Glass
Certification Council (IGCC) and shall meet the requirements of ASTM E774 when tested
in accordance with the following ASTM test methods. Secondary seal for structural
silicone glazed units shall be a silicone edge seal certified for use in structural silicone
glazing applications over the temperature range and structural loading as called for by
the performance criteria section of this specification.
E773 Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed insulating Glass Units.
E774 Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units.
E546 Test Method for Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units.
E576 Test Method for Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units In Vertical
Position.
The glass shall be fully heat strengthened or tempered as specified to assure adequate
glass performance at the design pressures specified under the performance criteria.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/19
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 20 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
Glass manufacturer’s recommendations are to be accompanied by wind load and
thermal stress analysis.
The contractor shall provide certification from the glass producer/fabricator that the
glass producer/fabricator has reviewed glass thickness and finds it suitable for the
purpose intended in accordance with his published literature and in accordance with
these specifications.

5.3 MIRRORS
Apply one additional coat of backing paint and allow to dry. Apply mirror mastic to cover
not more than 25% of back of mirror. Set mirror on base support, on setting blocks or
continuous gasket, and press against substrate to ensure bond of adhesive. Leave open
ventilation space, 3 mm or more in thickness between mirror and substrate. Do not
seal off ventilation space at edge of mirror.

5.4 TAPE GLAZING

Position tapes on fixed stops so that when compressed by glass their exposed edges are
flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops.
Install tapes continuously but not in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to
make them fit opening.
Where framing joints are vertical, cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills
first and then to jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by
applying tapes to jambs and then to heads arid sills.

Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not
lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer.

Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each Iite is installed.

Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant

Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting
dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of
removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of
openings.
Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape.

5.5 GASKET GLAZING (DRY)

Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit

openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation.

Secure compression gaskets in place with joints located at corners to compress gaskets
producing a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses In glass. Seal gasket
joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. Gaskets shall have moulded

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/20
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 21 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER
corners,
Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing Stops.

5.6 SEALANT GLAZING (WET)

Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face
clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding info glass channel weep systems until
sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control depth of installed
sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance.
Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting
or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces.
Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. Install
pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture
pockets.

5.7 PROTECTION AND CLEANING

Promptly protect installed glass from breakage with crossed streamers attached to
framing arid held away from glass. Do not apply markers to surfaces of glass. Remove
non permanent labels and clean surfaces.
Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances. If contaminating substances
do come into contact with glass, remove immediately as recommended by glass
manufacturer.
Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in
other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and
vandalism.
Wash glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections
to establish date of issue of the Provisional Acceptance Certificate in each area of the
Project. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer,

5.8 POLISHED GEORGIAN WIRED GLASS

Polished georgian wired glass shall be 6 mm thick with an integral 13 mm square

electrically welded steel wire mesh. The glass shall conform to the applicable
requirements of BS 415, Part 8: 1972.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/21
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 22 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

6.0 GLAZING SCHEDULE – REFER PROJECT DRAWINGS. THE FOLLOWING LIST IS FOR GENERAL
REFERENCE ONLY
1) Glass Type GL 1 (Vision Panel)
The glass to be 28 mm thick (6+16+6) hermetically sealed two sided structural silicone
double glazed unit of the following make up, glass fully tempered or heat strengthened
to approval, inner glass to be fully tempered:
NN35 range, Blue / Green or as approved by Client glass from Emirates Glass or similar,
U valve – 1.7 w/m2.k shading coefficient – 0.23, relative heat gain – 160 w/ m2.

2) Glass Type GL 2 (Spandrel Panel) – Normal Aluminium Frame

3) Glass Time GL 3 – Curtain Wall (Normal Frame)

4) GL 4 : 100mm fully tempered clear

5) GL 5 : Similar to GL1 but (6+8+6) for external sliding windows, air space to be 8mm.

6) GL 6 : 10.3mm Laminated fully tempered glass outer glass railing tinted uncoated.
6mm outer glass +0.3mm film + 4mm clear float glass fully tempered.

7) GL 7 : (6+8+6)mm double glass, outer glass to be light sand blasted for corridors ./
bathroom / kitchen – similar to GL 3 but sand blasted inner glass.

8) GL 8 :

9) GL 9 : Similar to GL 1 but (6+12+6) for sliding balcony doors.

10) Refer drawings for all glazing types and combinations. The glazing legend may vary in
projects but specifications and requirements for various areas remain unchanged.

7 EXECUTION

7.1 Examination

Examine substrate surfaces to receive the Works of this Section and ensure that
Works done as part of the Works of other Sections are complete and that there are
no conditions which will adversely affect the performance of the Works of this
Section.

Notify the Engineer of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Works
of this Section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/22
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 23 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Ensure that framing to be glazed is plumb, secure and permanently fixed in position.

Commencement of the Works of this Section implies acceptance of surfaces and

conditions.

7.2 Preparation for installation of glass

Thoroughly clean glass rebates and glass of dust, dirt, mortar and other foreign
materials prior to glazing. Remove oils and grease with non staining solvents such
as; xylol or methyl ethyl ketone solutions.

Before glazing, ensure glazing rebates in wood are properly primed.

Before glazing, ensure metal glazing channels have been built into plaster/gypsum
board substrates.

7.3 Glazing – general

Install glazing in strict accordance with requirements of BS 6262 and as specified

herein.

Size glass units to accurately fit openings with 6mm clearance all around. Carefully
size glass units to fit concealed glazing channels of windows in gypsum board
partitions. Cut glass by pattern to sizes and shapes indicated.

If required, thoroughly mix glazing compound as recommended by manufacturer.

Do not thin glazing compound.

Set wired glass so that wired pattern is parallel to sides of opening.

Set sheet glass with draw lines horizontal.

Carefully remove glazing stops and replace after glazing. Take care to prevent
damage to stops.

7.4 Doors, screens, side lights, windows

Place setting blocks on sill at 1/4 points from each corner unless otherwise directed
by glazing manufacturer.

Place continuous glazing gaskets on edges of glass.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/23
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 24 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Centre and space each piece of glass with spacers.

Place glass so that no voids occur between glass and glazing material, and glazing
stops.

Secure glass in place with stops, secured in place with screws.

Caulk glass line on both sides of glass flush with sealant.

Glaze doors in closed position.

At glass to glass locations provide 6mm gap between glass lights. Seal gap with
sealant specified.

7.5 Sealants

Prepare joints and install sealants in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
written directions, BS 8000~ Part 16 and as specified herein.

Apply sealant to clean, dry, grease and oil free surfaces. Exposed sealant shell be
smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, air pockets and embedded foreign materials.

Prime surfaces if required by sealant manufacturer.

Trim sealant flush with tops of stops and glazing channels.

Remove excess sealant or droppings which would set up or become difficult to

remove from finished surfaces. Chemicals, scrapers, or other tools which would
affect finished surfaces shall not be used for such removal. Finished surfaces
damaged due to Works of this Section shall be replaced.

7.6 Glass smoke baffles – Not Applicable

7.7 Protection

During the progress of the Works of this Section, replace cracked, broken, or
defective glass.

7.8 Cleaning

Clean and polish glass. Remove deposits, markings and labels.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/24
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 80 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA GLAZING
South Fourth Page 25 of 25
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

On a daily basis as the Works of this Section proceeds, remove and dispose of all
debris resulting from the Works of this Section.

Leave work areas of the Works of this Section broom clean at the end of each work
day.

7.9 Clean up

Remove excess debris and products form the Site.

Section 08 80 00 08 80 00/25
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 1 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 83 00

1 GENERAL

1.1 General instructions

Read and be governed by Conditions of the Contract and Specifications.

1.2 Works included

1.2.1 Provide the following Works of this Section:

Continuous mirrors, including fastening system.

Full height mirrors, including fastening system.

Plywood covered substrate surfaces to receive mirrors where indicated.

1.3 Related Works specified elsewhere

1.3.1 Rough Carpentry.

1.3.2 General Installations.

1 .3.3 Plaster.

1.3.4 Ceramic and Terrazzo Tiles

1.3.5 Washroom and Bathroom Accessories; for stainless steel channel framed mirrors.

1.4 References

1.4.1 American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI Z97.1: Glazing Materials for Use In Buildings, Safety Performance

Specifications and Methods of Test.

1.4.2 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM C1036: Specification for Flat Glass.

ASTM C1048: Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass Kind HS, Kind FT Coated end
Uncoated Glass.

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 2 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.4.3 British Standards Institution (BSi):

BS EN 635 1: Plywood Classification by Surface Appearance, General.

BS EN 635 3: Plywood Classification by Surface Appearance, Softwood.

DD ENV 635 4: Plywood Classification by Surface Appearance, Guideline

Parameters of Ability for Finishing.

8S EN 636 1: Plywood Specifications, Requirements for Plywood for Use in Dry

Conditions.

BS EN 636 2: Plywood Specifications, Requirements for Plywood for Use in Humid

Conditions.

BS EN 636 3: Plywood Specifications, Requirements for Plywood for Use in Exterior

Conditions.

BS 1210: Specification for Wood Screws.

BS 1449, Part 2: Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet and
Strip.

BS 1494, Part t: Specification for Fixing Accessories for Building Purposes, Fixings for
Sheet, Roof and Wall Coverings.

1.4.4 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):

16 CFR 1201, latest edition: Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing

Materials.
Federal Specifications (FS):

FS DD M 411C, latest edition: Mirror, Glass.

1.4.6 Glass Association of North America (GANA):

GANA Glazing Manual, latest edition.

1.4.7 International Standards Organization (ISO):

Refer to relevant specifications.

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 3 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1.4.8 National Glass Association (NGA):

NGA Glazier Certification Handbook, latest edition.

1.4.9 North American Association of Mirror Manufacturers (NAAMM):

Mirrors Handle With Extreme Care, Tips for the Professional on the Care and
Handling of Mirrors, published 1992.

1.5 Quality assurance

1 .5.1 Qualifications:

Works of this Section shall be performed by a manufacturer who has a minimum of

five (5) years experience in fabrication and installation of the type of Works
specified herein.

Manufacturers supplying the Works of this Section shall be, during the bidding
period as well as during installation, ISO 9001 and ISO 9002 certified or equivalent.

Contractor shall be thoroughly conversant with referenced standards, laws, by laws

and regulations which govern, and capable of workmanship of best grade of modern
shop and field practice known to recognized manufacturer's specializing in the type
of Works of this Section.

Works of this Section shall be performed by workers especially trained and

experienced in this type of Works. Have a full time, senior, qualified representative
at the Site to direct the Works of this Section.

1 .5.2 Quality control benchmark at the Site:

Provide quality control benchmark in accordance with requirements of the

Conditions of the Contract and relevant sections of specifications.

Install quality control benchmark of mirrors on the Site where directed by the
Engineer.

Quality control benchmark shall include all Works of this Section for mirrors as
specified herein. Co ordinate the Works of thus Section required for quality control
benchmark with all Works of other Sections. Make all adjustments as directed by
the Engineer.

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 4 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Do not proceed with the Works of this Section until the quality control benchmark
have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Reviewed and accepted quality
control benchmark shall be retained and shall serve as the minimum acceptable
standard for the Works of this Section. The quality control benchmark shall be
incorporated into the finished Works of this Section if so accepted by Engineer.

1.6 Submittals

1.6.1 Shop drawings:

Submit shop drawings in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and

specifications.

Submit shop drawings indicating the following:

Mirror sizes and locations of joints in elevation.

Framing and securement system.

Interfaces with the Work of other Sections.

Product identification.

Indicate joint locations for types of mirrors using equal maximum size mirrors.

1.6.2 Samples:

Submit samples in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Specifications.

Submit 300mm x 300mm sample of mirrors.

1.6.3 Quality assurance certificates:

Submit quality assurance certificates in accordance with the Conditions of the

Contract and relevant sections of specifications.

Provide certified copies of quality assurance certificates that the manufacturer is

and shall be for the duration of the Works of this Section, ISO 9D01 and ISO 9002
certified or equivalent.

1.6.4 Product data sheets:

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 5 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Submit product data sheets in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and
Specifications.

Product data sheets shall indicate but shall not be limited to the following; product
description, required environmental conditions, and manufacturer's printed
installation instructions.

1.6.5 Safety data sheets: 1.6.5.1 Submit safety data sheets in accordance the Conditions
of the Contract with Specifications.

Submit safety data sheets for inclusion with project record documents. Keep one (1
) copy of safety data sheets on Site for reference by the workers.

1.6.6 Maintenance instructions:

Submit maintenance instructions in accordance with the Conditions of the

Contract, end Specifications.

Submit maintenance instructions for inclusion with the Operating and

Maintenance Manual. Keep one (1) copy on Site for reference by the
workers.

1.7 Delivery, storage, handling and protection

1.7.1 Co ordinate deliveries of the Works of this Section to comply with construction
schedule and arrange ahead for strategic off the ground, under cover storage
locations. Do not load any area beyond the design limits.

1.7.2 Deliver products to the Site undamaged and with labels intact. Inspect containers to
verify that they have not been opened.

1.7.3 Store products under cover, out of direct sunlight and protected from temperature
extremes. In tropical climates store products in a controlled air conditioned
environment.

1.7.4 Transport products under cover, out of direct sunlight and protected from
temperature and humidity extremes, ensuring that moisture content of wood
products is between 4% to 8%.

1.7.5 Replace cracked, broken, or defective mirrors at no additional cost to the Employer.

1.8 Warranty

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 6 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

1 .8.1 Refer to Conditions of the Contract.

1.8.2 Submit a written warranty for the Works of this Section, for ten (1 D) years with the
Form included in the Schedule of Project Requirements.

If any part of the Works of this Section, including design, fabrication or installation
are sublet to any party, such party shall provide a collateral warranty equivalent to
the warranty for the Works of this Section in accordance with the Schedule of
Project Requirements.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 General

2.1.1 Products specified are to establish performance and quality required. These
requirements are not intended to restrict submission for substitutions in
accordance with the requirements of specifications.

2.1.2 Acceptance of products from other manufacturers will be subject to review by the
Engineer, for conformity with the specifications and meeting the physical
characteristics of the specified products. During this review of alternate products
the Engineer will require submission of technical data verifying that all specified
standards and products are met, submission of alterative profile samples similar to
that detailed, and a list of references of successfully completed projects of similar
size in the last five (5) years. Include compliance with referenced standards.
Submittals which do not include adequate data for the product evaluation will not
be considered.

2.1.3 The compliant Tender shall not include any alterative and shall conform to the
requirements of the specification Section. Substitutions shall be clearly identified in
accordance with the requirements of Specifications.

2.2 Glass mirrors

2.2.1 6mm thick, clear float glass, triple silvered, electro copper plated with baked
enamel backing, conforming to ASTM C1036, q1 or q2 (depending on sizes and
requirements) and FS DD M 411 C.

2.3 Glass mirror types and sizes

2.3.1 Refer to the Drawings and Schedules for mirror types and sizes.

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 7 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.4 Acceptable glass mirror suppliers

2.4.1 AI Abbar Glass and Trading Company, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

2.4.2 The Glasshouse Ltd., Sharjah, United Arab Emirates.

2.4.3 Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.5 Glazing clips

2.5.1 Slotted and 4 screw hole concealed type glazing clips, fabricated of 1 .5mm (16
gauge) steel, having bright polish chrome plated finish on joint edge and face,
acceptable to the Engineer.

2.5.2 Screws and fastenings shall be Grade 316 stainless steel conforming to BS 1449,
Part 2, Grade 316.

2.6 Mirror adhesives

2.6.1 Special, high quality, petroleum resin, aliphatic solvent and thickening agent
type or rubber based mirror adhesive type mastic. suitable for tropical or high
humidity conditions.

2.6.2 Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Palmer Products Mirro Mastic, Owikset Mirro Mastic or Super Set Mirro Mastic,
Louisville, Kentucky, USA, (Tel: 1 800 431 6151 ) (www.mirro mastic.com).

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.7 Mirror back protective coating

2.7.1 Special protective coating for back painting/isolating mirrors, developed for use
with mirror adhesive and suitable for tropical or high humidity conditions.

2.7.2 Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Palmer Products Mirro Bac Paint, Louisville, Kentucky, USA, (Tel: 1 800 4316151)
(www.mirro mastic.com).

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.8 Mirror substrate sealers

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 8 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.8.1 Special penetrating type substrate sealer, developed for use with mirror adhesive
and mirror back protective coating, and suitable for tropical or high humidity
conditions.

2.8.2 Acceptable manufacturers, products and suppliers:

Palmer Products Mirro Masticbond, Louisville, Kentucky, USA, (Tel: 1 800431 6151)
(www.mirro mastic.com).

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer

2.9 Plywood

2.9.1 Softwood plywood having standard veneer core construction, W BP bonded,

conforming to BS EN 635 1,3 and 4, and BS EN 636 1, 2 and 4, whichever is
applicable for environmental conditions and has grades as follows;

Where surfaces are exposed (unfinished, clear finished or painted) use Sanded
Grade, Good Two Sides or Good One Side as required to suit conditions, A Grade
face veneer for exposed faces and C Grade face veneer for concealed faces.

For concealed blocking use minimum 12.7 mm thick plywood, Unsanded Sheathing
Grade, C Grade veneer faces.

3 EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

3.1.1 Examine substrate surfaces to receive the Works of this Section and ensure that the
Works done as part of the Works of other Sections are complete and that there are
no conditions which will adversely affect the performance of the Works of this
Section.

3.1.2 Notify the Engineer of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Works
of this Section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.1.3 Commencement of the Works of this Section implies acceptance of surfaces and
conditions.

3.2 Mirror locations

3.2.1 Refer to the Drawings for locations of mirrors.

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 9 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3.3 Preparation for Installation of mirrors

3.3.1 Prior to commencing installation of mirrors.

Install wood blocking and plywood or plywood only on all concrete block walls as
detailed. Install wood blocking and plywood in recessed access doors. Prior to
installation of plywood seal BOTH sides of plywood with 1 coat of mirror bond
sealer, applied in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Work the sealer into
the open plywood joints and panel perimeters to completely seal the edges of the
plywood. Mechanically fasten and adhere plywood to concrete block walls. Cover
screw heads with tape or cushioning material to prevent damage to the mirror
backing.

Ensure that gypsum board and other surfaces are satisfactory before commencing
the installation of mirrors. Report to the Contractor any surfaces needing
rectification before proceeding with mirror Works of this Section.

Review installation and locations of metal studs and furring with Sections 09200 and
09260 to identify locations of members for securement of mirror supports. Ensure
metal supports are located at horizontal joint locations, or alternatively vertical
metal stud or furring members are placed to receive the mirror supports at the
quarter bearing locations.

Ensure adjoining framing is plumb, securely and rigidly held in position. Prior to
installation of mirrors, seal gypsum board surfaces with two (2) coats of mirror
substrate sealer, applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's written directions.
Work the mirror substrate sealer into the open gypsum board joints and panel
perimeters to completely seal the edges of the gypsum board.

Apply mirror protective coating to backs of mirrors to give full overall coating
protection. Apply paint In two (2) coats and allow to cure for thirty six (36) hours
before applying adhesive mastic and installing mirrors.

3.4 Installation of mirrors

3.4.1 Install mirror framing level, screwed to plywood backing. Cover screw heads with
tape or cushioning material to prevent damage to the mirror backing.

3.4.2 Set back painted mirrors in mirror framing and tight against the sealed gypsum
board backing (plywood backing), using mirror mastic applied by means of a
notched spreader to give continuous ribs l3mm x 9mm et 3Bmm on centers or in

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 83 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA MIRRORS
South Fourth Page 10 of 10
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL JULY 2021
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

blobs of approximately 38mm diameter at centers to give mastic coverage of not

less than 50% of the mirror area.

3.4.3 Install back painted frameless mirrors and sealed plywood and wood blocking
backing in 25mm deep recess of recessed access doors where indicated, ensuring
exposed face of mirror is flush with exterior face of access door framing.

3.4.4 Install mirrors accurately leveled, plumbed vertically and to a true plane from top to
bottom and side to side. Provide joint widths 3mm plus or minus l.5mm consistent
for each area. Refer to reviewed shop drawings for locations of joints. Level mirrors
by means of spacers and isolator gasket cushioning.

3.4.5 Provide mirrors in one piece where possible. Where length is too great for single
piece mirror provide "dry butt" joints between lavatories/basins where indicated, or
if not indicated to the approval of the Engineer. Butt edged mirrors shall give an
"unwarped" image. Align edges of mirrors flush with adjacent mirror or finish.

3.4.6 Brace mirrors in place until mirror adhesive has set.

3.5 Protection

3.5.1 During the progress of the Works of this Section, make good any damage to the
Works of this Section by whomsoever caused and costs of such Works shall be
charged to those causing the damage. It is the Contractor's responsibility to
maintain necessary protection of the completed Works of this Section against
damage by the Works of other Sections.

3.5.2 Replace cracked, broken, or defective glass at no additional cost to the Employer.

3.6 Cleaning

3.6.1 Clean and polish mirrors and mirror framing. Remove deposits, markings and
labels.

3.6.2 On a daily basis as the Works of this Section proceeds, remove and dispose of all
debris resulting from the Works of this Section.

3.6.3 Leave work areas of the Works of this Section broom clean at the end of each work
day.

3.7 Clean up

3.7.1 Remove excess debris and products form the Site.

Section 08 83 00 08 83 00/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 1 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

SECTION 08 90 00

1. GENERAL

1.1 General instructions

Read and be governed by Conditions of the Contract and Sections of

1.2 Works included

Provide the following Works of this Section:

Louvres as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.

1.3 Related Works specified elsewhere

Architectural Precast Concrete.

Masonry Assemblies.

Stone Assemblies.

Structural Steel.

Metal Fabrications.

Rough Carpentry.

General Installations.

Sealants.

Hardware.

Mechanical.

Electrical.

1.4 References

1.4.1 American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA):

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/1
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 2 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

AAMA 2604: Voluntary Specifications, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for
High Performance Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.

AAMA 2605: Voluntary Specifications, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for
Superior Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels.

1.4.2 American Metal Contractors Association (AMCA):

AMCA Publication 511.

1.4.3 American National Standards Institute/American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS):

ANSI/AWS Dl .2: Structural Welding Code Aluminum.

1.4.4 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A666: Specification for Annealed or Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip,
Plate and Flat Bar.

ASTM B209/B209M: Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate.

ASTM B221/B221 M: Specification for Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles
and Tubes.

ASTM D1730: Practices for Preparation of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Surfaces for
Painting.

1.4.5 British Standards Institute (BSi):

BS 1449, Part 2: Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.

BS 1494, Part 1: Specification for Fixing Accessories for Building Purposes, Fixings for Sheet,
Roof and Wall Coverings.

BS 3111, Part 2: Steel for Cold Forged Fasteners and Similar Components, Stainless Steel.

BS 6399, Parts 1 and 2: Loading for Buildings, Code of Practice for Dead and Imposed Loads,
Code of Practice for Wind Loads.

BS 6469: Specification for Powder Organic Coatings for Application and

Stoving to Aluminum Alloy Extrusions, Sheet and Preformed Sections for
External Architectural Purposes, and for Finish on Aluminum Alloy
Extrusions, Sheet and Preformed Sections Coated With Powder Organic
Coatings.

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/2
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 3 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

BS 6949: Specification for Bitumen Based Coatings for Cold Application Excluding Use In
Contact with Water.

1.4.6 International Standards Organization (ISO):

Refer relevant sections of specifications.

1 .5 Design requirements

1.5.1 Employ a professional structural engineer acceptable to the Engineer, to design components
of the Works of this Section requiring structural performance and to be responsible for
determining sizes, spacing and loading of components in accordance with applicable codes
and regulations. This structural engineer shall stamp and sign all the shop drawings and
ensure that the Works of this Section is provided in accordance with the design
requirements.

The design shall take account of all structural criteria and ensure that the
louvres takes account of all movements and tolerances, in both permanent
and temporary conditions, in order to avoid stress, deformation and failure.

Movements arising from the dead, live, wind and seismic loads on the building structures are
given in the Structural Drawings, as specified herein and within the ~Building Movement,
Loads and Tolerances Report.’

Subcontractor shall satisfy himself that the structure, to which the louvres are being installed,
including tolerances and deflections, is suitable to receive the louvres. This shall be
monitored and verified throughout the Contract period.

Subcontractor shall provide structural calculations, prior to manufacture, supporting design

integrity in accordance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and application standards
stated herein. The submissions shall justify but not be limited to the following:

The selection of load bearing profiles.

Methods of fixing.

Selection of fixing and anchor devices.

All structural calculations prepared shall be submitted for review. Such review shall not
relieve the Subcontractor of obligations in respect of the final detailed design.

Main anchor fixings shall resist, without detrimental effect, all static loads in conjunction
with a minimum dynamic load of 1.5 times the calculated static load.

All fixings shall be capable of providing adequate adjustment with the minimal use of packing

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/3
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 4 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

shims. No fixings shall be visible in public internal and external areas. Details shall be
submitted for review by the Engineer.

1.5.2 General movement:

Louvres shall be designed, fabricated and installed to withstand all movements of the
building structure under all design loads or combination of loads without damage or any
reduction in the performance of the louvres.

The louvres shall accommodate anticipated building movements as stated on the Engineers
structural drawings and in the ‘Construction Tolerances, Building Movements and Lateral
Loading Report’.

Subcontractor shall have a full understanding of the advised behaviour of the building
structure, its movements and how it affects the Works of this Section.

All necessary expansion and movement joints shall be designed to accommodate the
maximum movements that can be derived from the specified and determined design loads
and movements. Under maximum movements the joints shall meet all the performance
requirements of this Section.

Louvres shall also accommodate the anticipated expansion and thermal movements of the
architectural precast concrete, architecturally exposed structural steel and the metal curtain
wall and windows system.

1.5.3 Minimum free area percentages:

Assembled fixed aluminum louvres (louvre type 1) shall have minimum 48% free area rating
in accordance with the requirements of AMCA certified rating program based on tests
procedures in accordance with AMCA Publication 511.

Assembled transformer vault louvres (Electrical substation – louvre type 2) shall have
minimum 48% free area rating in accordance with the requirements of AMCA certified rating
program based on tests procedures in accordance with AMCA Publication 511. The design
and details shown in the drawings and DEWA substation drawings / requirements shall be
followed.

1.5.4 Dead and live loads:

Design the louvres to accommodate it’s own dead load locally and without causing
deflections or movements which adversely affect other components supported by the
louvres.

Design the louvres to accommodate the dead loads derived from permanent fixtures or
services attached to either the internal or external surfaces of the louvres.

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/4
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 5 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Design the louvres to withstand impact loads, or transferred impact loads, that occur during
its service life, without deterioration in performance and without sustaining non repairable
damage.

Design the louvres to withstand the loads imposed during replacement of the units.

1.5.5 Seismic loads:

Design the Works of this Section in accordance with the seismic (zone 2A) requirements.
Include for vibration requirements in accordance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC).

The louvres and their fixings shall accommodate lateral drift when subjected to the
maximum wind load or seismic load and as defined on the structural drawings and the
Building Movements, Tolerances and Wind Loads Report.

1.5.6 Wind loads:

Design the Works of this Section to withstand, without permanent deformation, the effects
of wind loads and to safely withstand all positive and negative peak wind design gust
pressures in accordance with the design requirements of BS 6399, Part 2 and wind load
climatic data for the geographical area of the Site, assuming that Dubai, United Arab
Emirates has a design wind velocity of 45 metres/second as designated by the Dubai
Municipality.

Subcontractor shall determine the precise wind load values in accordance with the
geographical location of the Site, the topographical conditions and the type of building in
accordance with BS 6399, Part 2 and the Construction Tolerances, Building Movements,
Tolerances and Lateral Loading Report.

Particular attention shall be paid to areas subject to increased pressure as defined by BS

6399 Part 2, i.e. eaves, canopies and external corners. Special care shall also be taken to
identify and design for any situation not clearly defined in BS 6399 Part 2 where the
Contractor believes the geometry of the building may cause increased pressure due to vortex
or eddy conditions.

Design louvres to resist a positive pressure of 1.0 kPa and negative pressure of 0.8 kPa with
not greater than 1/180 of the span deflection.

1.5.7 When calculating loads, it shall be ensured that the worst combination load cases have been
considered.

1.5.8 Dimensional tolerances:

Design the Works of this Section within the permissible structural dimensional tolerances as
indicated on the structural Drawings and the Construction Tolerances, Building Movement
and Lateral Loading Report and the dimensional tolerances of the Works of other Sections

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/5
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 6 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

adjacent to the Works of this Section.

1.6 Quality assurance

1.6.1 Manufacturer qualifications:

Manufacturer performing the Works of this Section shall be, during the tendering period as
well as during installation, ISO 9001 and ISO 9002 certified or equivalent.

1.6.2 Installer qualifications:

Employ only qualified installers with proven experience in this type of Works.

If the Works of this Section is not installed by the manufacturer, the Works of this Section
shall be performed by an installer having minimum of ten (10) years continuous experience
in successful installation of work of type and quality shown and specified. Submit proof of
experience upon the Engineer’s request.

The installer shall be, during the tendering period as well as during installation, officially
recognized as an approved installer by the louvre manufacturer(s).

Installation of the louvres shall be performed only by skilled installers, operating all adequate
and necessary equipment to perform the Works of this Section in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s written recommendations and recognized standards.

Have a full time, senior, qualified foreman at the Site to direct the Works of this Section.

Prior to commencing Works of this Section arrange for manufacturer’s technical

representative to review with the Contractor and Engineer procedures to be adopted,
conditions under which the Works of this Section will be done, and inspect the surfaces to
receive the products, in order that any alternate recommendations may be made should
adverse conditions exist.

1.6.4 Quality control benchmarks:

Provide quality control benchmarks in accordance with the Conditions of the

Contract, relevant section of specifications.

Install quality control benchmarks of each type of louvre in locations where louvres are
indicated on the Drawings, and as directed on Site by the Engineer. Each quality control
benchmark shall be full size, complete with sills and all hardware required for the
Contractor’s, Engineer’s and product manufacturer’s technical representatives review of
installation, quality and workmanship. Co ordinate the Works required for the quality control
benchmarks with all the Works of other Sections. Make all adjustments as directed by the
Engineer.
Pine installation meeting:

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/6
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 7 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Do not proceed with the Works of this Section until the quality control benchmarks have
been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. The reviewed and accepted quality control
benchmarks shall be retained and shall serve as the minimum acceptable standard for the
Works of this Section. The quality control benchmarks shall be incorporated into the finished
Works of this Section if so accepted by Engineer.

1.7 Submittals

1.7.1 Shop drawings:

Submit shop drawings in accordance with specifications

Submit shop drawings, detailed brochures and colour samples showing all locations,
markings, quantities, materials, sizes, shapes arid finishes, indicating all methods of
connecting, anchoring, fastening and attaching to the Works of other Sections.

1.7.2 Samples:

Submit three 200 mm x 200 mm samples (including corner assembly) of each type of louvre
and finish, in accordance with specifications Adjust colour of samples and resubmit until
acceptable to the Engineer.

1.7.3 Quality assurance certificates:

Submit quality assurance certificates in accordance with the conditions of the Contract and
relevant sections of specifications.

Provide certified copies of quality assurance certificates that the manufacturer is and shall be
for the duration of the Works of this Section,
ISO 9001 and ISO 9002 certified or equivalent.

1.7.4 Performance data:

Submit three copies of performance data indicating that the louvre types, meet the design
requirements in accordance with specifications and conform to mechanical air flow
requirements under mechanical works specifications

1.7.5 Maintenance instructions:

Submit maintenance instructions for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals in
accordance with Conditions of the Contract and specifications

Maintenance instructions shall include, but shall not be limited to the following;

Maintenance instructions for all components of the Works of this Section.

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/7
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 8 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Company

Include a list of products that may cause damage or be detrimental to the performance of
the Works of this Section and corresponding repair or correction methods in the operation
and maintenance instructions.

1.8 Delivery, storage, and handling

Deliver Products to the Site undamaged and with labels intact. Inspect
containers to verify that they have not been opened.
Store Products as required by manufacturer.

1.9 Warranty

Refer to Conditions of the Contract.

Submit a written warranty for the Works of this Section for ten (10) years in accordance with
the Form included with the Schedule of Project Requirements.

If any part of the Works of this Section, including design, fabrication or installation are sublet
to any party, such party shall provide a collateral warranty equivalent to the warranty for
the Works of this Section in accordance with the Schedule of Project Requirements.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 General

2.1.1 Products specified are to establish performance and quality required. These requirements
are not intended to restrict submission for substitutions in accordance with the
requirements of specifications

2.1.2 Acceptance of products from other manufacturers will be subject to review by the Engineer,
for conformity with the specifications and meeting the physical characteristics of the
specified products. During this review of alternate products the Engineer will require
submission of technical data verifying that all specified standards and products are met,
submission of alternative profile samples similar to that detailed, and a list of references of
successfully completed projects of similar size in the last five (5) years. Include compliance
with referenced standards. Submittals which do not include adequate data for the product
evaluation will not be considered.

2.1.3 The compliant Tender shall not include any alternatives and shall conform to the
requirements of the specification Section. Substitutions shall be clearly identified in
accordance with the requirements of specifications

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/8
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 9 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.2 Louvres

2.2.1 Louvre type 1 (LV1):

150mm deep, fixed type with continuous sloped type blade and construction with
intermediate frame members or mullions having minimum 48% free area in accordance with
the requirements of the AMCA certified rating program. Frame and blades shall be minimum
3.2 mm thick. All blades and frame members shall be heavy gauge extruded 3.2 mm
aluminium blades and framing members, positively interlocked to each blade and
mechanically secured.

Heads, sills, jambs, mullions and fixed blades shall be extruded section of AA

6063 T52 alloy.

2.2.2 Louvre type 2 (LV2) (Transformer Vaults and High Voltage Rooms – Electric substation etc…)
subject to the Engineers approval & DEWA requirements / shop drawing approvals.

Fixed, sight proof, aluminium horizontal blade type transformer vault and high voltage room
Iouvres having minimum 48% free area in accordance with the requirements of the AMCA
certified rating program and conforming to Dubai Electricity and Water Authority (DEWA)
Substation louvres and louvred door requirements.

Heads, sills, jambs, mullions and fixed blades shall be extruded section of AA
6063 T52 alloy.

Furnish louvres type 2 with louvred aluminum framed bi fold doors indicated on the
Drawings, complete with central mullion, door bracing, heavy duty hinges, heavy duty
aluminium aldrop with locking hook, heavy duty brass tower bolts, door handles, rawl bolts
and additional locking arrangements, all in accordance with the Dubai Electricity arid Water
Authority (DEWA) Substation louvres and red door requirements.

2.2.3 Acceptable manufacturers and suppliers:

Gulf extrusion product or similar to be installed by approved contractor / sub

contractor

2.3 Metals

2.3.1 Aluminum:

Extrusions:

Shall be AA 6063 T5 aluminum alloy, anodizing quality conforming to ASTM B221/B221 M /

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/9
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 10 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

Polyester powder coating etc…

Extruded sections shall be new and in perfect condition, formed true with clean, straight,
sharply defined profiles, free from defects impairing strength or durability.

Plate and sheet:

Shall be AA 1 100 H14 aluminum alloy, anodizing quality and special hardness for marine
conditions conforming to ASTM B209/l3209M.
Sills:

Shall be AA 6061 T6 aluminum alloy, anodizing quality conforming to ASTM B221/B22l M.

Exposed surfaces of aluminum shall be free of die marks, scratches, blisters, leave off marks
or other blemishes whether left finished or unfinished.

Aluminum welding materials and methods:

Conforms to ANSI/AWS Dl .2.

2.4 Separator sheet

2.4.1 2mm thick neoprene rubber sheet.

2.5 Bituminous paint (isolation coating)

2.5.1 Brush or spray grade type conforming to BS 6949.

2.5.2 Acceptable manufacturers, product and suppliers:

Building Chemical Research (BCR) Black Bitumen Paint, supplied by Emirates Specialties Co.
L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Or other manufacturer, product and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.6 Butyl tape

2.6.1 Extruded, non drying, non skinning, non oxidizing, reinforced, polyisobutylene butyl tape of
sufficient width and thickness (3mm thickness).

2.6.2 Acceptable products, manufacturers and suppliers:

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/10
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 11 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.6.3 Tremco 440 II Tape by Tremco Inc., division of RPM Company and supplied by Carboline ME
L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

2.6.4 Weatherban Ribbon Sealer by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Limited (3M) and
supplied by 3M Gulf, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

2.6.5 A30 General Purpose Butyl Sealant by Norton Performance Plastics and supplied by Emirates
Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

2.6.6 Or other product, manufacturer and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.7 Fastening devices

2.7.1 Provide expansion type fasteners to fasten components of the Works of this Section.

2.7.2 Expansion type fasteners:

Grade 316 stainless steel drilled concrete and masonry type anchors, wedge anchors and
other types and components as required and specified herein with expandable collar not
requiring oversize holes and conforms to BS 3111, Part 2.

Acceptable manufacturers and suppliers:

Hilti Limited and supplied by Mazrui Engineering Products, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

The Rawlplug Company Limited and supplied by Emirates Specialties Co. L.L.C., Dubai, United
Arab Emirates.
Artur Fischer GmbH & Co. KG and supplied by Salam Enterprises L.L.C., Dubai, United Arab
Emirates.

Or other product, manufacturer and supplier acceptable to the Engineer.

2.7.3 Other fastening devices:

All fastening devices shall conform to BS 1494, Part 1 and be fabricated from non corrosive
Grade 316 stainless steel conforming to BS 1449, Part 2, Grade 316.

2.8 Fabrication

2.8.1 Fabricate louvres, insulated blank off sandwich panels, screens and sills in strict accordance
with the reviewed and accepted shop drawings. Fabricate the Works of this Section square,
plumb, straight and true.

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/11
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 12 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

2.8.2 Insofar as possible, shop fabricate all items complete and ready for installation.

2.8.3 Unless otherwise indicated, weld all shop connections and/or provide riveted or bolted
connections using concealed fasteners.
2.8.4 Make joints and intersections tightly fitting, securely fastened.
2.8.5 Drill or punch holes required for the attachment of Works of other Sections and for bolted
connections.
2.8.6 Provide all necessary rebates, lugs, brackets and the like in order to achieve a neat and
substantial assembly of the Works of this Section.
2.8.7 All blade extrusions shall be mechanically secured to structural support angles by Grade 316
stainless steel fastenings.
2.8.8 Accurately mitre all blade extrusions for external and internal horizontal line type louvres
and provide concealed supports.
2.8.9 Provide allowance for expansion at jambs and at a minimum of 6000mm on centres.
2.8.10 Provide weep holes to frames at maximum 600mm to direct water to the building’s exterior.
2.8.11 Fabricate extruded or formed aluminum sills to profiles indicated to suit wall condition and
minimum 3.2mm thick with drip deflectors at sill ends and at abutting vertical surfaces with
turned up edge. Open ends of sills shall be fitted with neatly applied closure plates. Anchors
shall be designed not to work loose after installation. Unless otherwise detailed provide
flush slip joint at intermediate sill joints.

2.9 Finishes

2.9.1 Three coat, thermo setting, superior performance fluoropolyrner finish coating (LV1 only):

Unless otherwise specified, prepare aluminum surfaces to receive finishes in accordance

with ASTM D1730.

Fluoropolymer finish coatings shall be applied by a factory licensed applicator of the

fluoropolymer finish coating materials manufacturer with application quality control
monitored by the fluoropolymer finish coating materials manufacturer at intervals
acceptable to the Engineer. Application runs shall be programmed and sized to avoid
mis matched colours in final finish appearance. Installed final finish appearance shall be
acceptable to the Engineer.

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/12
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 13 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

All aluminum surfaces exposed in the finished Works shall have three coat, thermo setting,
superior performance fluoropolymer finish coating, minimum 1.6 mils dry film thickness and
conforming AAMA 2605.
Pine treat aluminum and apply primer and finish coats in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s written instructions.
Protect finish with removable protective film.
Acceptable coatings: PPG Duranar PVF2 XL, 3 coat system, or Valspar Floropon Classic, 3 coat
system.
Colours:

For colours follow Engineers site instructions, Exterior Product and Colour Schedule.

2.9.2 Two coat, thermo setting, polyester powder coating (LV2 only) / or as per DEWA requlations
complying to project specifications.

Specially treat the aluminium surfaces exposed in the finished Works of this Section in
accordance with ASTM Dl 730, and apply the two coat, thermosetting, polyester powder
coating in strict accordance with ASTM D5431 and the manufacturer’s written instructions.

Thermo setting, polyester powder coatings shall be applied by a factory licensed applicator
of the thermo setting, polyester powder coating manufacturer with application quality
control monitored by the thermo setting, polyester powder coating manufacturer at
intervals acceptable to the Engineer. Application runs shall be programmed and sized to
avoid mismatched colours in the final finish appearance. Installed final finish appearance
shall be acceptable to the Engineer.

All aluminium surfaces exposed in the finished Works of this Section shall
have two coat, thermo setting, colour pigmented polyester powder coating,
minimum 60 microns dry film thickness (DFT) and conforming to AAMA 2604
or BS 6497.

Pine treat aluminum and apply primer and finish coats in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s written instructions.

Protect finish with removable protective film.

Acceptable products, manufacturers and suppliers:

Product, manufacturer and supplier acceptable to the Engineer complying to the project

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/13
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 14 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

specification.

Colours:

Colour to the Dubai Electricity and Water Authority (DEWA) colour requirements or as per
Engineers instructions at site.

3 EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

3.1.1 Examine substrate surfaces to receive the Works of this Section and ensure that the Works
done as part of the Works of other Sections are complete and that there are no conditions
which will adversely affect the performance of the Works of this Section. Notify the Engineer
of any unsatisfactory conditions.

3.1.2 Do not proceed with the Works of this Section until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. Commencement of the Works of this Section implies acceptance of surfaces and
conditions.

3.2 Installation

3.2.1 Field apply two (2) coats of bituminous coating to metals in contact with dissimilar metals
and cementitious materials; e.g. concrete, masonry and mortar. Use separator sheet where
aluminum is fastened to steel.

3.2.2 Refer to the Drawings for locations, sizes and types of louvres.

3.2.3 Install louvres in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written installation instructions
and, reviewed and accepted shop drawings.

3.2.4 Provide stainless steel supports in addition to those shown on the structural drawings which
are required for the installation of the Works of this Section. Also, provide screws, bolts,
washers, nuts and other fastening devices of Grade 316 stainless steel.

3.2.5 Install louvres, insulated blank off panels, insect screens and sills in strict accordance with
the Drawings and the reviewed shop drawings, aligning straight, plumb, and level within a
tolerance of ±2 mm vertical or horizontal.

3.2.6 Install aluminum sills, complete with chairs, anchors, expansion plates and drip deflectors.
Install sills in longest practicable lengths, with flush slip joints at maximum 3000mm on
centres.

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/14
 PROJECT : B+G+4+R COMMERCIAL & RESIDENTIAL SECTION: 08 90 00
BUILDING ON PLOT NO. JVC13RMRA007 AT AL BARSHA LOUVRES
South Fourth Page 15 of 15
JULY 2021
CLIENT: MR. ABDUL JALIL MAHDI MOHAMMED AL
REVISION: 0
ASMAWI
MAIN WORK TENDER

3.3 Cleaning

3.3.1 At the completion of the Works of this Section or as directed on Site by the Engineer,
remove all removable protective film from metal surfaces and leave in first class condition to
the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.3.2 Clean and polish exposed surfaces. Clean exposed surfaces of completed installation using
methods and materials as recommended by the louvre manufacturer.

3.4 Clean up

3.4.1 On a daily basis as the Works of this Section proceeds, remove and dispose of all debris
resulting from the Works of this Section.

3.4.2 Leave work areas of the Works of this Section broom clean at the end of each work day.

3.4.3 Remove excess debris and Products from the Site.

END OF SECTION

Section 08 90 00 08 90 00/15